Chapter 1: Love Letter
Chapter Text
Mr. Draco Potter. Mr. Harry Malfoy. Mr. and Mr. Draco Potter.
…wait, Malfoy?
What? This is my notebook. Get out of here at once!
Um, sorry, but I’m writing in my own journal, too. I don’t know why this is happening, either. Is this some sort of prank?
No, you imbecile! If it were, why would I be acting surprised? Now, who is this?
Wait, you don’t know who I am?
Of course not! Although, your frightening lack of deduction skills is narrowing the field of suspects. Are you a Gryffindor?
Maybe.
Very subtle, Gryffindor. Please note the sarcasm in that statement.
Please note that I’m not an idiot, Malfoy.
Of course you’re not. (Again, see previous message, re: sarcasm). Now, back to the matter at hand: guessing your identity. What class are you in right now?
Hello?
It’s polite to end a correspondence with a parting phrase, though I suppose I wouldn’t expect you to know that, you mannerless Gryffindor.
Sorry, my friend took my journal away to see what notes I was writing and I just got him to give it back.
Oh, that’s funny, I just saw Potter yank his journal back from–
Wait. Are you…?
…Malfoy?
Malfoy, you figured it out, didn’t you?
Come on, prat, I won’t make fun of you too much.
What I wrote before was a joke. You were right, I was pranking you. Haha, Potter, you should have seen your face!
Also this isn’t Malfoy. Who’s Malfoy?
Come on, Malfoy. You know it’s me, and I know it’s you. I saw you slam the book shut just now and your face turned all red.
It’s okay, you know. I won’t tell anyone about your love note.
They are not—
I didn’t—
Gods, Potter, you’re so full of yourself!
Malfoy. Draco, the war is over. I saw what you wrote and, um, you aren’t alone. Meet me after class? Room of Requirement?
Fine. Don’t keep me waiting, Potter.
Chapter 2: "pumpkin"
Summary:
"Sorry, pumpkin."
"Oh, definitely not pumpkin."
"Why not?"
"Because I'm not a gourd!"
Notes:
For the microfic prompt "pumpkin"
Chapter Text
"Sweetie?"
"I'm not candy."
"Darling?"
"No thank you."
"Baby?"
"I'm an adult man, Potter."
"Oh, I know you are."
"Don't be crude."
"Sorry, pumpkin."
"Oh, definitely not pumpkin."
"Why not?"
"Because I'm not a gourd!"
"Well your face turns all orange when you're mad and—ouch!"
"Call me pumpkin one more time and I'll carve you like one."
"Okay, okay, noted."
"Just stop trying, Harry. It's nice of you, but nicknames have never really done it for me."
"What about love?"
"...What?"
"What about love? Can I call you love?"
"But that would imply—"
"Yeah."
"Do you—"
"Yes."
"Okay."
"Really?"
"Yes, Harry."
"Good."
...
"Harry?"
"Yes, love?"
...
"Draco?"
"Nothing, I just...Me too."
"I know, love. I know."
Chapter 3: Studying
Notes:
I think I wrote this when I was procrastinating; shocking, I know.
Chapter Text
Harry stared at Draco, mesmerized by the way a lock of pale blonde hair fell artfully into his stormy gray eyes. He longed to brush it gently to the side of Draco’s forehead just to watch it fall back into place.
Suddenly, something heavy fell to the ground with a thump behind Harry, startling him out of his daze. He frowned when he looked at the cover: ‘Auror Training Exam Guidebook’
“Harry, you blubbering idiot! Your Auror exams are just a week away and you’re mooning over me and our fledgling relationship! What are you doing?”
“I’m just distracted, Draco, you’re rather entertaining—“
“Well, I’m not going anywhere, you prat! I’ll still be here when you’re done, you know.”
Harry smiled. “You will?”
Draco’s face softened. “Of course I will. I’ll always be here. Now, stop pining for me and get back to work. We need you to be an Auror so people can write amazing stories about you looking dashing in your uniform.”
Harry grinned and nodded, picking up the textbook from the ground and starting to read.
Chapter 4: Back in the Saddle
Chapter Text
It was a black 1956 Triumph Bonneville T120. It was in dire need of a paint job, the once glossy and sleek color now chipped and scratched from neglect. The side car was dented and burned from spell damage, and the leather seat was torn.
It looked perfectly in place in the old woodshed. Arthur kept the space cluttered—or, to use his phrasing, in a state of “organized chaos, Molly dear,”—with tools and trinkets strewn about the table.
Harry felt a gentle hand clap him on the shoulder.
“Ready to get started then, Harry?” Arthur’s eyes were kind, encouraging.
Harry swallowed against the lump in his throat. He thought about Sirius and his father escaping Muggle police, their laughter filling the night air. He thought about Hagrid settling a blanket-wrapped baby in the side car and speeding out of danger and into a new life. He thought about swarming death eaters and panicked travel. He thought about moments that never belonged to him, memories he wished weren’t marred with melancholy and grief.
Then he thought of Draco biting his lip at Harry in a leather jacket. He imagined the sight of the wind in his white blonde hair, his arms wrapped tightly around Harry’s waist and the roar of the engine beneath them as they escaped into paradise.
Harry turned to Arthur with a tight smile and a nod. “Yeah, I’m ready.”
Chapter 5: False God
Chapter Text
They said we’d never make it.
The Prophet proclaimed, with its bold letters, DEATH EATER AND BOY WHO LIVED IN TORRID LOVE AFFAIR? They italicized their concerns, typed out their feelings and their predictions and musings and printed them for greedy eyes.
It’s funny. I’m not sure who this ‘Death Eater’ and ‘Boy Who Lived’ are; they must be fairly interesting folk characters, if the stories are to be believed. Luckily, these figures are merely fictional. Meanwhile, Draco Malfoy and Harry Potter are very much real, and that is something they will never read.
I don’t know if we’ll make it.
Don’t get me wrong; I’ve no doubts, Potter. I’m not getting cold feet or resorting to my more Slytherin instincts that scream to shy away from emotional intimacy. Fear not, love.
But nothing is certain in this life, is it? One or both of us could die tomorrow, either from your incredibly reckless nature finally catching up to you and causing your untimely death in a tragic and altogether idiotic fashion, or perhaps one of the Boy Who Lived’s adoring fans will decide they must have you, Harry, despite the fact that they’re worshipping a figment of imagination.
They will be confident that a potential stint in Azkaban is worth being with the BWL; but really, even if I am dead and they are somehow acquitted and somehow earned your affections, they would be sorely disappointed to find that the Boy Who Lived is, in fact, not real, and they will have shacked up with a massive dork with atrocious taste in tea and mismatched socks.
But I digress. Where was I? Oh, yes. I don’t know if we’ll make it.
We fight constantly. Well, we bicker, which has one of two potential results—and even if one of the outcomes occurs first, the second is guaranteed to follow. I enjoy when we cut right to the chase, getting all that hellish unpleasantness out of the way in favor of much more enjoyable, heavenly activities.
Our friends, our family, and those in between were all shocked when we walked in, hand in hand. They told us it wouldn’t work, that we’d fall apart and burn brightly and quicky, before collapsing in on ourselves like a dying star, never to shine the same way again.
But we might just get away with it.
I know you, Harry. I know your moods. I know every grin and smirk and smile and frown that crosses your face and what they mean and what to do; granted, I might not always react well, and I might—knowingly or not—push you too far. But then I trust you to know me and push me right back, like you always do.
And Merlin knows that you know me, despite my best attempts to keep the knowledge-gathering only on my end. You know when I’m serious and when I’m not, you know when ‘stop’ means ‘go’ and when ‘yes’ means ‘no’ and when ‘up’ means ‘down’ and while you’ve always been able to talk to snakes you’ve learned to speak Slytherin; to speak Malfoy; to speak Draco.
I don’t know if we’ll make it. Still, because of you, I’m learning to jump into what scares me and, Salazar help me, I see the appeal. It’s against my nature—against the laws of nature, really. But the rules have never really applied to you, have they? Not at Hogwarts, not of magic, nor time or space or logic or etiquette or even life and death. I’m not sure whether that kind of luck will transfer to me, but I suppose being with you is as lucky as I need to be, for now.
I don’t know if we’ll make it, but we might just get away with it.
Chapter 6: Bullets
Chapter Text
“Sectumsempra!”
Malfoy collapsed on the floor, blood seeping through his shirt in a dozen tiny places. Harry had a sudden flashback to scenes in Muggle movies he’d watched through the crack of his cupboard door in the Dursleys’ home; the bad guy would fire a machine gun at his victim, who would fall to the ground with tiny bullet wounds in his chest, the blood oozing through the fabric of his shirt.
He shook himself. The movie didn’t end.
Chapter 7: Break the Fourth Wall
Chapter Text
“Go on, swing.”
Draco bit his lip, sweat already beading on his forehead. “I don’t know…”
Harry smiled. “C'mon, love, you’ve looked forward to this for months. Yes, there’s been some dread, but part of you is a little excited, right?”
Draco sighed before nodding reluctantly. “I suppose.”
“Go for it! Haven’t the others been cathartic? They were for me.”
Draco scowled. “Of course you enjoyed it. You’ve no reason not to, Harold.”
Harry shrugged. “That’s fair. But really, Draco, it’s going to happen one way or another. It might as well be you.”
Draco nodded, resigned, but a thrill ran up his spine despite himself. “Alright, I’ll do it. Stand back.”
Harry grinned but said nothing, stepping away and settling goggles over his eyes.
Draco followed suit with his left hand before wrapping it back around the handle of the sledgehammer. Gripping it hard, he took a deep breath before whacking it against the wall.
He hardly registered Harry’s cheering as he kept going and going, repeatedly slamming the tool into the wall to make a dent, to break it, to knock it down until it was nothing more than mere wood, kindling.
Out of the corner of his eye, he saw Harry pick up the other sledgehammer and begin similar work next to him. They continued hammering at the wall over and over and over as it came apart in chunks, the thick structure that had once stood for generations finally exposed, bare.
Finally, with one last swing Draco broke the wall into its final pieces. He righted himself, using the back of his hand to wipe the sweat from his brow. He noticed with satisfaction the way Harry lifted the front of his threadbare t-shirt to wipe his own face, and his boyfriend smirked as Draco unabashedly admired his toned stomach.
“That’s the fourth one. Feel better, love?” Harry asked with a smirk that quickly melted into a grin. He was slightly out of breath, his hair somehow more wild than usual.
Draco surveyed the damage. The walls of his childhood home were now broken into pieces, yet another Pureblood relic of the past century destroyed to make room for something new.
Draco turned to Harry with a soft smile.
“Yes, Harry, I do.”
Chapter 8: Car Wash
Chapter Text
“Harry, what are you doing?”
Harry sighed. “Draco, are you going to be like this the entire time?”
“I resent the accusation that my demeanor is unpleasant,” Draco said with a huff. “I’m simply asking questions, which is what smart, curious people do, Potter.”
“Well, I suppose I can narrate what I’m doing. Right now, I’m rolling down the window so I can access the keypad outside to choose the kind of car wash we want.”
Draco grumbled. “We didn’t want it…”
Harry scoffed. “Just yesterday you were whinging about the bird shite on the windscreen. This is how it gets clean again. Muggles do this all the time.”
Draco crossed his arms and mumbled something Harry was fairly certain he didn’t need to hear. He leaned out the open window and selected the right car wash before righting himself in his seat and rolling up the window. The car in front of them in line moved up as another car exited the station, glittering clean in the sunlight.
“How long will this taaaaakkkee,” Draco said petulantly, kicking at the floorboards of the car.
Harry didn’t hide the amusement from his face. “Not long, quit your complaining.”
Draco huffed again but said nothing, crossing his arms like a scolded child. Harry took it as a victory.
Finally, the cars started to move forward until finally they reached the entrance to the wash. Harry adjusted the car to settle the wheel over the conveyor belt that would move them through.
He put the car in neutral and let go of the petrol pedal and steering wheel. When the car started to move forward, Draco looked at him with panic in his eyes.
“What is happening? Why are we moving?”
“It’s supposed to be this way. The machine moves the car at the proper pace so that all the different steps in the process are timed correctly.”
Draco winced but said nothing, his hand flexing in and out of a fist.
When the first chemicals were sprayed onto the car, Draco yelped, and Harry tried not to laugh.
“It’s only chemicals, Draco, you’re perfectly safe. This is what’s supposed to happen.”
Draco seemed mollified by that–but only temporarily, before a large, cylindrical brush-looking device began rapidly spinning and moving along the windscreen and over the car as similar brushes moved along the sides. Draco yelped and jumped in his seat as the brushes licked his window and slid away.
Brightly colored soap was then sprayed on the car as they approached more brushes that wiped it around, simultaneously spraying water to speed up the process. Draco was finally gripping the armrest of his seat for dear life when a flash of guilt settled in Harry’s chest. He gently took Draco’s hand in his own and tried not to grimace when the cold, nimble fingers squeezed Harry’s until his hand lost circulation.
The car was then sprayed with a wax to preserve the paint, and Draco’s fingers tightened impossibly harder around Harry’s and he bit back the grunt at the feeling.
The car approached the heated jets that blew hot air around the car, residual water droplets sluicing along every surface of the outside. The pressure was a bit intense, pushing noticeably against the windscreen and sides of the car.
Finally, they made their way to the end of the station and Harry was able to quickly pull out and drive one-handed into the parking lot. He quickly found a space and turned to Draco, whose face was still a bit white with panic, but color was beginning to return to his complexion. Harry silently commended himself for not immediately wrenching his hand from Draco’s and instead determined his fingers could go without blood flow a little longer.
“Are you alright?” He said gently.
Draco closed his eyes and let out a shuddering breath. “I’m fine, Harry, but never ever make me do that again.”
Harry bit the inside of his cheek trying to refrain from pointing out that they’d done this to appease Draco in the bloody first place.
Instead, he gently pried his fingers from Draco’s and nearly groaned in relief before using his other hand to pat Draco’s comfortingly.
“I promise, love, never again.”
Chapter 9: King
Chapter Text
Draco didn’t smirk.
His face was passive, his features schooled into blank neutrality.
He didn’t know much about poker, but if there was anything he’d learned in his 21 years of life, it was that winning any game was about reading one’s opponent.
Luckily, Harry Potter was an open book.
Harry’d patiently taught Draco the rules, explaining how to “ante” and how the different arrangements of cards had different values.
They were playing five card draw, and it was Draco’s turn to pick three cards from the deck in exchange for those he discarded. He let his nimble fingers slowly pluck them easily from the neat stack, noticing Harry’s glazed eyes fixate on the movement.
Draco felt a spark of excitement run through him when he saw he was now holding a king of hearts, king of spades and a king of diamonds, as well as a six of clubs and a nine of spades.
Three kings. Draco knew that had to be good.
“Ready?” Harry asked with an easy smile.
Draco nodded, determined to keep his cool appearance.
“You first,” Harry said.
Draco finally let his face twist into a victorious smirk. “Three of a kind. Read it and weep, Potter!” He placed the cards neatly on the table with a slight flourish.
Harry raised his eyebrows. “Not bad! Alright, here’s mine.”
He laid out his cards on the table. “Straight flush,” he said, taking the pile of galleons between them.
Draco’s jaw dropped. He quickly scrambled for the short, laminated paper that ranked all the different poker hands. Straight flush was the second most powerful hand. “How did you do that?”
Harry shrugged. “Practice, I guess.”
Draco scoffed, shoving his cards away toward Harry. “Another round!”
Harry looked at him in amusement. “Are you sure?”
“Now, Potter!”
Harry shook his head. “Alright, if you insist.”
Draco settled his features once more. Game on.
Chapter 10: Outside the Window
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Thud.
Thud.
Thud thud.
"Malfoy!!"
Draco looked up from his favorite chair to see the remnants of a snowball drip down the window. Frowning, he rose from his seat when another snowball hitting the glass pane made him jump.
With a growl, he moved toward the window and opened it to chastize whatever teenagers thought themselves comedians by pelting his window with snowballs.
He opened the window and rolled his eyes. Really, he should've known.
“Potter! Stop your incessant snowball throwing! You’ll break the windows!”
Harry smirked. “Then let me in!”
"Why should I, Potter? You've interrupted a perfectly peaceful afternoon."
"Draco! Come on, I want to talk about this!"
Draco scowled. “I’ll call the Aurors, you know.”
“No you won’t,” Harry’s smirk widened as he crossed his arms in challenge. “Admit: you think it’s romantic.”
“I certainly do not,” Draco scoffed. “Romantic would’ve been if you had the good sense to kiss me back, you git.”
“I was shocked! I'm not perfect, Draco! It’s not every day your work colleague you’ve been pining after for months finally kisses you. I didn’t expect it and you Disapparated before I could kiss you back!”
“Wait—you were pining for me?”
“Yes!” Harry threw up his hands in exasperation. “I’ve been trying to tell you that!”
Draco turned up his nose. “Well, too little too late, Potter.”
“Are we really back to Potter? Draco, please, we both want each other and now you know! Let me in—or don’t, but you’ll have to face this sometime. I’ll stay out here all night—rain or shine.”
Draco’s eyes narrowed. “You wouldn’t.”
“Try me.”
Draco chewed his lip in indecision. On the one hand, his pride screamed at him to let Potter suffer in the cold. Serves him right for not kissing Draco back immediately. But then...
Draco sighed. “Fine. You may enter through the front door, after which you have 30 seconds.”
Harry grinned and dashed away toward the front door. Draco Apparated to the front of the Manor, smoothing his robes and breathing deeply to make it look as if he wasn’t nervous.
There was a knock on the door and Draco waited a second before he answered it with a raised eyebrow. "Well?"
Harry didn’t waste any time. He stepped forward and threaded his fingers through Draco’s hair, kissing him deeply. Draco was ashamed at how quickly he fairly melted into it, wrapping his arms around Harry’s neck. Too soon, Harry pulled away.
Harry checked his watch with a lopsided grin. “30 seconds, as promised. That’s how I wanted to kiss you back before you left.”
Draco pursed his lips in a show of false nonchalance. “Better late than never, I suppose.”
Notes:
Kudos and comments make my heart sing!
Also find me on Tumblr! Phoebe_Delia
Chapter 11: Sleep
Chapter Text
Draco was tired.
He knew it, that the bags under his eyes were deep enough to hold all of his baggage. He could feel the exhaustion deep in his bones; it had settled there once the adrenaline was drained from his blood, his body, at the conclusion of the post-war trial that saw him pardoned.
Now, he only wanted to sleep until eternity arrived, but his restless mind kept his body awake.
Dreamless Sleep was only so helpful, and he couldn’t use it nightly. He refused to become like his mother, who seemed to walk around half-asleep, her eyes glazed over and having lost some of their glow.
Draco resigned himself to being awake until his body took pity on him and pulled him under sleep’s blanket—before his mind had had enough and put vision behind his eyes that made him never want to close them again.
As it turns out, Potter was tired, too.
Potter, who’d offered his hand in forgiveness. Potter, who’d given him a weak smile and said that if he was willing to move on, so should Draco. Potter, who, even in his haggard state, still managed to look softly gorgeous.
Potter, who now curled against Draco on the couch in the common room. Potter, who didn’t care about the whispers of students who saw them together, cuddling Draco closer as if in defiance.
Potter’s steady breathing was a comfort against him. He wondered vaguely if Potter could feel Draco’s heart pounding through his back, which was thinner than before from his lack of appetite.
He let his mind focus on the steady, gentle metronome of Potter’s breathing.
Draco was tired. So he slept.
Chapter 12: light to prove the path is shown
Chapter Text
Dark. Empty, and blank.
I stumble, intoxicated with fear, eyes blinking futilely in the void.
Click.
Light shoots through the air and lands in the lamp, the overhead bulbs, the bedside candle.
I see it all. The wall, with nails exposed without the framed pictures that used to hang there. The chair, covered by dirty clothes. The bed, half empty. My hand is still clutching the small device given to me by Ron.
I succumb to sleep once more.
There is a moonlit path. At its end is Harry, shining and ethereal.
I take a step.
Chapter 13: Silver Lining
Summary:
It sat openly on His chest, an almost exact replica, but where the original had been gold, this was a startling, strange silver.
Chapter Text
It sat openly on His chest, an almost exact replica, but where the original had been gold, this was a startling, strange silver.
Draco had to admit, the redesign was an improvement. The jade green of the S inlay stood out against the silver doors of the locket.
The stones were almost as glittering green as the eyes of the man who wore them.
"Draco, do stop staring. It is unbecoming."
Draco bowed his head. "Apologies, My Lord."
He smirked. "Come closer, Draco. Let me see you."
Draco tried to keep his feet from shuffling against the cold porcelain floors as he approached Him where He sat on His throne, a regal silver to match His locket.
His mouth twisted into a wry grin; gone was the goofy, easy smile Draco'd resented from their youth. In its place was this amused grimace that filled its targets with dread.
"Yes, My Lord?"
He shook his head. "No, Draco, I want to see you."
The only warning Draco had was the split second when He reached up and flicked open the locket doors to reveal a living eye with a green pupil, a ring of silver wrapped around it.
Notes:
Kudos and comments make my heart sing!
Chapter Text
At first, it was euphoria.
Being bitten was unlike any pleasure Harry'd ever known; teetering on the knife's edge of life and death and knowing he was safe in Draco's arms, under his teeth, no matter which side he ended up on, whether his heart was still beating afterward.
It didn't matter, because even before the first bite, the first kiss, Harry's heart and his blood had belonged to Draco from the first time their eyes had met across the crowded Muggle bar.
Harry pitied the living; he pitied those who feared the bliss of a bite, the thrill of being the prey; and now he pitied himself.
But it hadn't just been the intoxicating pleasure; no, Draco made Harry's blood rush and his heart quicken in moments that Harry'd nearly forgotten about the sharp canines that were hidden beneath those wryly smirking lips.
Their...liaison, as Draco had called it, had been a flash in the pan, in retrospect. It was a quick but enormous, blazing fire that threatened to swallow them both; Harry was willing to burn, but Draco extinguished it before Harry's skin could be more than warmed by the flames.
"It's not safe," Draco'd said, tears in his eyes, clenching his fists. "I can't control myself around you, Harry. It was fun while it lasted."
Harry pressed a hand against his chest, just to feel his heartbeat, to confirm it was still there, taunting him.
*beat-beat* He's gone. *beat-beat* He's gone.
He ran a hand over his neck, shuddering as he fingered the scars left by Draco's teeth, his favorite of the permanent marks that marred his flesh.
Harry'd never considered the sound of his own blood before; Draco said it was like listening to a rushing waterfall on a scorching day, coaxing you to just dip one toe into the precarious but cool waters.
Now, Harry could almost hear it; but to him, it sounded like tears, hot and grieving sobs that flowed of their own accord.
His heartbeat mourned.
*beat-beat* He's gone. *beat-beat* He's gone.
Chapter 15: Truth or Dare
Summary:
Voldemort glared—or he would’ve if his eyes weren’t already snake-like slits. “And see, here I thought you might want to spend your final moments playing a little game.”
Notes:
Prompt: truth or dare
Chapter Text
“Harry Potter. We meet again.”
Harry clenched his jaw, his just-shed invisibility cloak dirtied on the forest floor. He ignored the Death Eaters surrounding Voldemort, instead staring at the man head-on.
“Tom, good to see you.”
Voldemort glared—or he would’ve if his eyes weren’t already snake-like slits. “And see, here I thought you might want to spend your final moments playing a little game.”
Harry’s nostrils flared, just because he could. “What sort of game?”
Voldemort’s mouth twisted into what was probably supposed to be a grin. “Truth or dare. I think you might be familiar with it?”
“A children’s game? Trying to connect with your more innocent years, Tom?”
Voldemort smirked. “Only trying to give you the childhood memories you never had, Potter. It’s the least I can do, really.”
“Fine, Tom. Go ahead.”
“Truth or Dare, Harry?”
“Dare.”
“Crucio!”
Harry didn’t bother to clamp down the scream that rose up in his throat at the blinding pain. The spell ended, and he fell to his knees, panting and ignoring the titters from the surrounding Death Eaters.
“Truth or Dare, Harry.”
“It’s my turn, Riddle.”
Voldemort clicked his tongue. “I’m afraid that’s not how this particular game will work, boy. Now, answer me.”
“Truth”
“Legilimens!”
Harry closed his eyes.
Late-night meetings with Draco in their Room. Stolen kisses in abandoned classrooms. Longing looks across the Great Hall. Passing notes in secrecy. Staged fights to keep appearances, and the real fight in the bathroom. Draco casting his first Patronus. Seeker’s games late at night. Falling in love.
Harry felt Voldemort pull sharply out of his mind. He blinked at Harry in astonishment, and Harry just smirked.
“He was never yours, Tom. He was mine.”
Voldemort snarled. “Truth or Dare, Harry Potter.”
“Dare.”
“Avada Kedavra!”
___________
Harry had a choice, at King’s Cross.
“I dare.”
Chapter 16: Dancing
Summary:
"Potter! Pay attention."
"Back to Potter? Really?"
"You're Potter when you're not paying attention to me."
Notes:
Prompts: dancing, eye contact
Chapter Text
"Potter! Pay attention."
"Back to Potter? Really?"
"You're Potter when you're not paying attention to me."
"I'd say the issue is I'm paying too much attention to you, and not to what you're saying."
*blush* "Potter, focus. Now, look into my eyes the whole time."
"That definitely won't help me focus."
"Merlin you're impossible."
"I'm trying! I'm not a good dancer."
"Yes, my toes and I are well aware."
"Sorry."
"It's okay, Harry, that's why we're here. Our first dance will be beautiful."
"You mean you'll be beautiful. I'm going to be a stumbling mess."
"Anyone would seem like a stumbling erumpent next to me,"
*laugh*
"But really, Harry, you'll be great. You just need a bit of help. Now, take my hand again, yes good, and the other on my shoulder, right, there you are. And my hand goes on your waist. Now we move. Just follow my lead."
.....
.....
.....
"Ow!"
"Sorry."
"It's alright, let's keep going."
.....
.....
"There you are, Harry, just keep following my lead. Yes alright you can look at our feet for now, but eventually you'll have to keep eyecontact."
.....
.....
“Can you look at me now, Harry?”
…..
*breathily* “There…good.”
…..
“Ow!”
“Sorry, Draco.”
Chapter 17: Getaway
Summary:
Draco tried not to grimace as he climbed into a pathetic excuse for a bed. The comforter was more of a sheet than anything else, and the linens were like sandpaper against his delicate skin. He lay his head against the scratchy pillow and stared at a blank, foreign ceiling for the 60th night.
60 days, they'd been on the road: him, Harry and Teddy. If you'd told him a year ago that this was how he'd be spending the first 60 days after Voldemort's victory in the war, he'd have called you loonier than Trewlany.
Notes:
Prompt: "Harry, Draco, and Teddy running away to the US/France/or anywhere else?"
Chapter Text
Draco tried not to grimace as he climbed into a pathetic excuse for a bed. The comforter was more of a sheet than anything else, and the linens were like sandpaper against his delicate skin. He lay his head against the scratchy pillow and stared at a blank, foreign ceiling for the 60th night.
60 days, they'd been on the road: him, Harry and Teddy. If you'd told him a year ago that this was how he'd be spending the first 60 days after Voldemort's victory in the war, he'd have called you loonier than Trewlany.
It was a miracle that Harry'd escaped with his life, truth be told. But in the end, Voldemort had killed enough of the Order that the Light defenses dwindled. Draco'd defected early on, realizing quickly that his father was involved in a cult-like organization that no amount of prestige was worth the price of joining. Draco hadn't returned home after Sixth Year, instead being transported by a determined Harry, a wary Granger and a nearly green Weasley to Grimmauld Place.
His stomach twisted when he thought of Harry's friends; they'd gone missing days before they had, not leaving a note or a trace of any kind. It was safer, that way, for Granger especially. But that didn't keep the tears from rising in Harry's eyes when he thought of his friends--which was anytime they weren't worried about the infant in their care.
Teddy. Sweet, innocent Teddy whose parents and grandmother had been killed fighting to give him a better world. Harry was already a wonderful godfather, and Draco had done his part as Teddy's cousin and now caregiver, but there was only so much that two young men knew about raising a child.
Teddy had a family, though; Draco and Harry were going to make sure of that. Even if their now year-long relationship failed at any point, Merlin forbid, there was a solid unspoken agreement that they'd both care for Teddy, no matter what.
Draco felt the bed dip next to him, Harry's weight next to him solid and reassuring--even if neither of them knew what they were doing.
"He's down for the night," Harry said, running a hand through his hair.
Draco nodded. "I'll get him if he cries, so you can sleep. We have a long day of driving tomorrow, don't we?"
Harry pressed his lips together, nodding. "We do, if we're going to make it to the flat in Chicago."
"How many galleons have you converted to Muggle American money?"
"Almost all of both of our vaults, now that we've both signed the papers," Harry said. "We should be fine; thank Merlin for the goblins' discretion."
Draco sighed. "Where're we going tomorrow?"
Harry took the map he'd placed on the bedside table earlier. "Right now we're here, in Lancaster, Pennsylvania," Harry pointed at the map. "If we wake up at 7 tomorrow morning, we should make it to Chicago by about 7 or 8, with a few breaks along the way."
"Are you sure you're alright to drive that long?"
Harry shrugged. "We don't have a choice, do we? You don't have a license--and why would you? Besides, you're great at looking after Teddy in the car. This set-up works, and it's for one more day."
Draco closed his eyes, blindly reaching for Harry's hand. One more day of feeling displaced, being lost in a new country. One more day until they were at their new home, with their new family, starting their new life.
Draco turned to look at Harry and squeezed his hand. Harry squeezed back, twisted around to turn off the lamp, and returned to pull Draco into his arms.
"We'll be alright, Draco, I promise," Harry whispered into Draco's hair, kissing the top of his head.
Draco reached up to kiss Harry properly on the lips. "I know, Harry," he said when they pulled apart. "I have you, and I have Teddy. I'd follow you both to the ends of the earth."
Harry's eyes were shining. Draco hardly heard him when he whispered, "To the ends of the earth."
Chapter 18: Chemistry
Summary:
"Yes, yes, 'Oh Smart One.' So surely if you can manage potions you can figure out how to cook! It's basic chemistry!"
"What's chemistry?"
Notes:
Prompt: chemistry
Chapter Text
Draco narrowed his eyes. "I'm sorry, have we met?" He held out a hand. "Hi, I'm Malfoy, Draco Malfoy, and I've never cooked a day in my life."
Harry chuckled. "Come on, Draco, cooking isn't that hard. It's just like potions, which I remember you excelling at."
Draco lifted his nose in the air. "That's because I excelled at everything."
"Yes, yes, O' Smart One. So surely if you can manage potions you can figure out how to cook! It's basic chemistry!"
"What's chemistry?"
Harry sighed, pinching the bridge of his nose. "I'm not nearly patient or knowledgable enough to explain the concept of chemistry to you, Draco, that's like asking what magic is."
Draco huffed. "Well, what do you want from me? How am I to learn without a competent teacher?"
Harry glared a little. "I can teach you to cook, I just can't explain why everything works the way it does. Here, let's make something simple, like pasta."
Twenty minutes later, after quite a bit of explanation and teaching, they had a pot of boiling water on the stove. Draco was leaning over, looking at it curiously.
"It's like a small cauldron," Draco mused.
Harry grinned. "Exactly! Alright, now that the water is boiling, we add the pasta." Harry reached for the open box of spaghetti, removed the lid from the pot, and poured the dry noodles into the water.
"Okay," Harry said, his back now to Draco as he looked in the refrigerator. "Now we let it cook for about ten minutes. In the meantime, we have to consider the sauce. We can do marinara, pesto, or just put parmesan on it, really. I like it best with just garlic and parmesan, but you—"
"HARRY!"
Harry whirled around, heart racing. "What—oh, Draco," Harry couldn't help the giggle that escaped him.
Harry walked over to the pot and removed the lid, which Draco must have put back on over the pasta, causing it to boil over. When the water calmed down, Draco looked at Harry with wide, curious and slightly shaken eyes. "What—what did I do?"
Harry's heart melted. "It's completely fine, love. You just put the lid back on the water when the pasta was in the pot, which made the pressure build and the water spill over the side. It's alright! All fixed. We'll have delicious pasta."
Draco nodded, seemingly mollified. Harry distracted Draco with choosing the sauce and the appropriate wine, courtesy of the Grimmauld Place wine cellar. When Draco came back into the kitchen, Harry had already drained and served the pasta onto two plates, one with a marinara sauce for Draco and the other with parmesan and garlic for Harry.
They sat at the table and Draco took a large bite before grinning in satisfaction.
"This is amazing! I made this?"
Something swelled in Harry's chest. "Yes you did, love. You made that."
A small, rare smile crossed Draco's face, and Harry's breath caught at the sight.
"Harry."
"Yes?"
Draco bit his lip, twirling his fork into his pasta. "Will you tell me more about Muggle cooking?"
Harry grinned. "I'd love to."
Chapter 19: Unsent Letter
Summary:
Potter, I knew it was you. I love you.
Notes:
Prompts: unsent letter; cheater
Chapter Text
Dear Potter,
Did you know I knew?
I knew it was you.
I write this after your escape from my house. I wish I'd gone with you.
Do you still have my wand?
If I join you can I have it back?
Can I still join you? This is hell.
Hell with you is better than heaven without you.
Merlin even with a stinging hex on your face I still wanted you.
I'm so sorry, I never wanted it to get this far.
I hope you win. You'd better win, or the world will end.
My world ended the moment the Mark was seared into my arm. Yours might as well go on. It's meant to. I know that now.
I can't go on without you. Please don't die. I need you, the world needs you.
Potter, I lo--
The door to Draco's room swung open. He jumped from his position at his desk, his heart dropping to his stomach when he saw Bellatrix's looming figure, her face twisted in her signature cross between a devilish grin and a sneer. He cast a quick Vanishing spell and his letter, his salvation, his one chance, disappeared into thin air.
"We know what you did, Draco."
Draco closed his eyes, braced himself.
Bellatrix stepped forward, closing the door with a flick of her wrist. She was always the most powerful of the Black sisters--the whole family, really. Madness makes the sane underestimate you.
"You're a cheater, Draco. You cheated me out of my reward, cheated the Dark Lord out of his prize, and cheated the world of ending this rubbish war sooner. You are a dirty little cheater, aren't you?" Her voice was quiet and precise, like torturous water droplets that made Draco feel like he was drowning.
"What, nothing? No defense, no denial? At least you're not lying to us--again." Bellatrix was snarling now.
"I suppose there really is only one way to get through to cheaters like you. Crucio!"
Pain, blinding and sharp and burning raced through his body, his bones, his nerves. He started a new letter in his head, wishing beyond all rationality that Potter could read it.
Potter, I knew it was you. I love you.
Chapter 20: Mailbox
Summary:
Harry stared at the letter, brow furrowed.
Notes:
Prompt: mailbox
**sequel of the previous chapter
Chapter Text
Dear Potter,
Did you know I knew?
I knew it was you.
I write this after your escape from my house. I wish I'd gone with you.
Do you still have my wand?
If I join you can I have it back?
Can I still join you? This is hell.
Hell with you is better than heaven without you.
Merlin even with a stinging hex on your face I still wanted you.
I'm so sorry, I never wanted it to get this far.
I hope you win. You'd better win, or the world will end.
My world ended the moment the Mark was seared into my arm. Yours might as well go on. It's meant to. I know that now.
I can't go on without you. Please don't die. I need you, the world needs you.
Potter, I lo--
Harry stared at the letter, brow furrowed. It had been at the Shell Cottage mailbox--a wedding gift from Arthur to Bill and Fleur. Arthur'd been delighted to learn about the Muggle mail system. He'd even subscribed to Muggle catalogs to find more "treasures" and to see how it worked. And, naturally, when his son and daughter-in-law moved into their own cottage, he was ecstatic at the chance to have a pen pal using the Muggle system.
Harry'd been sent outside to collect that day's mail haul when he saw one with his own name on it. After casting the protective spells, he'd opened it to see an unfinished and then scratched-out letter.
Of course, from the first sentence, he'd known it was from Malfoy.
Malfoy, who'd just lied to his own family to save Harry and his friends
Malfoy, who now wanted to join him.
Malfoy, who didn't want him to die.
Malfoy, who wants Harry to win.
Draco, who might--just might--love Harry.
Harry ran inside, letter in hand, to find Ron and Hermione. There'd need to be one more step in their plan.
Chapter 21: 2 AM
Summary:
The old grandfather clock in the living room of Grimmauld Place struck 2am. Harry paused as he was bringing the glass of firewhiskey to his lips to acknowledge the time, allowing a voice in his head that sounded far too much like Hermione to say its piece.
"Nothing good ever happens after 2am"
Notes:
Prompt: 2am
Chapter Text
The old grandfather clock in the living room of Grimmauld Place struck 2am. Harry paused as he was bringing the glass of firewhiskey to his lips to acknowledge the time, allowing a voice in his head that sounded far too much like Hermione to say its piece.
"Nothing good ever happens after 2am"
Harry told the voice to shove it. Nothing good happened at any other time in the last few days. He'd drink if he wanted to.
"Fucking Draco." He mumbled into his glass before letting the amber liquid burn the back of his throat, just to feel something there other than the telltale lump that always preceded tears.
He was exhausted from crying. That's all he seemed to be able to do, these past few days. He was lucky to have some time off from work, summer hols at Hogwarts and all that, because having the Defense professor greet his class with red-rimmed eyes and smelling like firewhiskey wouldn't be a very good example to set for the next generation of wizards.
He sincerely hoped the next generation of wizards wouldn't fall in love with someone who was engaged to be married.
It was his own damn fault, too. Draco'd made it explicitly clear at the beginning of their little...liaison that it could never go further, never be more. It was simply a way for Draco to blow off steam and stay within Pureblood social customs. While he and Astoria were betrothed, it was accepted for their pre-marital affairs to be an open secret until the rings were exchanged and vows said.
It was the night before Draco was to be wed, and just a week ago had been their agreed-upon final meeting.
Harry'd held himself together the entire time, plastering a small smile on his as Draco stepped into the Floo for the last time. As Draco had disappeared from Harry's life like the smoke surrounding him from the green flames, Harry'd wondered if he'd seen pleading in those gray eyes. As if he'd been willing Harry to say something to make him stay.
But Harry couldn't. Despite every Gryffindor urge in his body, every impulse that screamed at him to show up on Draco's doorstep in the pouring rain with flowers and 'I love you' on his lips, he knew it wasn't his place. Draco could resent him for the rest of his life if Harry pushed him to end things with Astoria just to end up brokenhearted with him.
So. Firewhiskey it was.
A knock on the door registered in Harry's tipsy mind. When he rose from his seat on the couch, he found himself much less inebriated than he'd thought. That would have to change once he sent the visitor away from his doorstep.
Harry opened the door.
"I love you."
Draco was soaked from the rain, the flowers in his hand unharmed, likely because of an impervious charm. His blonde hair was stuck to his forehead, and it looked darker from the water. His clothes were dripping, too, his white button-down shirt nearly see-through and his dress pants clinging to his legs.
Harry had a million questions. Why was Draco here? Was he alright? Why didn't he use an umbrella charm? What happened with Astoria? Was he drunk?
Instead, Harry went with, "What?"
"I love you," Draco said panting. "I can't get married to someone if I don't love them, I refuse. I refuse to make my parents' mistakes. And as I sat there in the Manor, talking quietly with Astoria about the plans for tomorrow, I just realized that if I went through with it I'd be doing this for the rest of my life.
I missed you. I missed your passion, how you bring out the fire in me like no one else can. Astoria, lovely and sensible though she is, could never do that for me.
Harry, you made a rebel out of me. I never thought I'd be making love proclamations and ending wedding contracts and willingly standing in the middle of the rain but nothing with you has ever made sense but it's always felt right. You're mine. You're the best thing that's ever happened to me and I refuse to do anything but love you, forever."
Harry was speechless for a moment, unable to do anything other than look at Draco, before he saw Draco brace himself and start to give Harry a resigned look.
Harry grabbed him by his sopping shirt and pulled him in for a kiss that warmed them both to their cores.
"I love you too. I love you, I love you. You're mine and I love you."
Draco grinned, bringing his lips down to Harry's for another kiss. The grandfather clock ticked away, counting the seconds until forever.
Chapter 22: Smile
Summary:
Still, even Harry's brilliant smile wasn't enough to distract from the obvious slight anticipation in Harry's deep green eyes.
Or from the wriggling bundle currently lodged underneath Harry's shirt.
Notes:
Prompt: stray animal, smile
Chapter Text
Draco was greeted by two furry faces and wet noses when he crossed the threshold into Grimmauld Place. One of the dogs jumped up, but Draco was able to gently correct the pet before his clothes became more dog hair than fabric.
"Hello to you, too, Orion. And you, Diana. Any idea where Harry is? No? I'm talking to two dogs who can't respond to me? And I've lost the plot? Okay, good, good," he said with a wry grin as he gave loving scratches and pets to the greedy dogs.
"Hi, love! Welcome home!" Harry grinned at Draco, revealing his adorable dimples. Harry's smile always did him in, making his knees a little weak. Even after all this time, seeing Harry's joy and love directed at him still took his breath away after years of scowls and sneers and cruel smirks. Draco collected those smiles in a little corner of his mind, bringing them to consciousness when he needed to remember that he was loved.
Still, even Harry's brilliant smile wasn't enough to distract from the obvious slight anticipation in Harry's deep green eyes.
Or from the wriggling bundle currently lodged underneath Harry's shirt.
"Harry, what's going on?"
Harry pursed his lips. "Nothing?" The questioning lilt of his voice betrayed the attempt at nonchalance.
"Care to tell me what you've got hidden under your shirt?"
"Nothing?"
Meow
"Harry"
The smile Draco loved so much melted into a frown, and he hated the sight. "Alright," Harry said with a resigned sigh. He carefully removed the bundle from underneath his shirt, revealing an adorable black and white cat with a blue collar.
Draco's heart melted as he watched Harry cooing at the kitten, which licked the tanned wrist of the hand that gave it comforting strokes across its head.
Draco sighed. "Where did you find this one?"
Harry's eyes were bright, slightly wild and protective. "I found her in Diagon. She was so lonely; her fur was all matted and dirty, I couldn't just leave her! She didn't have any tags or a collar."
Draco narrowed his eyes. "Then I'm to assume this is your doing?" he ran a finger over the collar at the cat's neck. Harry blushed.
"I took her to the animal healer, and they said she was fine. She’s a British shorthair by the way. But they also said if someone didn’t take her she’d go to the pound and she’s so small and vulnerable and she nee-“
Draco pressed into Harry, kissing him gently to stop his ranting. “It’s alright love. We’ll keep her. I’m sure we can figure out how to train her, seeing as neither of us has ever owned a cat.”
Harry nodded. “Hermione will help. She probably has books left over from caring for Crookshanks as a kitten.”
Draco pressed his lips together and gave a resigned sigh. “I assume you already have a name picked out?”
Harry flushed slightly. “I, er…”
“Come on, out with it.”
Harry looked a little sheepish. “Sierra.”
Draco raised an eyebrow. “Really? We’re not staying with the mythology theme?”
“Do you have another one in mind?”
Draco hummed. “What about Athena?”
Harry’s easy, blinding grin was worth it. “Welcome home, Athena.”
Chapter 23: A Proposal
Summary:
Harry shook himself. "Wait, back up--what did you say?"
"I said I think we should date."
Notes:
Prompt: a proposal
Chapter Text
"Potter, wait up!"
Harry turned around to see Malfoy approaching him in the otherwise empty corridor. He nearly sighed. He was so relieved to finally have some space to himself without having to hide under his invisibility cloak. And here Malfoy was, albeit unknowingly, disrupting his respite from the pestering fans.
"Yes, Malfoy?" Harry tried not to let his annoyance show in his voice.
Malfoy didn't seem fazed. "I have a proposal for you."
Harry raised an eyebrow. "Alright?"
"We've been getting on this year, no?"
Harry considered this for a moment, before nodding slowly. Malfoy's apologized to everyone at the beginning of the year, and he'd thus far followed through on his promise of having changed. The two of them had managed to partner in Potions without fighting, which was a refreshing change of pace for them; of course, not trading punches and cutting insults meant that they cleared a bar that was set at the core of the earth. Still, it was an improvement, and there were even times that Harry found himself being amicable with the git.
Such as right now.
"...it would only require one or two dates in public, only to get people off our backs and--"
Harry shook himself. "Wait, back up--what did you say?"
"I said I think we should date."
Harry sputtered. "W-what?"
"Well, you are bisexual, right? You came out in the Prophet over the summer after your break up with Ginevra?"
Harry frowned. "Yes?"
"Well, I'm gay. We've both been harassed by other students this year--you for being the Savior and me for...my past. It might make people at least physically stay away from us both if we pretend to be romantically attached."
"Why can't we just be friends?"
Malfoy rolled his eyes. "That won't work; they'll think McGonagall put us up to it to 'set an example.' This is just insane enough to be true."
"So what would this mean, exactly?"
Malfoy pursed his lips. "I think a couple of dates in Hogsmeade, sitting with each other's friends at meals, and some hand-holding should be plenty. No need to snog or anything--such a stark difference in our interactions will do the trick. Then we just gradually spend less time together and they'll assume we're broken up and by then they'll be used to not harrassing us."
"Alright," he said, trying not to stare at Malfoy's lips and consider what it might be like to kiss him.
Those lips curved into a small smile. "Okay then, Potter, since today is Friday, shall we meet at the entrance and walk together to Hogsmeade for our first date?"
Dazed, Harry nodded. "Sounds good Malfoy."
Malfoy's mouth twisted. "You should call me Draco."
"Er, what?"
"Couples don't call each other by their surnames," Mal--Draco rolled his eyes. "We've got to be believable."
"O-kay Draco."
Draco gave him a pleased smile that made Harry's insides flip. "Alright then, Harry, I'll see you tomorrow."
"Sure, yeah."
Draco smirked a little. Then, suddenly, he leaned in and planted a quick kiss on Harry's cheek. He was gone from the hallway an instant later, and if Harry didn't know better he'd think Draco had Apparated.
He stood there, his mind whirling with images of pale hair, glittering grey eyes, and softly smiling lips that leaned in to press against his skin.
Harry was totally fucked.
Chapter 24: Whispers
Summary:
To the untrained, unknowing ear, Parseltongue sounded like hissing.
Notes:
Prompt: whispers, breaking the silence
Chapter Text
To the untrained, unknowing ear, Parseltongue sounded like hissing.
But it wasn't.
No, Harry knew all too well that Parseltongue was like the wind created by a dagger flying past his ears, whispered threats and atrocities that kept him wide awake at night. The words spoken so softly echoed endlessly in his ears.
Voldemort had spent years whispering in Harry's ear, telling him lies, showing him visions of disturbing torture and murder to the point that whispering made Harry frantic, defensive.
So when Harry walked into the Great Hall with Ron and Hermione for the first day of eighth year, and the entire room broke out into whispers that made them sound like a snake pit, Harry froze.
Ron and Hermione had walked a few steps ahead of him and, noticing that he hadn't turned around, looked back at him in confusion and concern.
"Harry are you al-"
"POTTER!"
The shout of his last name had Harry glancing over at the Slytherin table where the sound had come from, only to see a pale-faced Draco Malfoy rushing toward him. The whispers rose in volume. Harry's jaw tightened.
"Are you alright?" Harry would have almost laughed at the look of genuine concern on Malfoy's face if he wasn't on the verge of tears.
Harry could only shake his head.
Malfoy nodded. "I understand, Potter. It does that to me, too. C'mon," he grabbed Harry by the arm and started to pull him out of the room, Harry's legs willingly following.
"Er, mate? What's going on?" They stopped at Ron's voice.
"It's okay, Ron, I promise," Harry croaked.
"But--" Ron's protests were cut off by a now embarrassed and frustrated Hermione, who pulled Ron over to the Gryffindor table as Malfoy pulled Harry outside.
They stopped in the blessedly quiet corridor, looking at one another in silence.
"So, the whispers...it sounds like Parseltongue to you, doesn't it?"
Harry blinked. "Er, yeah, how'd you know?"
Malfoy shrugged, "It does to me, too, and when everyone started whispering when you walked in, that must've been...intense."
Harry nodded. "Yeah, it was, thanks."
"Potter, I--" Malfoy stopped for a moment. "I'm sorry. For everything. I know that doesn't make up for--what I did, but I hope maybe I can show you that I've changed over the summer."
Malfoy stuck out his hand automatically and then immediately seemed to regret it, his eyes widening. Still, he kept his hand out, committing to the gesture.
Harry looked at him for a moment before a lovely, friendly voice seemed to whisper in his ear, "Go for it. Shake his hand. You won't regret it."
Malfoy's eyes lit up when Harry took his hand. Harry might not like whispers, but maybe he could trust them when they came from his heart.
Chapter 25: Dear Diary
Summary:
Dear Diary
Dear Journal
Dear--
Oh, sod it. Hi, Harry.
Notes:
Prompt: Dear Diary
**this is technically a sequel to Chapter 1
Chapter Text
Dear Diary
Dear Journal
Dear--
Oh, sod it. Hi, Harry.
I'm sure you're wondering why I'm writing in this journal once again since we discovered at the beginning at the year that they were linked. I'm still not sure what magic caused them to be connected in such a way, but part of me suspects in retrospect that it was my dear Pansy realizing what I'd written and trying to get me to confess my feelings prank me.
Either way, despite my embarrassment, I find I wouldn't change a thing. Even though you drive me mad half the time, you bring out a side of me that used to be rude and angry and bitter. Now, I see that I was angry that you made me want to be a better person. I lashed out all those years because I couldn't handle the fact that you made me want to change, after being told all my life that my blood made me perfect.
And I'm far from it--perfect--but you still inspire me to be better every day. I know I'm not the most...forthcoming with my more vulnerable emotions; you've always worn your heart on your sleeve while I tried convincing myself and the world that I didn't have one.
But here, in the comfort of my dorm and with the distance of this journal, I feel ready and able to say the things I want to one day vocalize. But for now, let my written words be enough.
Harry, I love you; I've been in love with you since the day we met, but I think I realized it around fourth year.
Of course, I don't know how you feel with regards to me, other than the confession of some romantic emotions when we first accidentally used this linked journal. But this is me trying to learn from you how to be more gracious, bolder. One step at a time, right?
Harry, I do hope you respond when you read this, but--
Hold on someone's knocking on my--
Oh Merlin it's you.
Maybe I should keep you waiting if you're going to be so rude...
Alright! Salazar, I'm coming! See you in a second, Harry.
Chapter 26: Break the Silence
Summary:
When he thought about it, Draco couldn't believe he'd been willing to disrupt all of that after three silly dates with Harry sodding Potter. To think he'd ever considered himself important enough to the Savior to merit more than three dinner engagements and one rather fantastic shag.
Notes:
Prompt: break the silence
Chapter Text
Draco enjoyed his life.
It was quiet, simple. He went to work as a potions master and came home to his flat, where he made dinner and read a book while he ate. Then he was in bed by 10 p.m. and asleep by 11.
It was routine, easy. Just the way he liked it.
When he thought about it, Draco couldn't believe he'd been willing to disrupt all of that after three silly dates with Harry sodding Potter. To think he'd ever considered himself important enough to the Savior to merit more than three dinner engagements and one rather fantastic shag.
Potter had left his flat early in the morning with an emergency work call. "Shit, I've got to go. I'll Owl you!" was all he said before he left in a hurry, just barely getting both his shoes on his feet.
Draco liked his men with both shoes on right, thanks ever so.
A knock at the door disrupted Draco's thoughts just as he was picking up his book. He frowned, a little miffed. He'd just been getting to the good part, where the two boys were about to drive off into the sunset together. He couldn't be arsed to take off his reading glasses when he answered the door.
"Draco! Good you're home I--when did you get glasses?" Potter had the audacity to look confused.
Draco sputtered. "I-they're reading glasses, Potter. What are you doing here?"
"I came here as soon as I could! I left your flat in a rush a couple weeks ago because of an emergency call and it turned out to be a really time-sensitive mission. I was only allowed to go back home and pack a bag before I had to take a Portkey to--it doesn't matter. Basically, we were only supposed to be there a few days but it turned into two weeks and we weren't allowed any Owls or a Floo and I felt terrible but we just got back and I feel terrible and so I came here and--"
"Potter, Potter, slow down," Draco said, holding up a hand. "Would you like some tea? And perhaps a shower?" Draco wrinkled his nose.
Potter chuckled sheepishly. "Yes, tea would be great. Sorry, I really did come straight here."
"I can tell," Draco muttered as Potter swept past him.
When they finally sat down, tea in hand, Draco spoke.
"First of all, are you alright? From your mission--I wouldn't put it past you to forego St. Mungo's in your haste to get here."
Potter blushed a little, ducking his head. "I'm alright. Just a little cut on my side, but I healed it."
Draco scoffed. "We both know you're pants at healing spells. Come on, show me."
"No, really I'm fine. It doesn't hurt."
"Potter, I am a potions master. That requires extensive medical training and knowledge. If you won't go to the hospital, at least let me look at it."
Potter rolled his eyes. "Fine."
Draco made a Mistake. A Very Big, No Good Very Bad Mistake because Potter was unbuttoning his shirt and Draco forgot about Potter's toned abdomen and he thought he himself might require medical attention if he wasn't allowed to lick them and--
"Er, Draco?"
Draco shook himself. "Right, sorry." He hissed when he caught sight of the gash along Potter's side, poorly healed as predicted. Draco cast the appropriate charms and Summoned a potion from his stores. After Potter chugged it without question, his immediate trust doing funny things to Draco's insides, the gash was healed.
"Thank you, Draco."
"You're welcome, Potter."
Potter frowned. "Why are you still calling me that?"
Draco blinked. "What?"
"Potter. I told you to call me Harry, remember? On our second date."
Draco flushed. "I, er, you didn't Owl me, and the letters I sent just got returned so I thought..."
Potter groaned. "Merlin, I'm so sorry. I thought about you the whole time. How much I wanted to see you, or at least send you a letter."
Draco bit his lip. "I thought about you, too, Harry." Pot-Harry grinned.
"Well, in that case, how 'bout we take that shower now?"
Chapter 27: Handle With Care
Summary:
Harry cast several detective charms on the enormous box. The words “Handle with Care” were stamped on it in large red letters. There wasn’t a return address, making the package all the more suspicious.
Notes:
Prompt: handle with care
Chapter Text
Harry cast several detective charms on the enormous box. The words “Handle with Care” were stamped on it in large red letters. There wasn’t a return address, making the package all the more suspicious.
When he found no reason for alarm, he frowned and kept his wand at the ready as he opened it.
When he lifted the flaps, he stepped back in shock.
“Took you long enough, Potter!” Malfoy stepped out of the box, sputtering through the wrapping. Harry’s eyes widened.
“Malfoy? How long have you been in there? Who did this to you?”
“I’m not sure. One moment I was having dinner with Pansy and the next I was stunned and put in this box next to your door.”
Panic rose in Harry’s chest. “Merlin, okay, do you want to sit down? Are you alright?”
“I’m fine, Potter. Just a little stiff. My captor was kind enough to poke holes in the back of the box.”
Harry let out a shaky breath. “Okay, do you want to use my Floo to call Pansy?”
Malfoy paused for a moment, before realization, and then anger dawned over his face. "That won't be necessary, Potter, I'll just be on my way--"
"No, no Malfoy wait it's not safe. Clearly someone has it out for you and I can help you figure it out--"
Malfoy scowled. "Of course you can, Auror Potter to the rescue. Fortunately, I shan't be needing your heroic services today. I think I know who's to blame."
"Who?"
Malfoy grit his teeth. "I think this is Pansy's idea of a prank. As my memory returns to me, I remember her getting that gleam in her eye after I brought you up in conversation and she said 'You just need a push, Draco, tell him how you fee--" Malfoy's eyes widened.
"M-Malfoy?"
Malfoy shook his head rapidly. "Nothing. Forget I said that. I must still be lightheaded from the box--"
"Malfoy--Draco, what feelings?"
"I sort of have feelings for you," Draco mumbled under his breath, barely loud enough for Harry to hear.
"Really?"
There was that scowl again. "Don't be a git about it."
"No no! I just--I like you too."
"You do?"
Harry shrugged. "Yeah, I mean we work well together when they pair Aurors with Unspeakables, and I--I like you."
A small smile took over Draco's face. "Oh, that's alright then."
"Good," Harry said with a grin.
A little nervousness crossed Draco's face. "Well, Harry I am sorry to bother you, perhaps I could Owl you, or--"
Harry chuckled and took Draco's hands in his own. "Don't worry, Draco, I might not have expected this delivery, but I won't return it to sender."
Chapter 28: Insult
Summary:
"Watch where you're going, Scarhead." Malfoy sneered at Harry, bumping their shoulders together as they passed by.
Harry clenched his jaw, ignoring the worried expression on Hermione's face and the stormy one on Ron's, turning to Malfoy with a dark glare. "You bumped into me, and you know it."
Notes:
Prompt: Insult
Chapter Text
"Watch where you're going, Scarhead." Malfoy sneered at Harry, bumping their shoulders together as they passed by.
Harry clenched his jaw, ignoring the worried expression on Hermione's face and the stormy one on Ron's, turning to Malfoy with a dark glare. "You bumped into me, and you know it."
"As if," Malfoy scoffed. "I'm graceful and dignified. You, however, have the gait and balance of a drunk erumpent."
Harry smirked. "If you're so graceful, why am I the better flyer?"
"If you think that's true, you're more delusional than I thought. Ever think about getting those pretty eyes some better glasses?"
"I will when you get that gorgeous head of yours looked at. You must've hit it pretty hard to think you're better."
Malfoy took a step closer. "I know I'm better, Potter. A player like you should know how to recognize talent."
Harry matched him, glaring. "I recognize it, Malfoy. I see it all the time staring at you from across the field. But clearly not enough to catch the Snitch when I'm too distracted by you!"
"Er, what's happening?" Ron whispered to Hermione, who grabbed his arm to silence him.
Malfoy was right in front of Harry's face now. There were flecks of blue in the grey eyes. "Talk about distracting! I can't walk down the same corridor as you without walking into you with how much I'm staring!"
"I'll show you staring," Harry said, his eyes on Malfoy's lips. Quickly, he grabbed the front of Malfoy's robes and smashed their mouths together. Malfoy adapted quickly, wrapping his arms around Harry's neck to deepen the kiss.
"Well, at least they're done with insults now," Ron said resignedly.
Hermione chuckled. "No, Ron, I think they're just getting started."
Chapter 29: Road Trip
Summary:
A bright light came into view, making Harry squint as he opened his eyes.
His body felt heavy and sluggish, which wasn't helped by the stiff, unfamiliar mattress beneath him.
Notes:
Prompts: road trip, first kiss
Chapter Text
A bright light came into view, making Harry squint as he opened his eyes.
His body felt heavy and sluggish, which wasn't helped by the stiff, unfamiliar mattress beneath him.
Someone stood over him, muttering something that sounded like his name. but his brain was slow to process the image and accompanying sound of the person's voice.
"Harry, it's me. Can you understand me? NURSE! Harry, look at me, it's--"
"Draco?" Harry's voice was scratchy, his throat parched.
Harry blinked rapidly to make sure that the sight of tears welling in Draco's eyes was, in fact, real and not another strange dream.
A new person--someone Harry was confident he didn't know--suddenly appeared at his bedside, looking over him with a stoic expression and checking some beeping machine beside him. They came and went quickly, shutting the door behind them. Harry turned his attention to Draco, who he now realized was clutching his hand; Harry was grateful for the sensation, grounding and real.
"Water," he rasped, and Draco immediately reached onto a nearby table and placed a glass of water into Harry's free, shaking hand. It was probably from a sink in the hospital bathroom, but it was still one of the best cups of water he'd ever had, a cool relief sliding easily down his throat.
"What happened?" He said once he felt able to speak.
Draco bit his lip. "We were in an accident. You were driving us--we're using a Mug--a car because the suspect is--"
"Right, I remember that part. How did the crash happen? Are you okay?"
"It was dark and you couldn't see very well. You hit the breaks too soon; we ended up driving into a tree in a nearby forest. I'm fine, other than a little whiplash, but you just came out of surgery."
"What'd they do?"
"You've got 20 stitches, along your stomach." Draco closes his eyes, his own voice quieter than the steady beeping of the machine next to Harry.
"So I'm in a Muggle hospital?"
"Shh," Draco looked around them before nodding. "Yes, careful of the statute."
"Right. So where's the doctor?"
"She'll be in soon. I thought you might be a little less overwhelmed with just me here."
Something opened up in Harry's chest, warm and pleased. "I am. Glad you're here, I mean. Just us."
A smile tugged at the corner of Draco's lips. "Me too."
Harry didn't understand how someone could still look so gorgeous under hospital lights, but Draco managed it somehow. He had bags under his eyes and his lip trembled every so often, but Draco still managed to be more beautiful than anyone else Harry'd ever seen.
"C'mere, I wan' tell you something." The words were out of Harry's mouth before he knew it, but he didn't regret them.
Draco's eyebrows knit. "What--are you alright?"
"Yeah just--c'mere."
Draco bent down slowly, hesitatingly, just enough for Harry to finally close the distance and capture his lips.
Harry moved his lips against Draco's still, shocked ones; he started to pull away, an apology at the ready, when Draco finally responded, moving against Harry's mouth with passion.
Draco pulled away in shock, and Harry's stomach dropped.
"I'm sorry, Harry, I--"
"Don't be, Draco, it's--"
"You've just had surgery, you've got to take it easy. No more snogging until you're recovered."
Relief wrapped around Harry's heart like a warm blanket. "We'll see about that," his mouth stretched into a grin, cracking his slightly chapped lips. Draco's look of fond exasperation was worth it.
Outside, the sun rose over the horizon, its rays illuminating a lush green forest and bringing the dawn of a new day.
Chapter Text
It wasn't a smile; it was a grin.
After the war, everyone had been surprised to see Harry smiling--all the time. Most people chalked it up to relief at having finally killed Voldemort, but some others took his apparent joy for apathy toward those who'd lost their lives in the war.
Still, Harry grinned through it all: the pictures, the interviews, the galas, the fundraisers, the random interactions with weeping fans. He grinned even as his cheeks ached, his friends' expressions shifted to worry, and he could only move his mouth to speak and eat.
The potion had seemed like a good idea. It had been advertised as a surefire way to force your brain to be happy.
"Turn That Frown Upside-Down!" the cheery slogan was written in optimistic, curvy letters. "After the war, you'll grin like never before, with the Smiling Serum!"
And when the potion had slid down Harry's throat for the first time, and his mouth had stretched wide, he thought it might just clear the fog in his mind and give him the kind of happiness that'd always eluded him.
His friends grew more and more concerned, Hermione's face becoming increasingly pinched with worry. Harry knew that thread would snap eventually, but he'd just flash her a smile to show her all was well.
He really shouldn't have been surprised to see Hermione's owl pecking at his window one day--and he definitely shouldn't have been puzzled by her message
Harry, I know what you're going to say, but I've sent someone to help you. If this doesn't work to snap you out of the potion's hold, I don't know what will.
There was a knock at the door.
Harry's eyebrows furrowed for a moment--before he realized how ridiculous that would look combined with a wide smile--and he moved to greet his visitor.
"Oh, Merlin, she wasn't joking," Malfoy sneered.
Harry's smile faltered, but it jumped into place. "What do you want, Malfoy?"
Malfoy barged in, smirking in a way that sent a familiar jolt down Harry's spine. "Just here to see how the Savior's holding up. Honestly, Potter, this is a bit sacrilegious, isn't it? Living in the house that should belong to a proper Pureblood?"
Harry's eyebrow twitched. "Shut up, Malfoy."
"I suppose I get why you'd want to live somewhere other than Potter Cottage. The scene of the crime, isn't it?"
He clenched his jaw. "Malfoy!"
"It's where your blood traitor father and mudblood mother took their last breaths to save you. Gods, they must've regretted it when they saw how you turned out. They should've handed you over to the Dark Lord when they had the chance."
Harry snarled, his mouth twisting into a fierce scowl. He pointed his wand at Malfoy's neck, and the other man's eyes widened, his mouth twitching into a relieved smile.
"Finally, I was starting to think Granger was wrong."
"What?"
"She said you've been under the influence of a potion--that's why you've been forced into smiling. So she asked me to, er, snap you out of it."
Harry blinked. He felt his mind shift, the artificial haze fading to leave a dull ache; still, he felt the relief of clarity and reality settle in his chest.
He swallowed. "Thank you."
Malfoy nodded. "No problem, Potter. I'm sorry about...what I said."
"It's alright, you were trying to help."
"Still...I hated it. I don't believe those things anymore, Potter, you have to know that."
"I do."
Malfoy nodded. "Good. Right then. Oh, Granger wanted me to give you this," Malfoy reached into his pocket and handed Harry a note.
"It's the Floo address of a Mind Healer. They'll be able to help you find...well, some other way to help your mental health."
"Thanks, Malfoy."
"Sure," Malfoy cleared his throat and stuck his hands in his pockets. "I'll, er, be going then."
Malfoy turned, and Harry acted on impulse and reached and gently grasped his wrist. Malfoy looked at him in surprise.
"D'you, uh, want some tea?"
Malfoy regarded him with narrowed, scrutinizing eyes, and Harry tried not to shift under the gaze.
"Okay," Malfoy said with a slow nod.
Harry smiled softly.
Chapter 31: Mirror, Mirror
Summary:
His face looked back at him in the mirror; he saw the same familiar collection of features. His father's hair and face, and his mother's eyes; none of it his own.
Notes:
Prompt: mirror, mirror
Chapter Text
'Yeh look a lot like yer dad, but yeh've got yer mum's eyes.'
'You do look extraordinarily like James. Except for your eyes - you have your mother's eyes.'
'Yeah, I see what you mean, Remus. He looks exactly like James.' 'Except the eyes,' said a wheezy-voiced, silver-haired wizard at the back. 'Lily's eyes.'
'Except for your eyes. You've got –' 'My mother's eyes, yeah.'
Harry clenched his jaw, head spinning. He closed his eyes and opened them.
His face looked back at him in the mirror; he saw the same familiar collection of features. His father's hair and face, and his mother's eyes; none of it his own.
The scar on his forehead was Voldemort.
The bump on his nose was from Draco.
The bruise on his cheek from last week's raid was slowly healing, despite the Healers' best efforts.
His face was plastered on the cover of the newspaper, grinning from the cards of chocolate frogs, painted solemn and heroic in a painting in the Ministry.
It was his face, but it didn't belong to him.
He stared at the mirror, the face reflecting back at him now twisted in a scowl. He wondered how the public would feel about how he was defiling their precious, living war monument.
"Feeling a bit vain, are we?"
Harry startled, turning to look at Draco, who was raising an eyebrow.
"The opposite, actually."
Draco rolled his eyes and walked toward Harry. "You don't need me to remind you of how handsome you are, do you? Trust me, I wouldn't date someone ugly."
Harry let himself laugh a little. "It's not that either. It's just--none of this," he waved a hand lazily at the mirror, "is mine. Everything in the mirror is from someone else. And that's all people care about. They see my face and think about what belongs to them or to someone else and they don't think about the fact that it's mine. It belongs to me, not them."
Draco shook his head. "Do you know what I see, when I look at you."
Harry shook his head.
"I see love. I see kindness, and strength. I see humor and bravery. Yes, I see your adorably messy hair and gorgeous eyes. But when you wake up and it's static-y and sticking up everywhere, that's yours. The fire in your eyes when you duel, or the twinkle in them when you're laughing, or the way they light up when you're excited. That's yours, Harry. That's what I and everyone else who loves you sees. And that's all that matters."
Harry glanced in the mirror once more, this time seeing Draco standing next to him. He pulled Draco close to him and pressed a kiss to his forehead before Draco nuzzled wordlessly into his neck, eyes closed.
Harry looked in the mirror and smiled softly. This would always belong to them.
Chapter 32: Suitcase
Summary:
It was now or never.
Harry smiled and reached into his pocket only to find it terrifyingly empty.
Notes:
Prompts: suitcase, opportunity, and sunset
Chapter Text
It was now or never.
Harry smiled and reached into his pocket only to find it terrifyingly empty.
He hoped his face didn't look as green as he felt, but if Draco's concerned expression was any indication, he was unsuccessful.
"What's wrong, love?" Draco's eyebrows furrowed.
Harry plastered a wide smile on his face; he didn't miss Draco's eyes narrowing slightly in suspicion. "N-nothing! Just--" he glanced quickly out the window of the restaurant on the boat, looking at the spot where the horizon met the sea. It looked to be just a few minutes until sunset. They'd just ordered their food; it would probably give him just enough time.
Harry patted his hand reassuringly. "I'll be right back. I've got to use the restroom."
Harry rose from his chair and dashed out of the room. He barely heard Draco calling, "The bathroom's the other way, Harry!"
He made it to the elevator in just enough time before it closed, smiling apologetically at the crowd of people packed inside. He tapped his leg nervously as he watched the floor numbers get higher and higher until finally the car reached the 15th floor.
He fumbled with the room key, cursing under his breath when it slipped from his nervous fingers. It finally opened and he stumbled in, almost falling on the rug.
He scrambled around the room, opening every drawer, checking every carry-on, and scanning the area for the tiny velvet box. It wasn't in his trousers from yesterday, it wasn't in the sock drawer, it wasn't in the bathroom, it wasn't--
His suitcase. Why didn't you check the most obvious place first, Potter?
He rolled his eyes at the inner Draco in his mind and practically dove toward his suitcase. He ripped open the main zipper searching every crevice, every pocket he could see.
"Packing already?"
Harry jumped, his head jerking up to see Draco looking at him blankly, which made Harry's stomach twist with guilt. Draco made his face unreadable when he was internally panicked.
Harry smiled softly. "No, I'm--just looking for something."
"Can I help you find it?"
"NO!" Hurt flashed across Draco's face for a moment before he schooled his features once more. Harry closed his eyes.
"I'm sorry for shouting, Draco, I just--" He looked out the window, his heart sinking when he saw the darkened sky outside.
"Damn it, it's too late," Harry mumbled.
"What? What is going on, Harry?" Draco's voice was brimming with exasperation and anxiety.
Harry felt pained, a lump rising in his throat. "I was...Just, give me a second." He felt around in the suitcase once more, checking the only pocket he hadn't opened. He was filled with relief once his hand clasped the box. He pocketed it quickly.
Draco'd closed the door behind him when he came in, and he was still standing. Harry was already kneeling on the floor in front of the suitcase.
He shuffled toward Draco, still on his knees, as Draco's expression shifted from neutral to one of total confusion.
Harry took a deep breath and pulled the box out of his pocket, watching as Draco's eyes widened, his lips parting slightly in shock.
Harry gave him a small, sheepish smile. "I was waiting for the perfect opportunity. I wanted to do this at sunset, at the restaurant, looking out over the ocean on the last night of our cruise. I thought I put the box in my pocket but I left it in my suitcase and--well, you know the rest."
Harry held Draco's gaze. "I know I missed the opportunity to make it perfect. To make it romantic. But we've had tons of wasted opportunities, right? And they all turned out okay. The times we could've been nicer to each other in school, the months we spent dancing around each other and dropping hints before we finally got our shit together. Draco, this is just one more incident where I messed up the timing, but I'm not worried because we're always right on time. So, Draco Malfoy, will you marry me?"
Draco was still shocked, and Harry felt irrational, intense fear well up inside him before Draco's face broke out into a teary smile.
"Yes."
Draco's lips were perfectly parted, and Harry saw his chance. He stood abruptly from his knees and pulled Draco into a kiss.
They missed the rest of their reservation at the restaurant, deciding to take room service later on in the evening instead. It didn't matter. They'd have tons of opportunities in the future.
Chapter 33: "I'm pretty fond of you when you're not around."
Summary:
The thing about Draco Malfoy is that he's not a very nice person.
Notes:
Prompt from @bubble-gumhead: "I'm pretty fond of you when you're not around."
Chapter Text
The thing about Draco Malfoy is that he's not a very nice person.
Harry'd known this when they'd first started dating; his scathing retorts, now no longer malicious and more of a bone-dry wit, were harmless, even funny.
But with someone like Draco, you'd think there'd be a softer side, one that only Harry got to see. You'd think that when they were alone together, in the quiet of their bedroom, he'd be sweet, romantic. He'd give Harry his private smile, the one where his mouth curls up the corners and his eyes go a little hazy and it makes Harry's heart skip a beat.
But no, not quite.
When the two of them attended posh social events--Harry being dragged there either by Draco or his official obligations--and were temporarily separated, guests would gush about their clear affection for each other.
'Oh, he's so devoted to you, Harry,' their voices saccharine, practically dripping with it. 'He just speaks so highly of you, so very smitten. You must be so happy together.'
It made Harry want to laugh; he wasn't sure if he should dismiss the theory that Draco had some clone of himself made for the sole purpose of attending these events and putting on a show of blissful, perfect domesticity while his real self scowled and sniped at Harry.
Truthfully, he wouldn't put it past him.
Finally, after yet another night of hearing about how 'clearly besotted he is with you Harry, you're so lucky,' he'd had enough.
"Do you even like me?" Harry blurted that night once they'd stepped inside their flat.
Draco scowled, a comforting, familiar sight. "What in Merlin's name are you talking about?"
"Well, I-" Harry rubbed the back of his neck. "People are always telling me how highly you speak of me, how much it's clear how you feel about me and, well, I never hear any of that from you."
Draco blinked. "Are you not happy in our relationship, or something? Am I not enough for you?"
"Merlin, no! That's not it at all, I guess I'm just...I'm confused!" Harry sighed. "I don't know...how you feel about me, I guess."
Draco looked at him flatly. "Harry, you absolute idiot, of course I like you! Why do you think I'd be here if I didn't?"
Harry just shrugged. Draco rolled his eyes.
"Honestly. Of course I tell people those things! It's a protective measure, so they take us and our relationship seriously."
"Then why don't you say it to me? Why don't I get to know how you feel?"
Draco's face went soft, all of a sudden, his scowl dropping. "I thought you did. Don't you? I tell you how I feel, all the time."
Harry thought about this. The way Draco brings home treacle tart and leaves it in the refrigerator for Harry. The way he silently, wordlessly draws a bath for him when it's clear Harry's had a long day. The way he factors in twice-monthly dinners with Ron and Hermione and Sunday dinner at the Burrow, despite his discomfort. The way he gets up before Harry every day to get the Prophet and throw away every article with his name in the headline or his picture in the columns.
"You do, I guess," Harry said quietly. "Just never...hear you say it, around me."
Draco smirked. "I'm pretty fond of you when you're not around."
Harry raised his eyebrows. "Are you?"
At Draco's challenge-filled look, Harry pulled him in quickly, wrapping him in his arms.
"Well, I know one thing you're pretty fond of--and being around me is pretty much essential."
Draco rolled his eyes. "Shut up, Potter." And, leaning in, he did just that.
Chapter 34: 10 Things I Hate About Potter
Summary:
10 Things I Hate About Potter
Chapter Text
Draco stood in front of the class, surveying the room and trying his best to affect the holier-than-thou air he'd perfected over the years. Green eyes stared sharply as if trying to penetrate the facade, but he ignored them.
After this, he wouldn't care anymore.
After this, his moment of seizing the closure that Potter's stupid bet had necessitated in the first place, he would move on.
But first, it was time to indulge every Hufflepuffish instinct in his body, purging the emotion from his heart and wringing it of pain until it was shriveled in his chest.
"Mr. Malfoy? Your poem, if you please."
Draco nodded, not looking at the professor. He took a deep breath.
"I hate the way you talk
And how you take your tea.
I hate it how you balk
When I eat jam and brie.
I hate your stupid face
And all your too-wide grins.
I hate your rapid flying pace
And the way you always win.
I hate your calloused hands
And how they fit with mine.
I hate the way you dance
And how you suck at keeping time.
I hate it when you smirk
And when you stare maliciously.
And how it always seems to work
Every time you rile me.
I hate you 'cause it hurts.
I hate you 'cause you lied.
I hate you 'cause at first
I thought for once I might just try.
I hate it when you're smart
And how to others you're divine.
I hope that someone shares your heart
Because you ruined mine.
Above all, I hate the truth
That despite our violent past
I loved you in our youth
But I finally hate you, at last."
Draco felt the tears welling in his eyes as he glanced around the room. He could feel Potter staring at him in shock, lips parted as if about to speak.
Draco refused to hear it, suffer through it anymore. This moment would scar more deeply and painfully than the ones Potter'd left across his chest. His skin wasn't enough; no, Potter had to slash through Draco's heart, as well.
Draco ran from the room, ignoring the professor's shout and Potter's stare at his back.
He wouldn't give Potter the satisfaction of watching him bleed again.
Chapter 35: "Yeah!"
Summary:
Never let it be said that Harry Potter does things halfway.
Notes:
Song prompt: "Yeah!" by Usher
NSFW/smut
HUGE thank you to the incredible @phdmama for the beta! <3
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Never let it be said that Harry Potter does things halfway.
Hermione had told him he needed to get out more, to see people, to "socialize, Harry, go meet someone..."
The rest of that sentence, they both knew, was other than Ron and me, but Hermione was too kind and Harry too self-conscious to voice it.
So when Harry stood in the middle of downtown Muggle London facing the entrance of "Deliquesce," the gay club he'd heard about from a too-knowing, winking Seamus, he knew there was no turning back.
He let the light of the glowing neon sign draw him inside. He suppressed a bubble of relieved laughter that rose in his chest when the bouncer gave him a bored look and matter of factly asked for his ID.
He shuffled awkwardly away and into the club, his breath catching at the crowd of people dancing en masse in the middle of the dance floor. Harry wondered if it was accurate to call what they were doing "dancing;" it was more like dry-humping, with arses pressed against groins and hands on hips and groans drowned out by the heart-pounding music.
Harry blinked. He needed a drink.
Harry weaved through the crowd, murmuring apologies and blushing profusely when he bumped into gyrating bodies, but no one seemed to mind, lost in the haze of alcohol and catchy music.
He finally reached the bar and caught the bartender's attention long enough to order a shot of whiskey. While he waited, he turned to survey the crowd.
From this angle, Harry could see people who hadn’t been visible from the entrance and his heart stuttered in his chest when he caught a flash of white-blonde hair.
No. It couldn’t be.
He took a step forward, trying to get a closer look and wishing the blonde man would turn his head even slightly from where he was dancing with a tall, fit, brunette bloke.
Harry didn't bother to hide his curiosity, and he nearly jumped out of his skin when the bartender tapped his arm to hand him the shot.
Harry brought the glass to his lips and tipped his head back, letting the liquid burn a trail down his throat and settle in his stomach, already calming his nerves. He blinked and looked back at the dancing pair when finally the blonde man turned his head to kiss his dance partner.
The smirk, the eyes, the cheekbones. It was unmistakable.
The gray eyes locked with his, staying open and full of a challenge, a dare, even as he kissed the stranger. Harry felt his breathing go heavy, his heart thumping.
Later, Harry would wonder if it was the whiskey, the music, or Malfoy's bloody infuriating smirk that did him in, but before he knew it he was pushing through the crowd as if on a mission.
He tapped the brunette bloke on the shoulder and was greeted with an exasperated look.
Putting on his best Auror glare, Harry crossed his arms and raised an eyebrow. "Get lost," he said, warning lacing his tone.
The other man raised his hands in surrender, his eyebrows reaching his hairline as he backed away, giving Malfoy an apologetic glance.
Malfoy merely cocked his head and looked at Harry with the same irritating little knowing smirk.
"Now, now, Potter, that wasn't very polite of you. I was rather enjoying my dance partner."
Harry sputtered. "You call that dancing? You were basically dry-humping!"
"As if you'd know the first thing about club dancing etiquette. Gryffindors are such prudes."
Harry growled. "Not a prude, Malfoy."
"Oh yeah?"
"Yeah!"
"Prove it."
Harry didn't need to be told twice. He grabbed Malfoy's hips and spun him around, bringing Malfoy’s arse against his crotch and his back against his own chest.
From across the club, Harry hadn't taken the time to admire Malfoy's outfit before storming toward him, but from up close, he was able to run his hands across the front of Malfoy's chest, surprised to note that the sheer button-down was undone all the way down near his navel. Malfoy bent over on the beat of the song and pressed up closer against him, giving Harry easy access to that firm, leather-clad arse. Harry’s eyes trailed down to admire Malfoy’s lean, long legs, accentuated by dragonhide boots. As Malfoy continued to grind his arse against Harry, he felt his cock stir in his trousers, starting to press against the zipper.
Malfoy rose back up again, throwing his head back onto Harry's shoulder. His breath was hot and panting and his smirk was almost a smile, but all Harry could focus on was Malfoy’s gray eyes enhanced by thick, black eyeliner, slightly smudged and running with sweat and exertion.
Harry wanted to see if he could make it run down Malfoy's face.
He grabbed Malfoy's hips once more and spun him around so they were face to face, chest to chest, groin to—
Harry groaned. "Merlin, you're hard, Malfoy."
Malfoy chuckled. "Well spotted Pott—" his words were cut off with a gasp when Harry squeezed his arse through the leather trousers. Harry felt a jolt run through his blood when his hand felt no layer of fabric between tight leather and hot skin.
"Are you—are you not wearing pants?" he blurted into Malfoy's ear.
Malfoy gave a little shrug. "Only one way to find out, Potter."
At that, Harry grabbed Malfoy by the arm, and the other man let himself be dragged through the crowd and into the thankfully empty bathroom.
Harry pushed Malfoy against the tile wall and locked the bathroom door with a casual flick of his fingers, watching with satisfaction as Malfoy's eyes went wide and dark.
Harry placed a firm hand on Malfoy's shoulder, making direct eye contact but saying nothing as he gave the other man a chance to back out, to step away before they went any further. Nerves filled his stomach for the first time since he’d spotted Malfoy across the club, and the sight of his hand boldly clasping Malfoy’s shoulder in a silent request brought the gravity of the moment to the forefront of his mind.
But Malfoy’s confident smirk as he sank to his knees made warmth pool in his groin, his hesitation lost to excited anticipation. Harry suppressed a groan and felt his cock twitch.
He helped Malfoy undo his zipper and push down his trousers and pants, freeing his cock to bob eagerly in the air.
Malfoy licked his lips and looked up at Harry through his lashes before wrapping his mouth around his cock.
Harry's eyes fluttered shut, focused on the wet heat of the mouth around him. Malfoy explored his cock eagerly, running his tongue over the shaft and nearly up to the base before coming back down to tease the slit, coaxing out more precome and lapping it up.
Malfoy licked and suckled his cock with abandon, and Harry opened his eyes when he felt Malfoy's hand move Harry's from his shoulder to place it in his soft, silky hair. Harry moaned and took the hint, gripping his hair and thrusting into his mouth, making Malfoy swallow him almost to the hilt.
Malfoy gagged a little as Harry’s cock hit the back of his throat, but he recovered quickly and continued his ministrations as his tongue brought sweet torture to Harry's cock.
Harry's breathing grew labored. "M gonna come," he breathed, expecting Malfoy to pull away. Instead, he merely moaned and took Harry in deeper.
The sight of Malfoy with his smudged eyeliner and his lips stretched around Harry's cock did him in. He spilled down Malfoy's throat, shuddering as he felt Malfoy swallow and gently suck at his sensitive, softening cock.
Malfoy pulled off with a pop, standing on wobbly legs as he licked a drop of Harry's come from his lips. Harry's cock gave an excited twitch at the sight of Malfoy's swollen mouth, flushed cheeks, and mussed hair.
Harry let his gaze fall to Malfoy's groin, where his cock pressed an obvious bulge in his tight trousers. Harry's mouth watered.
He pulled Malfoy against himself, letting his fingers trail over his cock; Malfoy let out a sharp gasp. Harry leaned in, his breath against Malfoy's neck, his lips hovering over the sensitive skin.
"You know, Malfoy, you never did tell me if you were wearing pants."
Malfoy laughed breathily, pulling back to look Harry in the eye. "And what will you do about that, Potter?"
Harry smirked. A flick of his hand unlocked the bathroom with a click, followed by the soft crack of Apparition, unheard by the oblivious Muggles over the thumping music.
Notes:
Kudos and comments make my heart sing!
Also find me on Tumblr! @Phoebe_Delia
Chapter 36: Mine
Summary:
Harry would endure almost any physical discomfort if it meant Draco would keep talking until he was out of breath. Until he ran out of words.
Or until Harry couldn't take it anymore and finally kissed him.
Notes:
Songfic prompt "Mine" by Taylor Swift
Chapter Text
Harry didn't care about the grass ticking his skin, or the tiny bugs flying above his head as he lay on the ground in front of the Black Lake. He didn't mind the humidity or the fact that his left leg was falling asleep. He didn't care about his cheek getting dirty or his neck straining from turning so long in the same direction.
How could he, when Draco was next to him, talking animatedly, his smile almost as bright as his eyes? How could he move an inch when Draco's hand was clasping his arm, warm and sure and real?
No, Harry would endure almost any physical discomfort if it meant Draco would keep talking until he was out of breath. Until he ran out of words.
Or until Harry couldn't take it anymore and finally kissed him.
He was proud of himself, really, for holding out so long without risking their friendship and pouncing on the other boy with Gryffindorish reckless abandon. It was his fear of losing Draco after only just moving from awkward acquaintances to genuine friends that kept his impulsivity in check. That held him back from seeing if Draco's lips were really as soft as they looked.
"Harry, are you even listening?"
The hand on his arm squeezed gently, rousing Harry from his daze. He blinked and shook his head, his eyes focusing on Draco's entire face rather than just his mouth.
"Sorry?"
Draco rolled his eyes. "Never mind."
"No, wait, tell me," guilt curled in Harry's stomach. "I want to hear. I'm listening now, I promise."
Draco huffed. "Well, I was just saying that there's an incredible potions apprenticeship at this brewery in Diagon, and--"
Harry grinned. "That's great!"
"Yes, it is--and it would be even better if you let me finish my bloody sentence," Draco scowled half-heartedly.
Harry had the decency to look sheepish. "Sorry."
"Anywho, it's incredibly prestigious, and it would give me the chance to experiment far beyond the bounds of Hogwarts."
"So, when do you apply?"
Draco looked away with a sigh. "I can't."
"Why not?"
That earned him a scathing, you-complete-idiot, look. "You, of all people, cannot possibly have forgotten the most regrettable, unremovable tattoo on my arm, have you?"
Harry flushed, both from embarrassment and indignation. "The war's over! You deserve the same chance as everyone else."
"No, I don't," Draco said waspishly, eyes flashing. "I don't need your pity, Potter."
"It's not pity!" Harry's voice rose defensively, his blood boiling. "I didn't fight a war just so that everyone would go back to hating each other."
Draco huffed harshly, causing one of the locks of his hair on his face to flutter in the air before falling back onto his forehead. "Well, Harry, not everyone is quite as forgiving as you."
Harry scowled. "Seeing as I had more to forgive than almost anyone, it's pretty self-righteous of them to think they're above it all."
"It's performative, Potter. Most of them don't actually care," Draco shook his head. "It's easy to point fingers at a former Death Eater who's trying his best than it is to confront their own prejudices."
Harry blinked, then he smirked. "You've been talking to Hermione, haven't you?"
Draco flushed. "I approached her to apologize and then she wouldn't bloody stop talking at me. I just sort of...sat there and nodded occasionally."
Harry snorted. "You're a fast learner. Took me and Ron years to learn to just let her rant. We absorb what we can, but when she really gets going..." He trailed off, a soft, fond smile taking over his face. Merlin, he loved his friends.
He looked back to find Draco silent and staring at him curiously. Harry flushed under his searching gaze.
"So, are you really not going to go for the apprenticeship?" Harry asked, eager to bring his complexion back to normal.
"No," Draco said. "I have some pride left. I don't need to see my dreams denied to me explicitly in some passive-aggressive rejection letter. 'Dear Mr. Malfoy,' it'll say, 'We regret to inform you that while your credentials are extraordinary and your NEWTS have the highest marks we've ever seen, you are, unfortunately, a disgrace to all Wizarding kind. You should retreat to some distant corner of Knockturn or take refuge in the Muggle world until you either die or give in to your evil tendencies and end up in Azkaban where you belong.'"
Harry blinked. "I'd say that's less passive and more aggressive."
Draco waved a hand. "I might've embellished a little, but that would be the underlying message. So, as I said, it's a waste of time to even consider it."
"Well--is there some way I can help? Maybe--"
Draco scoffed. "I told you, Potter, I don't need your pity! Don't sully your good name on my account."
Harry rolled his eyes. "I think you know me well enough to know that's not what I mean. I want to help you like a normal friend would."
"Friends? Is that what we are?" Draco's tone was dry, but his eyes held a flicker of anxiety.
Harry bit his lip. "I don't think I could ever just be friends with you," he said quietly.
Draco's eyes flashed with hurt, his face turning otherwise blank. "Of course." He started to move to stand up.
Harry's heart stuttered. Unthinkingly, he reached out and grabbed the pale wrist. "No, Draco, you misheard me. I said I could never just be friends with you."
Draco inhaled sharply, sucking in his lip. Slowly, he knelt back onto the ground, this time closer to Harry. "Then what do you want to be?" If they weren't so close, Harry wouldn't have heard him speak.
Gathering his last scrap of courage, he looked Draco in the eye. "I want you to be mine."
Draco surged forward then, bringing their lips together. Harry met the kiss eagerly, moving his own mouth slowly against Draco's because for the first time in his life Harry realized there was no hurry.
They pulled away to breathe, and Draco's eyes were bright, his lips swollen and well kissed. Harry's need for oxygen was all that stopped him from leaning in again.
Draco scooted closer to Harry, tucking his hair into the crook of his neck. Harry wrapped his arm around Draco, not caring that it would eventually get tingly and numb.
"We'll figure this out together, Draco," Harry whispered as they both gazed up at the sleepy, twilight sky. "We're a team, you and me."
Draco nuzzled closer in answer, wrapping an arm around Harry's waist and closing his eyes.
The grass itched his skin, he swatted at the bugs, his arm was already losing blood flow, his cheek was dirty, and his neck was sore.
And yet, Harry didn't have any complaints.
Chapter 37: "Delicate"
Chapter Text
Stolen glances from across the common room, brushing hands as they pass in the hallway, inside jokes snuck into mundane group conversations with oblivious outsiders.
“This is better than nothing,” they whisper in the dark. Promising each other, themselves, that it will actually be better one day. Promising a future when they can’t predict the next hour. Promising that it’s real, that they’re alive and can’t lose what the others can’t see.
It’s precarious. Harry and Draco sit on a precipice, not knowing whether they’ll fly or fall.
But they’ll hold hands on the way down.
Chapter 38: "I'm Only Me When I'm With You"
Summary:
Harry had been called many names in his life.
Notes:
Songfic prompt: "I'm Only Me When I'm With You" by Taylor Swift
Chapter Text
Harry had been called many names in his life.
With the Dursleys, he was a "freak." He was "Boy!" He was "a bloody waste of time."
Ron and Hermione were two of the first people to call him "Harry." He made friends over the years at Hogwarts who called him by his first name, informally and friendly.
With professors, it was "Mr. Potter," whether said with McGonagal's fond, stern exasperation or Snape's chilling drawl.
Voldemort, often, called him by his first and last name. "Harry Potter," he'd say in his soft, almost hissing voice. Because with Voldemort, he was neither Harry nor Potter--he was Harry Potter. He was the enemy. The target. The child who wouldn't die at his hand, no matter how many times he tried.
The papers called him the "Chosen One." He was the "Boy Who Lived," the "Golden Boy," the "Savior."
But more than anyone else in his life, Draco had the most names for him.
In school, he'd been a "speccy git," a "stupid tosser," a "half-blood prat," and an "idiot Gryffindor."
And no one says "Potter" quite like Draco, spitting it from his mouth like it tastes foul. Now, Draco only calls him "Potter" when he's frustrated with Harry, but it usually doesn't pack quite the same punch. Harry loves trying to see if he can rile him up enough to say his last name like he used to, shooting from his lips like a bullet.
Because when he's with Draco, he doesn't feel like a "freak," nor is he the "Golden Boy." He's Harry, and he's a speccy git and he's an annoying prat and an idiot Gryffindor.
And he's also a "sappy sod," and a "fucking tease" and "my fiancé" and "the future father of our children, so you better not die today, Potter!"
Harry's allowed to be himself. He can be in the middle between angelic and subhuman. He can be anything, as long as he's with Draco.
Chapter 39: July
Summary:
"Happy Birthday!" Draco said, plopping down on the bed and jostling Harry from his sleep.
Harry groaned, covering his eyes. "S'not my birthday."
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
July 1
"Happy Birthday!" Draco said, plopping down on the bed and jostling Harry from his sleep.
Harry groaned, covering his eyes. "S'not my birthday."
"No, but today is July 1st, and we're celebrating your birth month."
That was enough to make Harry blink awake. "I'm sorry, my what?"
"Your birth month. We're going to celebrate your birthday a little bit every day this month until the 31st, when--well...that's a surprise."
Harry sputtered. "I don't need a whole month. Just dinner at the Burrow on my birthday is plenty."
"Yes you do," Draco said fiercely.
"Why?"
"Because you're alive, Harry!" Draco said, slightly exasperated. "You're alive and you're here against all odds, and those shit-for-brains relatives of yours never celebrated that so I'm going to, damn it."
Harry's heart melted a little. "Draco..."
"No, Harry. You deserve this. You died, but you decided to come back to this twisted world. While I think we should celebrate that choice every day, I think you'd strangle me at some point, but you'll just have to suffer through a little extra spoiling from me for the month of July." Draco's face was intent, fiery.
Harry felt tears prick at the back of his eyes. "No one's ever...no one's done anything like this for me before," he said quietly.
Draco softened. He pulled Harry into his arms, pulling them both down to relax on the bed. "I know, love, but now that we've been together for almost a year, and we live together for Merlin's sake, I hope you'll start letting me give you at least some of what you deserve. I can't buy you the world, though I would if I could, but I can give you treacle tart for breakfast, for starters.
Harry perked up. "There's treacle tart?? For breakfast??"
Draco rolled his eyes. "Of course that's what you take away from that. Yes, I've got you treacle tart for breakfast this morning, you absolute child."
Harry grinned. "Can we continue this discussion over the breakfast table?" He wriggled out of Draco's embrace and jumped out of bed before offering his hand to Draco.
Draco took it with a sigh. "Alright, lead the way, birthday boy."
July 31.
"Draco, why can't I look now?"
"It's just a few steps, Harry, honestly you are so impatient."
"We Apparated here! Wherever 'here' is."
Draco's chuckle was rich and gave Harry pleasant goosebumps. "I promise you've been here before. Surely you know by the air around us that we're outside, at least."
Harry huffed, adjusting the blindfold over his eyes. "I know, Draco, that doesn't make me less curious! I've been waiting for this all month. You've been so cagey."
He didn't have to see the smirk on Draco's face. "You can't expect me to not have any fun with surprising you. You're so adorably pissy when you can't know something." Nimble fingers squeezed his own in silent reassurance as they continued walking slowly.
Harry glared at Draco underneath the cloth, hoping that his heatless scowl would be enough to portray his annoyance at being led blindly. Draco just chuckled.
Finally, Draco must've been satisfied enough to stop them. "Alright, you can look."
Harry didn't hesitate to use his free hand to yank the blindfold up and over his head, ignoring Draco's amused expression at the way his hair must be sticking up, staticky. He reached into his pocket to retrieve his glasses, blinking as his eyes adjusted.
Harry's eyebrows furrowed as he took in the sight of the moonlight glittering on the Black Lake. The air was quiet and damp, likely from recent rain; a cool wind cut through humid air for a moment of relief.
"What are we doing here?"
"Let me show you." Draco adjusted the bag on his shoulder and tugged on Harry's arm without the same care as when he'd been blindfolded. They slowed to a stop in front of a large oak tree that sat a little further along the banks of the lake than Harry'd gone before.
Draco reached into the bag and cast a few charms on a small object, enlarging it to its regular size; Harry recognized it as a wicker basket.
"A picnic?" Harry smiled.
Draco nodded. "A picnic by the Lake, just the two of us. But I have something to show you. Look," he pointed at something at the base of the trunk.
Harry knelt down to see where Draco'd indicated and nearly fell back with a gasp. 'James & Lily 4ever' was carved into the trunk of the tree surrounded by a heart.
"I--is that..."
Draco nodded. "Your parents, I'm almost certain. Minerva confirmed it as your mother's magical signature."
Harry ran reverent, trembling fingers over the grooves. "How did you find this? And--" realization dawned on him, and he looked up at Draco in shock. "Wait, how did we get here? You can't Apparate into Hogwarts!"
Draco gave him a wide, sharp grin. "I have my ways," he said darkly.
Harry rolled his eyes and gave him a flat look. Finally, Draco laughed and joined Harry on the grass, setting the basket next to them. He spread out a large blanket and fastened it with a temporary sticking charm.
Blonde hair fell fanned out against the blanket and glittering gray eyes looked up at Harry. "Minerva let me into the wards just for the night."
Harry raised his eyebrows. "Do all Hogwarts professors get to call in such a favor with the Headmistress?"
"They do when they're the partner to her favorite former student. Besides, I think there's little she'd deny you that's within her power. She agreed readily once I told her my plans."
Harry shook his head. "I don't know what I did to deserve you."
Draco's expression was comically strange; he stared at Harry for a full twenty seconds before he let out a short, sharp laugh. "You are joking, right?"
Harry just shrugged, leaning against the tree behind him.
Draco sat up with a start. "If one of us is undeserving of this relationship, it isn't you. I never, for one moment, want you to doubt that."
Harry fidgeted with his fingers, unable to meet Draco's eyes. "I just...No one's ever..."
Draco shut his eyes for a moment and nodded. "I know. You've said that every day for the last month, love, and it breaks my heart every time. But if you let me, I want to be the one to give you everything you deserve, for as..." he trailed off. His voice was thick and quiet when he spoke again. "As long as you let me."
Harry didn't think, he just pulled Draco over and wrapped him in his arms, smiling when the blonde head rested on his chest.
"Thank you," he whispered, tightening his arms around the thin, yet muscled torso against him.
He looked down to see Draco's soft smile. "Of course. Happy Birthday, Harry."
Later, Draco revealed a treacle tart, "courtesy of the Hogwarts house-elves," with a lit candle stuck in the center. "Make a wish, Harry!"
Harry closed his eyes and thought about a future of gray eyes, slow kisses, and a lifetime of surprises.
He blew out the candle.
Notes:
Kudos and comments make my heart sing!
Also find me on Tumblr! @Phoebe_Delia
Chapter 40: "it's time to go"
Summary:
"I can't do this," he said to Ron, a month into Auror training.
Notes:
Out of all of the songs in Taylor's discography, "it's time to go" is one of the ones I relate to the most. It's just a bonus track on evermore. It tends to be ignored in favor of its more popular counterpart, "right where you left me," which is also fantastic. Still, it's in my top 5 favorite songs of hers, so it's no surprise that it's 3rd on my list of top songs for the year.
I really can't quite express how much this song means to me. Part of me wishes I'd heard it a few years ago, when I needed to hear this message more than ever. But it was at that time that I turned to Drarry for an escape. So it feels fitting, now, to get to try to do it justice.
Rated M
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
"I can't do this," he said to Ron, a month into Auror training. He'd expected anger, shock. Instead, Ron just clapped him on the shoulder and gave him a thin-lipped smile that said I understand, in that way that can only come from your best friend.
"I can't do this," he'd whispered to Ginny as they pulled away from their first kiss after the war. His hands slid off her soft hips and her hands untangled from his hair. She looked suspicious, "Is there someone else?" "No, I swear. You're great, I just...it doesn't feel right, anymore." She nodded, her brown eyes knowing and no longer naive.
I can't do this, he'd thought when he'd bent down to sign his name to the deed of Grimmauld Place. "Is something the matter, Mr. Potter?" "Yes, I'm sorry, I've decided not to live here, after all." "A-Are you sure?" "Yes, quite. I'm sorry for the inconvenience." "Not at all, sir."
I can't do this, he said, hands shaking as he held the Prophet in his hands. Between the glaring headline: 'The Bi Who Lived?' and the moving picture of himself snarling at the photographer, he was sure it sold plenty of copies. And this time, Harry couldn't just toss it away with a laugh. He couldn't just roll his eyes. Seeing the truth--his private, secret truth--broadcast for the world's hungry eyes was the last straw.
It was time.
I can do this, he reassured himself as he approached Draco Malfoy at a Muggle bar. "Potter, what are you doing here?" "May I sit?" "...I suppose."
"Can I do this?". Malfoy's lips were soft, warm. His hands squeezed lean hips. Nimble fingers gripped his hair. "Merlin, yes, this feels so right," he whispered into Malfoy's mouth as he rutted against him. They spilled in their trousers not long after, clinging to one another as they gasped their release.
I can do it. Harry took a deep breath and walked into the classroom. He waited for the stares, for the astonished gasps, for the wide eyes. But the Muggle students just saw "Mr. Harry" with his funny scar and his great stories and his patient smile.
I can do this. Harry closed his eyes and took a deep breath. He held his wand firmly in his hands, letting the magic course through his body one last time. Snap. The pieces landed in the water, floating away as useless kindling. He looked at Draco's proud smile.
"Ready?" A pale hand extended.
Harry took it in his own, lacing their fingers. "Let's go."
Notes:
Kudos and comments make my heart sing!
Also find me on Tumblr! @Phoebe_Delia
Chapter 41: "Everything Has Changed"
Summary:
Draco's head pounded in protest as he forced his eyes open against the streaming sunlight. He raised a feeble arm to defend against it, squinting and using the other hand to rub the sleep from his face.
Then, someone shifted next to him, and Draco was suddenly very much awake.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Draco's head pounded in protest as he forced his eyes open against the streaming sunlight. He raised a feeble arm to defend against it, squinting and using the other hand to rub the sleep from his face.
Then, someone shifted next to him, and Draco was suddenly very much awake.
He nearly yelped in shock but bit his tongue just in time to block the sound. A tanned, muscled back rose and fell with sleep-heavy breaths, and a head of black, messy hair was pressed into the mattress under Draco's spare pillow.
Can a hangover cause hallucinations?
Just to be sure, Draco Accioed a hangover potion and drank it down, wincing at both the bitter taste and the fast-acting effects. He shook his head and looked back at the source of the disturbance.
Sure enough, Potter remained. Very much real, and very possibly naked, though the bedding covering his lower half left that fact a mystery.
Draco cringed as memories from the previous night came in flashes. Being stood up by his blind date and going to the Leaky to drink his sorrows away. Running into Potter, who'd met his half-hearted insults with mirthful, bright green eyes and easy grins. Being persuaded into joining Potter at his table in the corner. Talking the evening away, trading light banter and stolen glances and tentative, friendly touches. Having too many shots of firewhiskey and Potter offering to see him home safely.
The last thing he remembered was Potter holding the door for him as they left the bar.
Panic twisted in Draco's stomach. And he and Potter....?
And he'd missed the whole thing?
Draco closed his eyes and thumped his head back against the headboard. Of course. He'd finally had Potter in his bed, after years of fantasies and pining, and he couldn't remember any of it.
Potter stirred, then, and Draco froze.
What if Potter didn't remember what happened? What if he thought Draco took advantage? What if--
"Stop that, will you?"
Draco didn't hold back his yelp this time, Potter's interjection startling him from his thoughts.
"S-Stop what?"
"Overthinking--whatever it is. I can practically hear you panicking internally," Potter's rough, sleepy voice was far sexier than should be allowed. "It's fine."
Draco felt the knot in his chest begin to loosen. "Do you remember last night?"
The black-haired head nodded from its face-down position. "Gimme a second."
Draco held himself back from shaking his leg nervously against the bed as he watched Potter shake off the sleepy cobwebs in his mind. Finally, Potter sat up and turned, revealing taut abs and the waistband of his pants, the latter of which Draco noted with a mix of relief and disappointment.
"So, last night. We ran into each other at the Leaky, and--"
Draco waved a hand. "I remember all that. What happened after we left?"
Potter looked at him with amusement. "Bossy. Anyway, I brought you back here. You managed to put on your pajamas, but after that, you climbed into bed, you pulled me down. Said I was in no state to Apparate. I reminded you that I wasn't nearly as drunk as you and that I could just use the Floo, but you wouldn't take 'no' for an answer."
Draco's heart sank. "Potter, I sincerely apologize if, in my inebriated state, I was, er, less than--"
Potter interrupted him with a chuckle. "No, nothing happened. You just wanted me to sleep in here. I was just too tired to argue anymore."
"Then why, pray tell, are you wearing only pants?" Draco drawled, finally regaining some of his pride.
But Potter raised an eyebrow. "You said, 'Potter!'" Draco rolled his eyes as the other man put on an affected, exaggerated impression of him. "'Do not soil my silk sheets with your street clothes, you heathen! Sleep in your pants or borrow something of mine!' And none of your clothes fit me, so," Potter shrugged.
Draco nodded. "Well, thank you for your help last night, Potter. I very much appreciate it."
"No problem. You're not bad company, Malfoy," and Potter gave him another one of his easy smiles, like Draco was someone he just...smiled at.
"So, er," Draco coughed. "What happens now?"
Potter pressed his lips together. "Well, the way I see it, we have two choices. The first is, I can go and leave you to your Sunday morning. Or--" Potter looked away. "We could get up, I can make us breakfast, and I can get to know you better."
Draco raised his eyebrows. "Wh...why?"
"Like I said, you're not bad company. Maybe we can continue our conversation from last night--just with less alcohol," Potter smirked.
It would be easy to send Potter away. It would preserve his pride, that's for certain. And perhaps Draco of 18 hours ago would've done just that.
But, sometime last night, Draco had decided to give himself the chance that Potter seemed to think he deserved. The chance to change things. To have a fresh start. To make up for lost time.
Draco smiled. "Breakfast sounds great."
Notes:
Kudos and comments make my heart sing!
Also find me on Tumblr! @Phoebe_Delia
Chapter 42: Space Cowboy
Summary:
Landing the ship used to be Harry's least favorite part of flying; at first, his instinct had been to fight against the pull of gravity, but Captain Lupin had taught him the art of using the force to his advantage, a guide to a smooth landing.
Notes:
My friend prompted me to write space cowboy Drarry and this happened lol
Chapter Text
The Marauder touched down on the ground, kicking up red dust. Landing the ship used to be Harry's least favorite part of flying; at first, his instinct had been to fight against the pull of gravity, but Captain Lupin had taught him the art of using the force to his advantage, a guide to a smooth landing.
With a turn of the keys, the engine ceased its vibrating roar. Harry put on his high-crowned, wide-brimmed hat and cast a protection charm to shield himself from the potentially toxic elements on the foreign planet. He'd learned that lesson the hard way when he'd landed on Kuragin for the first time; the noxious fumes of the uninhabited planet made him nearly lose consciousness.
Harry stepped off the ship and relished the way his boot left a footprint. He smirked as he surveyed the area: empty and ripe with potential. To the untrained eye, the planet would look like a wasteland. But the greatest kingdoms could be built from nothing but rubble. The Minister would be pleased; with some charmwork, this would make for a great expansion site.
Being a Ministry-hired Explorer meant a life of solitude, but Harry wouldn't have it any other way. There was nothing quite like the rush of finding a completely uninhabited planet, imagining all the ways his country could improve the lives of its citizens.
Still, Harry knew better than to assume that a place was uninhabited simply because it appeared empty at first glance. His home planet, Hogwarts, had been diligent about educating its citizens about the horrors of colonialism on Earth. Seizing land through subjugation and slavery and violence, humans of the past had been barbaric, inhumane.
Now, exploration and expansion was still an accepted practice, but taking populated land from another group was strictly outlawed.
But Kuragin would be a prize; Harry was lucky to have reached it before a rival Explorer from another planet got his greedy, posh little hands on it.
Suddenly, a large rope wrapped around his arms and midsection, tightening and pulling him backward. Harry fell to the ground with an oof and struggled to rise back to his feet. His hat had fallen off his head during the fall, now sitting just a couple feet from his trapped body.
He didn't need to hear the cackle to confirm where the rope had come from, but it certainly squashed any doubt he might've had.
"Sorry, Potter, but I'm afraid Truiepets has this planet all, well...tied up."
Harry struggled under the binds, undulating his arm enough to cast a wandless, nonverbal slicing spell to both free himself from the rope and retrieve his hat. He didn't miss the brief widening of his attacker's eyes as Harry jumped to his feet with ease.
Other than the standard wand and lasso, Draco Malfoy's Explorer uniform was unlike Harry's own. While Hogwarts required its Explorers to wear black steel-toed boots, trousers, a button-down shirt, and a badge, it seemed that Explorers from Truiepets dressed in a uniform reminiscent of old English military garb. While it lacked all the same accouterments and the iconic red color, the striking midnight blue military-style waistcoat, black trousers, and high boots gave the rival Explorers a much more posh, distinguished look than Harry's own country demanded.
And, when paired with Malfoy's mischievous gray eyes and taunting sneer, it made Harry's blood boil.
Harry glanced around for Malfoy's ship, wondering how he'd missed it in the initial sweep of the planet. "How'd you get here? Where's your ship?"
Malfoy smirked. "Portkey, of course. Surely you've heard of such a device?"
"How--how did you set up a Portkey connection to an unowned planet?"
"You see, Potter, when your little toy ship landed here, it set off the wards on my planet to alert us that we had an intruder."
"You set up wards on Kuragin? But Truiepets hasn't made a proper claim yet! You can't land on an empty planet and call it yours! That's a violation of intergalactic law!"
Malfoy cocked his head. "But that's what Hogwarts was going to do, right? Send you here to look around and then have you scurry right back to report your findings before claiming it for your own?"
"Y-yes, but that's in congruence with generations of treaties!"
Malfoy raised his eyebrows. "Congruence? My, what an advanced word for you, Potter. Someone's been reading big boy books!"
Harry scowled. "Cut the shit, Malfoy. What's your planet up to?"
"We're looking out for our own interests, Potter. We merely decided to speed up the process."
Harry huffed. "You won't get away with this. Hogwarts won't let you. I won't let you."
Malfoy moved toward Harry, leaning so close their breaths mingled.
"Bring it on, Potter."
Suddenly, Malfoy stepped back and retrieved a quill from his pocket. He winked as he was pulled away by the Portkey, disappearing as quickly as he'd come.
Harry raced back to his ship. As he turned the keys and felt the engine growl back to life, a surge of adrenaline coursed through his body. He firmly steered the ship into the air and broke through Kuragin's atmosphere with a pop, racing through the sky.
Chapter 43: Monster
Summary:
Draco clutched the bathroom sink, resenting the sight of his tears dropping onto the porcelain. He scowled when they didn't erode the porcelain, that they weren't acidic after burning in his eyes. How unfair that only he should be the only one to feel this pain.
"I know what you did, Malfoy."
Notes:
Based on the song "Monster" by Meg and Dia.
CW: Dark
Chapter Text
Draco clutched the bathroom sink, resenting the sight of his tears dropping onto the porcelain. He scowled when they didn't erode the porcelain, that they weren't acidic after burning in his eyes. How unfair that only he should be the only one to feel this pain.
"I know what you did, Malfoy."
Draco spun around and turned his scowl on Potter, wiping the wetness from his tender cheeks.
"Get back, Potter. You've no idea what I'm capable of." A warning, not a threat.
Potter's eyes flashed. "Try me, ferret. You're pathetic."
Draco felt something foreign unfold in his chest; it was desperate, unstoppable.
"Why don't you love me?" he whispered.
Potter's mouth parted in shock. "What?"
"Love me!" Draco's shout echoed in the empty bathroom, reverberating in a shameful echo.
Potter shook his head. "Why would I love you? You've been a bully for six years, Malfoy. I hate you."
It rolled off Draco's tongue more easily than it should've for a boy his age. His blood raced as he felt the hatred eat away at the last glowing embers of love he had for Potter, righteous and furious.
Unforgivables must be cast with feeling; like a Patronus.
"Crucio!"
"Sectu-"
Potter dropped to the cold tile floor with a scream. Draco tasted acid as he watched the other boy writhe in pain as the spell wracked his body, an agony Draco knew well.
He stood over Potter and saw green eyes grow wet. He wondered if Potter's tears were a sweet relief.
Perhaps tears burn in punishment when you don't deserve their healing.
Draco took a deep breath, willing his heart to freeze over, to be numb.
He stalked out of the bathroom, leaving Potter to endure his torture.
His hatred, no longer suffocated by love, would be the source of his power.
Draco gripped his wand, clenching his jaw as he ignored the acid leaking from his eyes.
Chapter 44: Daylight
Summary:
It wasn’t like a flower sprouting through the earth, or the sun peering through the clouds; it couldn’t be compared to a bullet piercing the air and rupturing its target, or jumping from a waterfall into a crystal blue lake.
Notes:
Songfic prompt: "Daylight" by Taylor Swift
Chapter Text
It wasn’t like a flower sprouting through the earth, or the sun peering through the clouds; it couldn’t be compared to a bullet piercing the air and rupturing its target, or jumping from a waterfall into a crystal blue lake.
No, for Draco, falling in love was like boiling a pot of water; no matter how many times he impulsively lifted the lid to check for bubbles, it appeared undisturbed until his back was turned, and then it was nearly overflowing.
He wasn’t sure when it started. Maybe it began when Harry extended his hand in friendship at the opening banquet in Eighth Year. Or perhaps it was when they were in potions and Harry asked him to pass the moondew and their fingers brushed. It could have been when Harry’s approached him at a Muggle bar with a determined gleam in his eye and a quiet, “May I sit here?” and they’d left two hours later, cheeks flushed with laughter and firewhiskey.
Love was slow, subtle and inconspicuous—and then it was all-consuming. And frighteningly easy.
Of course, that didn’t mean he and Harry had a smooth relationship; but if Draco wanted it to be easy he’d have signed his love on a dotted line next to Astoria Greengrass’s name, sired an heir, and let himself fall into complacency. If there was anything his father had taught him about relationships, it was the luxury and convenience of apathy.
Harry had always brought out Draco’s emotions in their strongest, most concentrated form. In his youth, the jealousy, resentment, and anger were acidic on his tongue; he’d spit them into the force of his words, hoping Harry could feel it, too. Now, the love and exasperated fondness he held for Harry melted in his mouth like his favorite decadent dark chocolate: rich and satisfyingly bittersweet; he wondered if Harry could taste it on his tongue.
They still bickered, occasionally fought. The sight of them having boisterous arguments over trivialities might raise a few eyebrows, but one downward glance at their tightly clasped hands swinging casually between them would dispel those rumors.
There were moments when panic held Draco’s mind, his heart, in its icy grip, making him shake at the thought of losing Harry, of not being enough for him—of all of it being a dream from which he’d surely wake up to find himself in a dark, damp cell in Azkaban.
But then Harry was at his side, rubbing comforting circles into Draco’s back and pulling him into strong, firm arms. I’m here. I’m here, and I love you, Harry would whisper into his ear until Draco stopped trembling and relaxed into the embrace.
Draco once thought he would forever be defined by his name, or the mark on his arm, or the wealth in his family’s vaults. He thought that his value came from power, influence, and self-determination.
But with Harry, he could be his truest self, letting his love and happiness bubble up erupt within him, reckless and free.
Chapter 45: New Year's Day
Summary:
Draco groaned, forcing his aching body to sit up in his bed. He pressed a hand to soothe his pounding head and rub his eyes, scowling when he saw residual thick, dark eyeliner staining his fingers.
With a sigh, he swung his legs over the side of the bed and planted his feet on the ground.
There was a grumble from behind him.
Notes:
Based on "New Years Day" by Taylor Swift, and for the drarry microfic prompt "when the party's over"
Chapter Text
Draco groaned, forcing his aching body to sit up in his bed. He pressed a hand to soothe his pounding head and rub his eyes, scowling when he saw residual thick, dark eyeliner staining his fingers.
With a sigh, he swung his legs over the side of the bed and planted his feet on the ground.
There was a grumble from behind him.
Draco jumped, turning to see a half-naked man in his bed. Said man was sleeping on his stomach, but Draco only needed to see the messy black hair, tanned skin and the curve of his spine to know who it was.
Potter lifted his head, stirring from his sleep and blinking blearily. Draco braced himself for the impending wide eyes and scream of shock and disgust, but it never came.
Instead, Potter smiled. “Morning, Draco. Happy New Year.”
Draco blinked. “What?”
“I said Hap–”
“I heard you, Potter. Why are you still here?”
Potter’s face fell. “Oh, did you want me to go?”
Draco looked away. “I–I suppose I thought you wouldn’t want to stay,” he said, his voice quiet.
Potter’s expression turned soft. “C'mere.”
Reluctantly, Draco moved further up onto the bed, letting himself be wrapped in Potter’s strong arms.
“Draco, we’ve been doing…whatever this is for a couple of months now. When have you known me to sneak out in the middle of the night?”
Draco blushed. “It's New Year’s.”
“So?”
Draco turned around, expression indignant. “So, it’s New Years! Tradition tells that whoever you kiss at midnight is supposed to be someone you stay with for the next year.”
Potter grinned. “Sounds like we knew what we were doing last night, then.”
“But…”
“There’s no ‘but,’ as far as I’m concerned. Draco, I love kissing you at midnight, at three in the afternoon, at six in the morning. Buzzed or sober, tired or energized, I don’t care. I want your midnights, and your mornings. And whenever else you’ll give me.”
Draco was silent for a moment. He nodded. “Okay.”
“Yeah?”
Draco smiled. “Yeah.”
“Good,” Harry grinned. “Now, can we have a bit of a lie-in before we pick up the flat? My head is killing me.”
Draco nodded and let himself be pulled further into Harry’s warm embrace, the solid feel of his broad chest a comforting anchor as he drifted off to sleep once more.
Later, they would clean up the glitter, the scattered bottles, melted candle wax, and discarded polaroids. Together.
Chapter 46: Dust and Ashes
Notes:
A prompt I submitted for Drarry microfics! Dust and Ashes, from Natasha, Pierre and the Great Comet of 1812.
Chapter Text
I'm going to die.
Draco hoped the flames would be kind enough to swallow him quickly, but with the way that the lifeless furniture and dusty baubles around him seemed to cry out in pain, he felt his skin prickle in anticipation.
Ironic, that he should die with a preview of the afterlife.
Even as instinctual fear wrapped his heart in an icy grip, he closed his eyes, preparing to be consumed by the fire. Soon, he would be mere ashes, indistinguishable from the remains of the Room.
There was peace in that; in his insignificance, in the fact that his young life would end among these magical objects left behind to the slow death of neglect. He'd not have the dignity of decay, but at least his body would be spared the same punishment as his soul.
Smoke pricked at his eyes, so he closed them, attempting to belie the suffocating heat with images of cool darkness. Perhaps he could pretend he was sleeping before he was denied eternal rest.
"Malfoy!"
I'm dreaming already?
"Malfoy!!"
Funny, he usually calls me Draco in my dreams.
"Malfoy open your fucking eyes and give me your hand, you pillock!!"
Draco blinked his eyes open. He reached up to let a strong, calloused hand grasp his own and pull him up and onto a broom.
Cool wind kissed his skin as he and Potter flew out of the Room and into the outside air. They landed on the ground with a thud, tumbling off of the broom, followed shortly thereafter by Greg and Weasley. Potter managed to stand first, dusting off his clothes and Summoning his broom.
Draco watched in shocked silence, trying to still his trembling body. He observed Potter, Granger, and Weasley huddle together and talk in hushed voices.
Finally, he rose from the ground and brushed the dust from his robes just as the trio turned to run off into the night. He watched them leave, even as Potter turned around to glance back at Draco.
Their eyes locked. Potter slowed his pace to a stop.
They stared; not in competition, not daring the other to turn away first. They just stood there, looking at one another.
He felt a shift in his chest; something dormant, now active.
"Harry, let's go!"
Potter blinked, shook himself, and jogged to catch up to Granger and Weasley.
Draco breathed deeply, relishing the air and the rise and fall of his chest. He gazed up at the sky, the vast firmament above him; fear unclenched its freezing fingers from around his heart.
He had never felt so alive.
Chapter 47: "closure"
Summary:
It was unsustainable. They'd both known it, but they were too caught up in the excitement, the intoxication of releasing years of pent-up tension. Draco would often ask himself—as he watched Harry's bare back rise and fall with slow, sleep-heavy breaths—if it was worth it; the inevitable pain. And when he was alone in his flat, accompanied by a bottle of wine and his favorite takeaway, it was.
But right now, watching Potter be with someone—conspicuous and unashamed—Draco could only feel the icy grip of regret around his heart.
Chapter Text
Draco focused on the champagne that slid easily down his throat. Next to him, Astoria quirked an eyebrow, her small smile both amused and questioning. He set down the glass and reached over to squeeze her hand once, allowing her to return the gesture before pulling back.
He was grateful for her. She was a good friend, and the compatibility of their preferences meant that there would be no love lost when they had affairs outside of their reopened marriage contract. With fertility potions, it would only take one night of mechanical, hopefully drunk sex for him to sire an heir.
And then everything would be as it should; all would be well and right with the world.
Draco valiantly ignored the twist in his chest when he looked across the room and saw Pot-Harry stumbling in his slow dance with Ginevra Weasley. They were laughing, their eyes crinkling in amusement as they found their rhythm.
He tried not to think about the feel of Potter's calloused hand laced with his, the way they'd glide together around the living room of his flat, their bodies moving in tandem. He pushed away memories of sneaking out in the morning, long and lingering kisses before he slipped out the door before he could ask to stay. Stolen stares in the halls of Ministry, followed by clandestine meetings in whosever office was closest.
It was unsustainable. They'd both known it, but they were too caught up in the excitement, the intoxication of releasing years of pent-up tension. Draco would often ask himself—as he watched Harry's bare back rise and fall with slow, sleep-heavy breaths—if it was worth it; the inevitable pain. And when he was alone in his flat, accompanied by a bottle of wine and his favorite takeaway, it was.
But right now, watching Potter be with someone—conspicuous and unashamed—Draco could only feel the icy grip of regret around his heart.
He needed some air. He turned to Astoria to let her know of his whereabouts, only to find her a few feet away and mingling with her coworkers in the Department of Mysteries. He took the moment to slip into the crowd, confident that he was unseen as he made his way onto the hopefully empty balcony.
Sighing with relief at his solitude, he approached the railing and leaned against it, looking out over the city. It was busy tonight, the classical music from inside the ballroom contrasting with the symphony of traffic below. He resisted the urge to cast a Tempus and instead ran a hand through his hair, careful not to muss it up.
He tensed at the sound of the door opening behind him, but he didn't turn around, hoping that the person would see him and leave him to his misery.
"Draco?"
He froze. He didn't turn; he didn't need to.
Footsteps approached and he felt a presence come up next to him. He resolutely did not look, keeping his eyes fixed on the view from the balcony.
"Are you okay?" Potter's eyebrows were probably furrowed in worry.
"That's none of your concern."
"You didn't answer my question."
"Well spotted. Now you should probably get going; you wouldn't want to sully your reputation by being seen with me," Draco couldn't help the bitterness that laced his voice.
"Is that really who you think I am?"
"It doesn't matter what I think of you."
"It does to me. We're friends."
"No, we're not." Draco turned to look into bright, hurt green eyes. "You can't expect me to concede to your vision of what our relationship should be. You wanted to break up, and that's fine. But I don't need to give you absolution for the shitty way you ended things between us. I don't owe you anything."
"But—did you get my letter? I—"
"Yes, I rather thought my response said enough."
"I didn't get a response."
"Exactly." Draco turned away to look back at the city.
"Draco, I'm—"
"That's not my name."
"Wha—yes it is?"
"Not to you, Potter. Not anymore."
Draco didn't look at the way hurt and shock were written on the other man's face; he already knew every expression, every twitch of an eyebrow, every quirk of those lips, and what they all meant.
So he knew that when Potter turned around, defeated, and walked back into the party, the door closing behind him with finality, that it was well and truly over.
Chapter 48: Dancing With a Wolf/Stay
Chapter Text
“No one can help me,” said Malfoy. His whole body was shaking. “If I don’t do it soon…he says he’ll kill me.”
Harry saw Malfoy leaning on the bathroom sink for support, thick tears falling from his eyes.
Anger rose sharply in Harry’s chest, twisting and ruthless.
He chuckled darkly. “Fool me once, shame on you. Fool me twice and, well…I really shouldn’t be surprised.”
Malfoy turned around, wand drawn and sneering. “W-what are you doing here, Harry?”
Harry scoffed. “You’ve no grounds to question me. I’m not the one plotting, Malfoy.”
Malfoy paled. “Stop calling me that," his quiet voice trembled.
Harry shook his head. “You lost that right. You said you were done! You said you weren’t taking the Mark, that you were leaving and going to Dumbledore. You’re not my friend; you’ve burned that bridge. You’re no longer Draco to me.”
Malfoy’s face crumbled. “H-Potter, please, I can explain—”
“No! You came to me, remember? You told me, ‘Potter, I can’t do this, I’m desperate, you can trust me!’ But I’ve seen you sneaking into the Room of Requirement, constantly taking books from the restricted section. You were lying then and you’re lying now.”
Malfoy was crying again, trembling. “P-please, just let me—”
“I said no! You had your chance to ask for forgiveness, for redemption, for protection. Gods, I should’ve known you’d never keep your word. Once a wolf, always a wolf, right?
“So when this is all over, don’t come crying to me with your regrets and your pleading for my help. Remember this after the war, when no one else would’ve advocated for you, saved you. You’re the enemy.”
Harry gave him one last disgusted look before leaving the bathroom, the door slamming behind him. Malfoy’s sobs echoed against the tile walls.
Draco slumped against the sink, the tears now racking his body in convulsive sobs. He shook with the effort not to hyperventilate, but the dam broke within him, releasing months' worth of fear, desperation, and self-hatred.
All sense of time, noise, and sight dissolved as his body and mind narrowed with the singular goal of wringing himself of all the tears he'd been forced to suppress. Even the voice of his father in his head calling him "pathetic" and "weak" were drowned, muffled by the profound emotions that overwhelmed him.
His ears were ringing too loudly, his eyes pressed too hard into his palms to notice footsteps entering the bathroom. He wasn't aware of another person's presence in the room until he was jerking away from a gentle touch to his shoulder.
"H-Harry?" his throat was sore, scratchy.
The other boy winced. "I was going to walk away, but you sounded so...I couldn't just...I'm sorry, Draco. I didn't give you a chance to explain."
"I-I can't, I—" Draco hiccuped painfully, wincing at the sharp sensation in his chest.
"Shh, shh," Harry knelt next to Draco and wrapped the shaking boy in his arms, rubbing his back in soothing circles. "You're alright. Take your time."
They sat quietly as Draco cried until he couldn't any longer, until his cheeks were nearly raw with tears and all he could do was focus on trying to match his short, sharp breathing to Harry's, slow and deep.
He felt Harry begin to pull away. "Let's go back to—"
"No," Draco tugged at Harry's robes, pressing their bodies together again. "Stay."
"Draco, I still need an explanation."
"I know just—" Draco burrowed his head further into Harry's chest. "Stay. Just a little while longer."
"Okay," Harry whispered, pressing a kiss onto Draco's head. "I'll stay."
Chapter 49: reputation
Summary:
Satisfaction twisted in Draco's chest, hot and sharp; he looked at the man who used to be Father but who would now and forever be Lucius. The man's hair was thinning and becoming more silver than blond. Draco rubbed a hand over his own clean-shaven face, relishing the jealousy the flared in Lucius's eyes. Father had always liked his face free of stubble.
Notes:
This fic is inspired by the entire album "reputation" by Taylor Swift
Chapter Text
Satisfaction twisted in Draco's chest, hot and sharp; he looked at the man who used to be Father but who would now and forever be Lucius. The man's hair was thinning and becoming more silver than blond. Draco rubbed a hand over his own clean-shaven face, relishing the jealousy the flared in Lucius's eyes. Father had always liked his face free of stubble.
Apparently, there wasn't any shaving cream in Azkaban; or razors, for that matter.
Lucius winced. Draco smirked.
He checked his watch and resisted the urge to tap his foot against the leg of the stool upon which he was perched. He'd been sitting in front of the cell for seven minutes, and neither of them had said a word. And while Draco loved a silent game of chicken as much as the next proud Slytherin, he also had no desire to spend his free time staring at the man he would've been if it wasn't for Harry.
Harry, who was waiting for him at home. Harry, who loved hearing Draco's stories of petty revenge against Lucius; delighted in them, in fact.
Draco stood smoothly from the stool and regarded the other man, enjoying for the second time that afternoon his new height advantage over Lucius. He looked down his aristocratic nose and twisted his face into a perfect imitation of his arrogant sneer from boyhood. Harry would be proud.
"Well, Lucius, as riveting as it's been to catch up, I'm afraid I must depart. My boyfriend awaits."
Lucius's voice was rough from lack of use. "Boyfriend?" He spat, his tone impressively derisive for a man with no reason for pride. "No son of mine is bent."
Draco laughed humorlessly. "I ceased being your son the moment you forced me to join Voldemort." He chuckled again when Lucius flinched. "I suppose I should be more aware of my company. Harry's gotten me in that habit."
Lucius's eyes widened comically, and Draco smirked again.
"Oh, did I not mention my partner's name? How silly of me. I suppose I could bring him here to introduce you--oh, wait. I believe you've met. Surely you remember Harry Potter? A boy in my year? You tried to kill him several times?"
"So did you, as I recall. Or is your memory that selective?"
Draco smirked. "Harry was closer to killing me than I did him. And besides, I've found that sucking cock is a fantastic way to apologize. He and I have a lot of regrets, so we've got plenty of practice,"
Lucius choked, bracing himself on the cell wall.
Draco let out an affected sigh. "Well, I'd better be off. I'm running late to meet Harry. I suppose I'll have to find some way to make it up to him..." He winked at Lucius and walked away, moving through the hallway and past the guards to the exit.
Once on the street, he leaned up against a nearby wall and cast a privacy charm. He took out his mobile, listening to it ring against his ear.
"Hello?" Harry's cheerful voice, even through the phone, was comforting.
"Hey," Draco didn't bother to hide the emotions that formed a lump in his throat.
"What's wrong? Are you okay?" It was difficult to stifle the amusement and affection that fluttered in Draco's chest at Harry's immediate concern. "Did he hurt you?"
Draco closed his eyes. "No, he didn't--he couldn't. It was so gratifying and even fun to flaunt my happiness in front of him, but at the same time he's..." Draco swallowed. "He's still my..." He resented the tears the welled up in his eyes, and the way his voice cracked.
"Draco, it's okay. That's normal. It's okay to love and hate him."
"I don't want to! The only people in my life I want to love are Mother, Pansy, Blaise, and you, and he doesn't deserve it!"
"Love, breathe, " Harry's voice was steady, patient. "Come home, alright? I have spaghetti carbonara nearly finished for you. Let's talk about it in person so I can hold you, okay?"
"Are you sure? I don't want to--you shouldn't have to comfort me about this, about him. You, of all people, Merlin, I--"
"Hey! Hey, Draco, I want to. We're a team, babe. Let me be there for you."
Draco let out a shaky breath. "Okay, I'll be there soon. I love you."
"I love you, too."
Draco hung up and canceled the spell. He walked quickly to the Apparition point. While grief still ached in his chest, he still felt the warmth of hope and relief spread throughout his body. He picked up the pace, not wanting to waste another second away from Harry when he pictured a night of pasta, cuddling, and slow, wine-scented kisses on the couch.
He felt the beginning of a smile curve his lips.
Chapter 50: "Lovers in the Night"
Summary:
You watch his hands from across the room, see him grip his pint with the fingers and hands that have been on you, in you. You see him tilt his head back and laugh, elongating the neck you've traced with your tongue, careful not to leave marks that would last until the morning.
You've given up on the pretense of not staring at him. The sun is setting, and that means he'll soon be yours.
Notes:
Based on the song "Lovers In The Night" by Seori
Chapter Text
You watch his hands from across the room, see him grip his pint with the fingers and hands that have been on you, in you. You see him tilt his head back and laugh, elongating the neck you've traced with your tongue, careful not to leave marks that would last until the morning.
You've given up on the pretense of not staring at him. The sun is setting, and that means he'll soon be yours.
None of the people around him notice you; it's better, this way. She can have him during the day; she can rest her red hair on his shoulder and even take him to her flat for an afternoon delight, which is probably as kinky as she gets.
You don't know if she's aware of her boyfriend's nocturnal activities. Maybe theirs is a relationship that can handle the honesty of daylight without getting burned, unlike yours.
But at night, it's your bed he stumbles into with flushed cheeks as you pull little grunts from between his lips. He likes your hair, the way it gleams in the moonlight. He likes touching you, fucking you in the dark, where the world is draped in shadows; it's easier to suck cock when you can pretend you can't see it. He likes to feel you, more than see you.
You turn your gaze away, and you try to look as enticing as possible when you sip your drink, knowing his eyes will soon risk glancing over at you.
You wait until the world outside is blanketed in darkness, where the two of you can hide what you do, how you feel. When you're certain that the interrogative spotlight in the sky has sunk westward, you move toward the door without looking at him, hoping his eyes are following the lines of the suit you wore just for him. The first time you'd had it on around him, he'd been reckless enough in his want for you that he'd sent you the signal to meet him outside as the sun was setting--before the darkness had settled.
You walk outside, letting your eyes adjust to the lack of light around you. As you walk to your usual alleyway, you don't look back to make sure he's coming; you know he is. This is how it works, how it always has and always will.
You wouldn't have it any other way. Because any other way, you wouldn't have it at all.
Chapter 51: "long story short"
Chapter Text
Dear Draco,
It is a testament to my respect for Healer Rostova that I'm writing this letter. Honestly, years ago—when I was you, I suppose—I'd have thought that this exercise was for mentally ill people who were stuck ruminating on the past.
Well, considering that I have recently accepted the fact that we belong to this classification, I think this exercise is all the more prudent, even according to our old standards.
I picture you reading this at, oh, roughly 17 years old. You're newly Marked and starting to realize what it is your father has gotten you into, what it is you've agreed to.
I'd ask you to close your eyes, but I imagine you need to keep them open to read this letter. Also, you won't read this, because Time-Turners are now banned and I'm not willing to test the extent of Harry's influence with the Wizengamot for a second time.
Yes, I referred to him as Harry. Don't worry, we still call him Potter when he being a particularly annoying prat. But our relationship now lacks the violence to which you're accustomed.
Anyway, Draco, I want you to imagine yourself at 26. You wear your hair loose and without that horrid gel that you used for so long, and it's short, unlike Father's. You're healthy, now, eating actual meals instead of subsisting on apples and fear. You don't have dark circles under your eyes, and you smile more—genuine smiles; they aren't the weakness that Father said they were. There's power in happiness.
I imagine this vision sounds rather familiar; it's one with which you like to comfort yourself when you find yourself on the verge of a panic attack. You give yourself the respite of delusion, imagining a future in which you're not only alive, but you're thriving with everything you've ever wanted: true friends, stability, and him.
It's real, Draco. You're alive, you have friends, you're stable, and you have him. You call him Harry, but you also call him "love" and he calls you "babe" and you're thriving, together.
Starting at this age, you're going to learn to trust your inner voices rather than the one that sounds distinctly like Father. You'll listen to that voice when it tells you to lower your wand in the Astronomy Tower. You'll listen to it when it tells you not to give Potter up at the Manor. You'll listen when it tells you to apologize, to keep your head down, to go back to Hogwarts—to unlearn the lessons of the old voice.
I know it feels as if you'll forever be defined by the last seven years, but I'm eight years past where you are now and I can say with confidence that you are so much more capable—more courageous—than you think. And it's Harry, of all people, who is going to teach you that. Let him, Draco. Let him try to show you how he sees you through his eyes. You won't believe him entirely—Merlin knows I struggle to believe it sometimes—but if he's known you at your worst and chooses to see you at your best, then perhaps you can, too.
I suppose that's the point of this letter. Here I am, reflecting on what I wish I could tell you, past Draco, about yourself. The things I see in you—in us. The future we have.
Now, if you'll excuse me, I'm going to go. I'm going to fold this parchment and seal it with a spell and tuck it into a drawer within this desk. And then I will walk into the living room of the flat I share with Harry and I will snog him senseless. And I'm going to do those things because I can—because we can.
Thank you, past Draco, for sticking around so that we can have the present, and the future.
Sincerely,
Draco
Chapter 52: "Chinese Satellite"
Summary:
You put your hand on my shoulder. You squeezed it gently and you said, "No matter where I am, I'll always be with you, right here," and you patted that spot on my shoulder with your warm, calloused hand.
Notes:
Based on the song "Chinese Sattelite" by Phoebe Bridgers
Chapter Text
You put your hand on my shoulder. You squeezed it gently and you said, "No matter where I am, I'll always be with you, right here," and you patted that spot on my shoulder with your warm, calloused hand.
Sometimes, when the ache of missing you is a little too strong, I close my eyes and imagine your comforting grip, solid and real; the way you used to be. I pretend you really are on my shoulder as if you don't have anything better to do in the afterlife than hang out with me; than to keep your promise.
I hate that I can only see you at night when your name is written in the sky. I like to think that you watch over me like you said you would. Do you remember that? When you said we'd be a "proper family" together?
I wish you could meet Draco, could know him. I think you'd get along; you're both written in the sky, but he's here, with me, in person. He holds my hand instead of my shoulder, and it's nice to feel him like an extension of myself.
We've both died; that's something you and I have in common. The difference is that I got to come back, and you didn't have a choice. Or did you? Did you stand at King's Cross and see me and Remus on one side, and my parents on the other, and walk away from us?
I'd like to think you couldn't keep your promise, that you had no say in the matter, rather than the chance that you changed your mind.
I've never been very religious, at least not as much as my Aunt Petunia. She used to have people over for a Bible study and I'd press my ear against the door and listen to them talk about love and peace and hope and all the rewards of letting God into one's life, and I wondered what sin I'd committed that made me undeserving.
I wish I could ask you what you believe in. I want to know what kept you going all that time, when your friends were your family, and then when you were in Azkaban. Was it faith? How do you believe in something just for the sake of it?
Where are you? Are you in the sky? Beyond the veil? With my parents and Remus? On my shoulder? Or are you here, alive and sitting in the living room, and I simply forgot?
Draco tells me that Wizards really don't have religion; we celebrate Christmas, sure, but that's less about God and more to do with the merging of Muggle and magical cultures.
I don't know what I believe. Maybe religion would take some of the weight off my chest, give my heart some relief, but I don't like the idea of blind faith; I lived too much of my life throwing myself into danger and not always worrying about whether I'd die, and I don't know if I'll get the choice to come back next time.
Until I find out, I'm going to believe in Draco, and Ron, and Hermione. I'm going to believe in what I can control. And I'm going to ask Luna more about what she believes because I think she might be onto something.
And I hope you don't mind if I believe in you, too.
Chapter 53: you're neither friend nor foe, but i can't seem to let you go
Summary:
I feel you constantly, your eyes on me. I yearn to touch you, to let myself fall into you, easily and with abandon. Every step I take away from you sends me further into withdrawal, an emotional purge from a Harry Potter addiction.
Notes:
Another fic based on "Gravity" by Sara Bareilles bc I was dissatisfied with the first one lol
Chapter Text
I saw you today; you're not nearly as subtle as you think you are.
Nor are you all that good at picking up on social cues—that is, of course, assuming you're not blatantly ignoring them in favor of stalking me.
See? I'm giving you the benefit of the doubt; I think you've done the same, seeing as I'm able to write this from my eighth-year dorm and not an Azkaban cell.
I feel you constantly, your eyes on me. I yearn to touch you, to let myself fall into you, easily and with abandon. Every step I take away from you sends me further into withdrawal, an emotional purge from a Harry Potter addiction.
When I let myself think about it, I fail to understand why I'm so drawn to you. I used to loathe myself for feeling like just another among your followers, but my connection with you went beyond mere admiration. I watched you constantly, as you did me, and I saw the parts of you that no one looked close enough to observe.
I notice how your jaw clenches when you're angry, the way your face lights up at the first snowfall of winter, how you mumble sarcastic remarks under your breath when Granger is lecturing you and Weasley, the way you hunch over like you've got the weight of the world on your shoulders; you probably do.
And in the data I've collected in my mind about you, none of what I've noticed indicates that your current behavior is out of any malice or suspicion.
Potter, please, keep your distance from me. You make me feel radioactive, and I need as little chaos in my life as possible, and you can only lead to trouble.
You're my biggest weakness, didn't you know?
I let my emotions run wild because of you. I lost my inhibitions and my sanity because of you. I lied to my friends and family because of you.
And I can't say that I regret it, not for a moment.
But now, I need to discover who and what I am in this world after having lost almost everything I've ever known. I need to separate myself from my Father, and my goals from my obligations; I cannot do that around the one person whose very presence makes me forget how to breathe, how to think of anything else but him.
You don't actually want me, you want to help me; you didn't save me from the fire only for me to drown myself in you.
You kept me from dying; now I need to learn how to live without you.
Chapter 54: "Remembering Sunday"
Summary:
Because it's 6 in the afternoon on a Tuesday. And if Harry could be arsed to do the math, it would make it about 65 hours since Draco had whispered, "I've got to go," and left Harry with nothing to kiss his lips but the rim of a firewhiskey bottle, nothing to caress him but the sheets of his bed, and nothing to fill his heart except the pain of loneliness.
Notes:
Based on "Remembering Sunday" by All Time Low
Chapter Text
Harry squints against the sunlight that streams through the window and irritates his sleep-heavy eyes. He doesn't know how long he's been asleep, and the daylight is the only indication of the time. He reaches blindly on his bedside table, muttering a curse when he knocks over a half-empty glass of water along with his alarm clock and what he thinks is his wand.
He gathers just enough strength to retrieve his wand with an Accio and he casts a quick Tempus, which tells him it's 6 in the afternoon.
He lets his wand fall loosely from his fingers and clatter to the ground, likely getting wet from the pooling water that's sure to damage the floor, but he doesn't care. He thinks he hears it clink against one of the two empty firewhiskey bottles scattered on the ground, and he doesn't care.
Because it's 6 in the afternoon on a Tuesday. And if Harry could be arsed to do the math, it would make it about 65 hours since Draco had whispered, "I've got to go," and left Harry with nothing to kiss his lips but the rim of a firewhiskey bottle, nothing to caress him but the sheets of his bed, and nothing to fill his heart except the pain of loneliness.
Harry throws his arm over his eyes, his head throbbing. He rubs a hand over his face, the stubble feeling foreign on his cheeks. But Draco isn't there to tell him to shave, or to pick up after himself, or to dry water when it spills on wooden floors.
Harry turns back onto his side, willing himself not to vomit and not knowing whether it was from the firewhiskey or the poison of heartache.
They've done this enough that they have a system.
It's delicate. A relationship such as theirs required discretion, balance. It's a mutual agreement--don't get attached, don't ask for more, and don't fall in love, whatever you do.
"Love isn't real," Draco'd said blithely the second time they met, flicking the ashes from his cigarette. "It's a lie we tell ourselves to avoid being lonely. I don't mind it, loneliness." He blew a puff of smoke that curled into the black night air.
Harry'd grabbed the hand holding the cigarette, gently prying it from Draco's nimble fingers and putting it out against the table at the outdoor bar. Harry kissed him, tasting tobacco on his tongue.
Two days ago, they stumbled laughing into Grimmauld Place, warm and pink-cheeked and light. Harry pulled Draco toward himself, kicking the door closed behind them.
"Bedroom?" he whispered against Draco's pale pink lips.
Draco flashed him a devilish grin, running his hand down Harry's arm as he stepped away, holding on to his hand. Draco walked backward to lead Harry up the stairs, eyes glittering.
They've done this enough times that Harry knows not to rip Draco's clothes and Draco knows to put Harry's glasses on the bedside table, taking care not to knock off the glass of water that sits precariously on the edge. Their socks pad against the wood floor, practiced enough now that they don't break the kiss as they fall breathlessly onto Harry's bed.
It's delicate, the way they kiss and touch each other, and it's mutually beneficial, their needs matching perfectly. The roughness is practiced, deliberate, and the rest is smooth, like Harry's cheek against Draco's stomach as he trails kisses down down down down.
They're a sweaty, panting tangle of limbs when they're done. Harry doesn't know where he ends and Draco begins.
They've done this enough times for Harry to know he hasn't felt this tightness in his chest before. They've done this enough times for Harry to know that he can't ignore it, that it's new and different and strange but not unpleasant.
They've done this enough times for Harry to have known how Draco would react when he told him a myth like it was the truth.
"I love you."
Draco blinked. "No you don't."
Harry nodded. "Yes I do."
"Y-you're delirious, Harry. You won't feel like this in the morning. Go to sleep."
Harry grunted but turned over onto his side, pulling Draco flush against him.
Harry'd woken before Draco and was already cooking breakfast, flannel pajamas soft against his skin, when he heard footsteps coming into the kitchen. Harry smiled, turning to face Draco.
Draco was dressed in his clothes from the night before, his hair perfectly in place. His expression was blank, neutral. Harry's stomach twisted.
"I, um, thought you'd stay for breakfast. I made eggs," he held up the pan for Draco to see. "I wasn't sure how you liked them so I made them how I like mine. I like scrambled eggs but I can make them however you want--I mean I've never made every kind of egg but it can't be that hard and--"
"Potter--" Draco stopped him. Harry deflated slightly, setting the pan back on the stove.
"I've got to go."
"Oh," Harry blinked. "Okay, well then I guess I'll see you later then?"
Draco shook his head. "Do you remember what you said last night?"
Harry knit his eyebrows, trying to remember through the fog of his mind before the memory came back to him with a wave of anxiety and dread. "Draco, I--"
"Potter," Draco's eyes were hard. "We said. We said we'd never--you said you'd never."
Harry swallowed. "I know, but it's okay, it's--"
"No. Potter it's over. We've no choice."
Tears pricked at the back of Harry's eyes. "B-but why? If you don't believe in love, and I do, and I'm in love with you then what does it matter?"
"Because love can be real if two people believe in it, but I'll never make that mistake again." Draco shook his head. "I'll never hurt you again and if I stay it'll only make you miserable."
Anger tore through Harry's body, rising from his toes all the way up to his head, making him lightheaded. "If you didn't want to hurt me, you'd stay. But you're too selfish to even try, aren't you?" Harry spat.
Something flashed in Draco's eyes. "Don't Owl me. Goodbye, Potter." Harry's protests and apologies were lost in the crack of Apparation, Draco easily sliding through the wards to which Harry'd added him just last week.
The eggs burned on the stove, shriveling to ash like droppings from a cigarette.
Harry manages to rise on shaking legs, stepping over the puddle of water and the firewhiskey bottles. He stumbles into the living room, clumsy from sleep and residual drunkenness and haste. He kneels down in front of the fireplace and places a call to the only place he thinks can help.
"Mr. Potter, to what do we owe the pleasure?" Narcissa Malfoy looks a little older through the green flames of the Floo.
"I'm sorry to bother you so early, Mrs. Malfoy, but I was wondering if you'd seen Draco recently."
Narcissa frowns in confusion. "I'm sorry, Mr. Potter, I haven't seen Draco since Friday afternoon. Can I pass along a message for you?"
"No I--" Harry hesitates. "Actually, if you see him soon, just--tell him to Owl me."
Narcissa regards him suspiciously but she nods. "I will do so, Mr. Potter. Is there anything else?"
Harry shakes his head. "No, ma'am, thank you. I'm sorry to bother you."
"Not at all, Mr. Potter. Good evening."
"Is it real?"
When no response comes, Draco kicks at the wet ground beneath him, stirring the soil.
"Answer me. Is it real?"
The rain continued falling on and around him, soaking through his clothes and sticking his hair to his forehead. He shivers, and a drop of water falls down his cheek, whether from tears or the rain he can't be sure.
"You always said it was real. You made speeches about it, grand ones, and they always seemed to fool the others but never me. I saw through it. I knew it was a lie to keep us all in line. I knew it was propaganda, though--" Draco chuckles humorlessly, "I suppose I can't really talk about propaganda, now can I?"
Silence.
Draco closes his eyes. "I can't love him, you know. And he can't love me. And I can't pretend for him. I refuse to pretend any longer to be something I'm not."
He opens his eyes. The grave of Albus Dumbledore still manages to be grand and imposing against the gray clouds and flashing lightning.
"I always pitied you," Draco said quietly. "I wonder now if you ever pitied me."
He turns on a heel and walks away. The rain is cleansing. He doesn't use a drying charm, doesn't cast an Impervius. He lets it wash away everything. He lets his heart fill with loneliness, familiar and cold.
Chapter 55: Deja Vu
Summary:
"Captirevero"
The spell settled over the Pensieve, causing it to glow for a moment before the light sank into the metal.
Chapter Text
"Captirevero"
The spell settled over the Pensieve, causing it to glow for just a moment before the light sank into the metal.
Hands shaking, Harry poured the vial into the basin, the cloudy substance stirring with the addition. Once it settled, he took a breath, closed his eyes, and let himself fall.
His younger body feels familiar, but a bit snug, like an old t-shirt that just barely fits but not the way it used to. His hands are in the pockets of his robes as he slowly paces around the Room, restless. He runs a hand through his hair before placing it back into his cavern of fabric, clenching both of his fists and grabbing at the cloth.
Finally, the door creaks open and Draco--he was still 'Malfoy' back then--steps into the room. Harry looks up with a start, forcing himself to stop walking.
He lets the other boy approach him, a wary look on his pale, aristocratic features. Draco swallows nervously.
"Thanks for meeting me," Harry said, hating the way his younger self's voice cracks.
Draco doesn't seem to catch it, or he does he doesn't comment; he just nods. "What did you want to talk about, Potter?"
"I'm sorry. For what happened today."
Draco's jaw clenches. "It's fine. You have to keep appearances, I understand."
Harry shakes his head. "No, Malfoy that's the thing. I didn't expect her to kiss me; I pushed her off a second after you turned away, really. It's my fault for not being clearer with Ginny earlier. It's over between her and me, for good this time, and I'm tired of keeping you a secret."
Something shifts in Draco's eyes; gods, they're just as grey as Harry remembers. "You don't have to do this, Potter," his voice is quiet, unsteady.
Harry feels himself smile softly. He reaches out and takes Draco's smooth hand in his own calloused one. "I know, Draco. I'm doing this because I want to."
And Draco's smile is as blinding as he remembers.
The scene shifts to him struggling to open the door to his flat while simultaneously balancing a large, heavy box in his arms. The aching soreness of his arms is familiar as he blindly reaches for the handle, only to meet resistance and a lock. He fumbles for the key but is unable to reach it properly in his back pocket without losing his grip on the box. Finally, he kicks at the door and calls Draco's name. Merlin, he knows he can't have lost it already. What is taking so long? Harry doesn't remember what's supposed to come next, but he's fairly certain that--
Draco opens the door and nearly runs into Harry, a look of surprise on his face falling into exasperation, laced with fondness. He steps back and lets Harry through, rolling his eyes.
"Harry, honestly, I told you to leave the door open when you got the next box. Why didn't you set it down first and get your key properly, at least?"
Harry puts the box down on the newly set up kitchen table and turns to Draco with a grin. He shrugs. "It was easier my way."
He revels in the familiarity of Draco's derisive, yet heatless scoff. "Merlin, you're impossible."
Harry smirks and walks into Draco, taking him into his arms before he can protest.
"Mm, yes but I'm your impossible."
Draco gives him a strange look. "What does that even mean?"
Harry shrugs and nuzzles his face into Draco's neck, letting out a contented sigh as the ache in his muscles fades. "I dunno. Like you said, I'm impossible."
Draco huffs and strokes Harry's hair. "Yes, yes you are," he says softly. Harry smiles and closes his eyes.
With each new scene he enters, his nostalgia and joy become increasingly tainted by foreboding. He knows the irony of his smile when he and Draco promise to love one another in sickness and health. He watches the years of dinners and cuddles and bickering and fights. He is surprised by old forgotten jokes and can still recite every word of their favorite stories.
He recalls the terror when Draco is diagnosed and he is helpless to do anything other than hear himself repeat to Draco the same assurances of hope that he knows all too well are doomed. He is forced to watch as Draco lies in the hospital bed, unconscious and kept alive under a stasis spell, his outward self seeming anxious and sick with uncertainty while his inner self awaits the inevitable.
And anticipating the deep and intense sadness of watching Draco's casket get lowered into the ground doesn't make the experience any less painful.
The memory dissolves once again and Harry knows he's drunk.
He remembers this day as if it were yesterday: the dull ache of grief, that a hole had been ripped out of his heart through his chest, and how he'd tried to fill it with firewhiskey. He is sitting in the recliner in the living room and decides he is tired of living in the present.
He stumbles into the bedroom and opens the closet door, revealing the only thing that's been able to give him a reprieve from the pain over the last few months. The Pensieve sits, inviting and beckoning him to take a break from his mourning. And every time it's ended, he's always been more depressed than when he'd started, knowing the breath of air was over and the sensation of drowning would return.
But not this time. After this, he would be drowning no more.
He picks up his wand and casts.
Harry feels a sudden jolt, causing him to stumble back. He is still in his normal body, but this time he's at King's Cross. He waits for the eerie sense of dread to wash over him, but all he feels is peace, contentment. He sees a figure sitting on an otherwise empty bench, and the calm feeling dissolves and is replaced by anticipation twisting in his stomach. He clenches his fists and walks toward the figure, ready to have the confrontation with Albus Dumbledore he'd always craved, but his heart starts pounding as he starts to make out a lithe figure and white=blonde hair.
Despite his disbelief, he jogs toward the bench to confirm his hopes, his worries. His breath catches in his throat when the figure stands and turns piercing, stormy grey eyes at him.
"Hi Harry," Draco says. "Having a stroll down memory lane, are we?"
Harry nods. "Yeah, I...But usually it--wait, what are you doing here?"
"Love, do you know how long you've been here?"
Harry furrows his eyebrows. "Just a few minutes, right?"
Draco presses his lips together. "No, you've been here for the last ten years."
Harry's breathing grows shallow. "T-ten years? Am I...am I dead?"
"Harry, do you remember what happened?"
Harry shook his head. "I thought I was just watching our memories. I do that when I miss you."
Draco gave him a soft smile. "You've been reliving our memories over and over for ten years, love. You cast a spell on the Pensieve to pull all of you in here and to keep yourself in here until you caught up to where you left off. "
"So, I'm not dead, then," Harry knits his eyebrows.
Draco nods. "Correct."
"Then why am I here."
"Because you have a choice. You see, you used a rare spell that allows the caster three choices when the run of memories is over. You may return back to the real world and live out the rest of your life. You can stay in the loop of memories until the end of your natural life. Or you can come beyond the Veil."
Harry's breath catches. "You mean I can--I can go with you, now? If I want to?"
A gentle smile settles on Draco's lips. "Yes, Harry, you can. If you want to, that is." Draco takes a deep breath, seeming to steel himself. "But you've got to decide."
Harry smiles. "I want to go with you."
Draco's mouth opens slightly in shock. "You don't have to do this for me, Harry, really."
Harry grins. He walks up to Draco and takes a smooth hand in his own. A sense of deja vu washes over him, the sensation welcome and warm.
"I know, Draco," he says. "I'm doing this because I want to."
And Draco's smile is as blinding as he remembers.
Chapter 56: "Renegade"
Summary:
The pounding at Harry’s door was incessant to the point that he knew he could no longer ignore it. With a sigh, he threw the covers off his body, resenting the chill that hit his legs and vowing to return to his cocoon as soon as the interloper had fled his wrath.
Notes:
Based on "Renegade" by Taylor Swift
Chapter Text
The pounding at Harry’s door was incessant to the point that he knew he could no longer ignore it. With a sigh, he threw the covers off his body, resenting the chill that hit his legs and vowing to return to his cocoon as soon as the interloper had fled his wrath.
He trudged toward the door, not bothering to throw a dressing gown over his boxers and t-shirt, despite the constant chill of Grimmauld Place.
The knocking was louder, more impatient, and Harry groaned. “I’m coming! Merlin, Hermione.”
Suddenly, the door burst open from its hinges. From the smoke and debris, a dragon hide boot stepped through the threshold.
“Excuse me, I’ll not be mistaken for someone with such atrocious romantic taste, no matter how good Weasley is at Wizard’s Chess.” Draco brushed a small piece of wood from his robes and ran a hand through his hair to shake out the dust.
Harry sputtered. “You broke my door!”
Draco rolled his eyes. “Oh don’t be such a baby. You should’ve answered faster.” He cast a quick Reparo at the damage, and the broken pieces quickly slotted back into place.
“You know you’re keyed into the wards, git. And you have my Floo!”
“I like to make an entrance.”
Harry huffed. “Well, what do you want?”
Draco’s eyes trailed down the length of Harry’s body, making him resist the urge to squirm under the scrutiny. Elegant features twisted into a grimace, complete with a curled lip. “Is that any way to greet a guest, Potter?”
Harry raised an eyebrow. “I wasn’t expecting company. Sorry to be indecorous.”
“Indecorous? Have you been using the word of the day toilet paper I gave you?”
“Well I can’t wipe my arse with your terrible case reports, so this will have to do.”
“Says the man who decided case reports weren’t worth his time.”
Harry looked away. “Didn’t say that,” he mumbled. “Just got tired of it.”
“You’re tired of everything, Harry, aren’t you?”
Harry paused for a moment before he narrowed his eyes at Draco. “What are you doing here?”
Draco straightened his spine. “Granger and Weasley sent me.”
Harry scowled. “They couldn’t check on me themselves, so they sent you? The cowards.”
Draco’s face softened. “I was planning on coming anyway. As your Auror partner, it’s my job to ensure your welfare.”
“We’re not partners anymore.”
“Whose fault is that?”
Harry’s jaw tightened. “I told you. I got tired of it.”
“You got tired of your dream job. After two years?”
Harry just shrugged.
“Harry it’s been six months since you left the Aurors. Can you say you’re any happier now than you were then?”
Harry snorted. “Do I look happy to you, Malfoy?”
“I’m not your enemy here, Harry. Your friends are worried about you. I’m worried about you.”
“You’re not my friend?”
Draco gave him a long look. “That’s what you wanted, wasn’t it? Or so you said.”
Harry blushed. “We were partners. It wouldn’t have been ethical.”
“Bloody Gryffindor,” Draco muttered. “But as established, you’re not on the force any longer.”
“No,” Harry sighed. “I’m not.”
“And you haven’t found anything fulfilling since then.”
Harry grit his teeth. “Obviously not, Draco.”
“What’s stopping you?”
Harry huffed in exasperation. “I’m bloody depressed, Draco! Can’t you see that?”
“Of course I can, Harry,” Draco’s voice was quiet. “I’m not expecting you to throw off your mental illness like you can Imperius. I’m asking why you haven’t asked for help when you know it’s a Floo away.”
Harry shrugged. “I try to use my energy to eat. Not much left for calling a Mind Healer.”
“I can help you there,” Draco reached into his pocket and handed Harry a small slip of paper. “This is the Floo of a great Mind Healer. They take Unbreakable Vows to keep sessions and clients confidential, you know, so there’s no risk.”
“What about when a Prophet photographer snaps a photo of me walking into their office?”
“They do appointments by Floo all the time.”
Harry faltered, grasping nothing as he searched for an excuse. Draco smirked as he noticed Harry’s conclusion.
“We’re here for you. Whenever you’re ready. But this Mind Healer can help with what your friends can’t.” Draco looked at Harry steadily, his stare searching.
“I thought you weren’t my friend?”
“I’m your friend until you can handle more,” Draco’s expression was sharp, but uncertainty shone in his eyes.
Hope curled in Harry’s chest for the first time in months, like the warm hug of a long-lost friend.
Harry nodded. “I can do that.”
“Good.”
Draco started toward the door. He opened it and stepped through the threshold, stopping for a moment to turn his head so his face was profile to Harry.
“Get your shit together, Harry. I won’t wait forever.”
Harry nodded. “I know.”
A soft smile ghosted on Draco’s face. “Okay. I’ll see you later.”
Draco stepped outside and the newly repaired door clicked gently behind him. Harry stared after him, and then at the piece of paper in his hand.
He walked up the stairs, his step lighter. He threw on a soft jumper and trousers and attempted to fix his hair before he walked back down the stairs toward the fireplace.
Chapter 57: Nirvana
Summary:
Harry gulped the last of his firewhiskey, letting the burn run down his throat and trying to elongate the length of his neck as he swallowed. He nearly smirked at the feel of gray eyes following the movement, but he knew outward cockiness wasn't what he needed--what they both needed--tonight.
Chapter Text
Harry gulped the last of his firewhiskey, letting the burn run down his throat and trying to elongate the length of his neck as he swallowed. He nearly smirked at the feel of gray eyes following the movement, but he knew outward cockiness wasn't what he needed--what they both needed--tonight.
Tonight was about Draco taking and Harry giving what they both wanted. Tonight was about sweet surrender, about conquer and being conquered willingly and wholly.
Harry let himself glance over to the figure at the back of the bar. Draco wore a muggle suit just to drive Harry mad, everything perfectly tailored to his lithe form. Draco smirked, his lip curling slightly to reveal one of his sharp fangs, a promise for more. A quirk of a blonde eyebrow was all Harry had to see to know it was time.
Harry quickly closed out the tab and walked out of the restaurant, feeling hot hot hot eyes on his back. He stepped out into the chill night air, sticking his hands in his leather jacket for warmth while he waited.
Suddenly, familiar arms wrapped around his waist and Apparated them both to a nearby alleyway they'd come to think of as theirs. Harry turned within Draco's hold and kissed him, running his tongue along his teeth and carefully tracing the fangs, making them both shiver.
Draco leaned in to sniff at Harry's neck and Harry smirked as he felt the telltale bulge of Draco's thickening cock; Harry knew that the smell of Harry's blood through his skin was enough to make Draco half-hard.
Deceptively plush lips trailed hot kisses down Harry's neck sucking little bruises and love bites in their wake. Harry moaned, tipping his head back. He could feel Draco's smirk against his skin as he let his fangs graze across the sensitive skin there, not enough to make a dent but plenty to send tingles down Harry's spine.
"Always so responsive," Draco's voice was husky. "Can you be good for me? Let me take what I need?"
Harry groaned, rubbing their clothed cocks together and baring the side of his neck to Draco. "Draco, just do it."
Draco clicked his tongue. "Not quite, darling. I know you can do better for me. Now, care to try again before I find someone else to fulfill me for the evening?"
It was a game between them; Draco's threat was empty and they both knew it. This push and pull, tease and resist, it was part of the dance they'd always done together, except now they knew the choreography by heart.
Still, Draco's words sparked a twinge of jealousy and even more heat to pool in Harry's groin. "Please Draco," his moan was breathier than he'd intended but if Draco's growl was any indication, it did the trick.
Draco licked Harry's neck once more before gently but firmly sinking his teeth into the skin, drinking his fill. Harry groaned, his knees buckling slightly. They rutted against one another, Draco still managing to move his hips in tandem with Harry's. The heat of their clothed cocks combined with the bliss of the bite was enough for Harry's cock to twitch and spill into his pants untouched, Draco following shortly after as he licked up the remnants of his meal from Harry's neck.
It was intoxicating, the high that came whenever Draco bit him; when they rutted against each other as he drank his fill of Harry. It was about trust and mutual satisfaction. They both felt the mind-numbing effects of the bite, and Harry had learned to let himself fall into the nirvana, knowing Draco would be there to catch him.
Chapter 58: the third scar
Summary:
Harry has three scars.
Chapter Text
Harry has three scars.
One is on his forehead, the rejection of Death.
Another is on his chest, the choice to live.
He hides these two scars well, with carefully-placed fringe and high-collared shirts. He's come to accept the marks that Death has left on his skin, like eternal IOUs.
The third scar is on his hand.
I must not tell lies.
It's not too bad, as far as messages go; the sentiment is true enough. There are worse words to have carved into one's skin; he shoves down the memory of Bellatrix's handiwork on Hermione's arm.
After the war, Hermione asks him and Ron to accompany her to the tattoo parlor. Ron's face is pale as he holds her hand, watches her grit her teeth as the tattoo artist draws over the skin.
Later, Hermione smiles softly when she unwraps the bandages to reveal the image of her wand, with the words "fear no name" in her own handwriting down the length.
Harry flexes his fingers, watching the words that are etched into his skin stretch with the movement.
He returns to the tattoo parlor alone. He winces under the sharp needle, but he's careful not to jerk away.
He doesn't have to wait as long as Hermione to unwrap the bandage. It's red and tender, and he's almost tempted to use a healing spell to speed up the process, but he doesn't. He can wait.
After a few weeks of itching and peeling, Harry feels satisfaction curl in his chest as he examines the back of his hand.
I must not tell lies.
beautiful & terrible
When Draco asks about it, running a nimble finger over the ink, Harry smiles.
"It's the truth."
Chapter 59: Two Boys
Chapter Text
This is the story of boys.
Two boys, to be exact.
Now pipe down the noise
And sit up now with poise
As I tell you this series of facts.
The blonde tried his hand to be mates
But the brunette rejected the shake
They sneered and they smirked
And they acted like jerks
Just to make their opponent irate.
The years passing by
They stared and they spied
On each other in halls
At class and the Ball
Steadfast and convinced of their hate.
Then finally one year arrived
The events of which may seem contrived
But the smash of a nose
Bleeding cuts through one's clothes
It's a wonder our two boys survived.
Then the boys parted ways
And began the war phase
With our blonde trapped in rooms
The brunette in his doom
And they both only counted the days.
On the field of the battle
The Dark Lord did prattle
On and on of his major triumph
When our brunette did jump
From the arms of a friend
And the blonde knew the end
Wasn't done, no not yet
For our wonder brunette.
The enemy's gone
And some rehab for blonde
Our brunette, at the feast,
Held his hand out in peace.
For this story of boys
These two men used as toys
Began with an earthquake
And it ends with a shake.
Chapter 60: "Night Changes"
Chapter Text
It's a shadow of its former self, the disapproving sneer that had crossed Father's face as Draco left for the evening. He wasn't sure whether it was the eyeliner, tight black jeans, or crop top that was stoking his Father's disgusted ire this time.
Or maybe it was jealousy that he was confined to the Manor awaiting the end of his trial while Draco and his Mother had been acquitted due to Harry's testimony.
It could also be the fact that "Potter" had become "Harry" in just a few short weeks after the war, not to mention Draco's lack of discretion when he left the Manor late at night to meet Harry, whisked away on the back of the other man's motorcycle.
Draco tightened his grip around Harry's midsection as they sped down the empty street in Muggle London. Funny how Draco's and his Father's happiness had an inverse correlation.
Harry'd taught Draco to seek sources of happiness other than the moments of Father's approval he'd gathered and coveted his whole life. There was a joy to be found in the simplest moments: a cool, soft pillow, an in-joke with a friend, the slow slide of the perfect kiss.
At first, Draco'd worried that he'd only find these pockets of contentment under the cover of night with Harry, but late nights had turned into lazy mornings, and discreet one-offs behind the Leaky became lunch at the new Thai place in Diagon.
There was no need to hide in the shadows; he refused to lurk in bitterness and anger until his soul rotted like Malfoy men had done for generations.
He glanced up at the full moon shining in approval, letting the wind blow back his hair. He looked at Harry's messy head with fondness; the high-speed winds certainly wouldn't do that hair any favors.
Draco let himself take one more moment to wonder whether his Father had experienced happiness that couldn't be bought. Because the pounding of his heart, the flutter of his stomach, the sound of Harry's laugh--that was free, and priceless.
It was full of teeth and adorably crooked, the easy grin Harry gave him over his shoulder as they continued their journey into the night.
Draco let happiness bubble up in his chest, vibrant and free.
Chapter 61: Traitor
Chapter Text
It's a small story in the Prophet. The kind of thing in the back corner of a paper Harry never reads, anyway. He only saw it because someone had left the paper on the counter in the breakroom flipped open to the society section.
Malfoy Heir to Wed Astoria Greengrass
Harry's hands shook, whether from rage or the shock of his heart breaking in real time, he didn't know.
All he knew was the steady grip of his hand around his wand while the other grasped at the newspaper, crinkling it in his palm. All he knew was raising it, closing his eyes, and breaking through layers of ancient magical wards to Apparate within the Ministry of Magic.
He landed in Draco's office with a pop, making the other man startle almost violently.
"Merlin Harry! What the fuck?"
"Me?!" Harry's body filled with white-hot indignation."I'm not the one who has explaining to do." He slammed the paper on the desk, making the furniture shake slightly.
Draco shut his eyes, not saying anything for a moment. Harry stared at him, hard, trying to put on the mask of an interrogating Auror; cool anger was easier than revealing the anguish squeezing his chest.
"I thought you didn't read the Prophet."
Harry let out a disbelieving scoff. "That's all you have to say to me? You didn't think I read the Prophet? What, you didn't think you'd get caught?"
Draco's jaw clenched. "I thought I could tell you myself."
Harry laughed humorlessly. "A bit late for that, I'd say."
"I'm sorry, Harry."
"For what? For courting a woman while dating me in secret, feeding me bullshit about being afraid to come out? Or that your well-placed ad got to me before you could?"
Draco looked at him with sharp gray eyes. "I never lied to you about being scared to come out."
"Clearly--you're so scared you're willingly entering a loveless marriage contract!"
"It's more than that, the Malfoy name--"
"You don't think being the in-laws of Harry Potter would give your parents some status," Harry spat. Draco's eyes widened.
"H-Harry," came the breathy, surprised reply. "I didn't think--"
"Why! Why didn't you think this through before I fell in love with you?!"
"I was trying to be brave!" Draco's lower lip wobbled. "I was trying to act on my feelings, follow my heart and all that Gryffindor crap!"
"There's nothing brave about what you did, Malfoy. You're a coward." Harry bit, clenching his fists.
Draco closed his eyes, a single tear falling from pale eyelashes. Somewhere, underneath the rage, something in Harry wanted to stride over to Draco and kiss it away until the blonde was laughing in his arms where he belonged.
Instead, Harry swallowed against the lump in his throat, straightened his back, and squared his shoulders, a cool, Slytherin mask of indifference on his face. He'd learned from the best, after all.
"Congratulations," Harry said evenly. He walked out of the office, the sound of Draco's soft sobs echoing in the hallway.
Chapter 62: a father and son
Summary:
You like the wind in your hair, but I don't like your attention off of me.
There, that's better.
You were always better, with me.
Chapter Text
Hello.
Again we meet, as you stand on this precipice to look at the view, above the jagged rocks and waves below.
You like the wind in your hair, but I don't like your attention off of me.
There, that's better.
You were always better, with me.
How dare you let him sully you with happiness, contrived; I offered you power, tangible.
You still look like me.
Oh, you might've dyed your hair, changed your name, and shed your skin like the creatures under his command, his tongue, but I see you.
I've always seen you, son.
Don't act surprised; it isn't as if you were unaware of my gaze--as if you didn't seek it out. Seek out my praise, my love, my approval. They were all one and the same.
It scares you, doesn't it? The part of you that still needs me.
Good. A father should scare his son.
So you might change your name and your hair and cover the mark on your arm. But as long as you fear me, you're mine.
His love for you can't take that from me.
Because I'm not there, am I? I'm tucked away in the shadows, right? I should be ineffectual, emasculated, soul sucked from my body by Dementors that ravage me.
And yet, I'm everywhere.
I'm in your blood.
I'm in the roots of your hair.
I'm in the shine of your skin.
I'm in the back of your mind.
There, lingering and present.
Fear. May it be the greatest gift I ever gave to you, son.
You're welcome, Draco.
Chapter 63: "Gravity"
Chapter Text
Dear Harry,
I sit here, surrounded by crumpled-up pieces of parchment strewn about my mahogany desk, and I expect this one will join its brethren in the pile; this taunting reminder of my cowardice, of my inadequacy for you. They are wrinkled, mangled from my hands and a few are spotted with blood from the small cuts left by their deceptively sharp edges. I haven't Healed them yet; I'm not sure I want to.
I sit here because I left your going-away party early. I know you wouldn't have asked me to leave, and I know you invited me as a courtesy, to maintain the cordial friendship we've managed in our short tenure as Auror partners.
I'm sure things will be easier with whoever is assigned to you in America.
That's just it, isn't it? You and I will never be easy. And no one deserves an easy life more than you, Harry. I'm sorry for the times I made it difficult.
It's easy for me to sit here and write this letter knowing I'll never send it. It's easy to tell you I love you--that I've been in love with you since I saw you in Madame Malkins--when I know you'll never hear it, see it. I'm too late, anyhow.
I'm sorry, Harry. I never wanted to love you.
I'm sorry to myself. I'm sorry that I never made myself contain my love to only the things I deserve.
I'll never deserve you, Harry, and yet my traitorous heart loves you anyway.
I tried to pull away, to create distance, to escape from the intoxicating, magnetic pull that is Harry Potter. But as a mere mortal, I was nevertheless drawn to you against my will, against my pride, against the very law of nature.
Go to America. Go to your partner. Stay in touch with your friends here, and make new ones there.
And forget about me. It's what we both deserve.
-Draco
Draco folded the parchment and left it in the middle of his desk. He got up from his desk chair and climbed into bed, the unhealed paper cuts on his hands forgotten.
Harry was late.
Already, he was running late. He still had to Apparate to the Ministry to retrieve the portkey. How did he manage to cock up his new life in America before he even left England? This had to be some kind of record.
Peck peck peck
"Oh, not now!" He grumbled as an unfamiliar owl stared at him questioningly from outside his window. He hurried over to let the owl inside, giving it a treat and shooing it away. He'd read the message now and respond later. It was probably the American Ministry sending over preliminary instructions.
He sat and read the letter, his eyes growing wider with every word. He finally finished, slumping in his chair.
Was Harry too late?
He stood, his hand shaking slightly. He raised his wand and Apparated away with a crack.
Chapter 64: Five Songs
Chapter Text
“I hate him, you know.”
Harry startled, not noticing that Malfoy had come up next to him, sat on the stool at the bar and rested his elbows on the table, chin resting in his palms.
“Who?” Harry managed.
“Voldemort. My father. Take your pick.”
Harry shook his head. “What happened to not wanting to talk?”
Malfoy shrugged elegantly. “If I say it out loud, maybe my mind will stop feeling like a fork in a Muggle garbage disposal.”
Harry let out a short, humorless sound that was more of a grunt than a laugh. “Welcome to my world.”
“Now, Potter, it’s not a competition. I think we’re too old and too tired for that, don’t you?” Draco said, his tone light but still chastising. He signaled the bartender for a drink, and he downed the neat Firewhiskey in one gulp the moment the glass slid into his palm.
Harry looked at him with a raised eyebrow. “Feel better?”
“Marginally.”
Harry nodded. “I find that alcohol is more of a temporary fix than anything else.”
“Yes, but I live in the moment, Potter. And in this moment, the fork has stopped grinding enough that I’m ready to talk, if you are.”
“Really. You’re sure about this?”
Draco turned to face him for the first time, his face stretched in his most wicked grin.
“I’ll show you mine if you show me yours.”
The glass shattered against the wall with a satisfying crack. Adrenaline coursed through Harry’s veins as he picked up a china plate and let it slip through his fingers and clatter to the floor, breaking into pieces. The rush was almost intoxicating, thrilling him to destroy it all. Make the cupboard empty, make it not crowded, not cramped, not full of things more breakable than him, things more precious and valuable, things more important than him—
“Have a run-in with some porcelain, did you?”
Harry didn’t turn around, let another plate fall and break.
When he didn’t answer, Draco came up and put a hand on his shoulder.
Silence. Then, “Need some help?”
Harry blinked. Nodded. Draco reached up and took a plate off the top shelf, handing it to Harry, who threw it away forcefully, relishing the noise it made as it joined its fallen comrades on the floor.
Draco smiled. Reached for another plate.
Draco woke every night, gasping for breath. He fought to forget the grip of Nagini around his throat, the Fiendfyre blistering his skin, the relentless undulation of his body under Aunt Bella’s cruel Crucio.
Harry held him every night. Let him sob. Let him shake. Let him gasp apologies, sputter out his regrets, give penance to his demons.
And every night, once his tears were dry and his throat was raw from screaming, Harry would conjure him water and whisper calming, grounding words. Harry would tell him he understood, that he knew nightmares like an old friend. And Harry would help him lie back, help his pillow seem less daunting.
And those nights became less frequent. Less intense, less and less and less until eventually, Draco’s chest rose and fell each night in peaceful slumber.
“But what if I...“
“Whatever it is, we’ll figure it out together, Draco. I’m in this with you, remember?” Harry’s smile was patient, kind.
“We’re going to fight. A lot.”
Harry burst out laughing, and Draco frowned. “As if that’s anything new! Draco, I want us to fight, I want us to make up, I want us to have good days and shitty days and days in between. Besides, there isn’t much either of us can do in a fight that we haven’t already done, is there?”
Draco bit his lip. “What if I’m not…enough for you,” his voice was quiet, making Harry’s tiny flat seem huge.
Harry approached him slowly, like a skittish wild animal. His arms trapped Draco in a tight embrace, and Draco let himself be captured.
“You’re enough for me, Draco. You’re everything.”
Harry had a lot of hope.
He hoped Colin was snapping pictures with his camera, assuming they had that in the Afterlife. He hoped he followed his heroes around like a shadow. Harry hoped he knew he was one, too.
He hoped Fred was watching over George, whispering new prank ideas with the wind. He hoped he was managing mischief with Sirius, Remus and his father.
He hoped Dobby was able to rest, to be free. He hoped he had someone to care for him, for once.
He hoped Remus finally made peace with the moon, that a scar would never again mar his skin. He hoped Sirius had his leather jacket and his bike. He hoped his father was still messing up his hair, and that his mother rolled her eyes. He hoped Tonks fascinated them all with her magical features and sharp wit.
He hoped he’d know the answers, one day. And that that particular day was far, far away. And for now, as he took Draco’s hand in his, he knew they’d fall asleep in one another’s arms. He didn’t have to hope.
Chapter 65: Parallels
Chapter Text
Parallel: "In geometry, parallel lines are lines in a plane which do not meet; that is, two straight lines in a plane that do not intersect at any point are said to be parallel."
Harry walked into the robes shop, a bit overwhelmed at the sight of all of Madam Malkin's displayed wares, robes of different colors, lengths, and varieties.
"Just a moment, dear!" A stout woman with a kind face grinned at him before returning to her customer, a blonde boy, who Harry glanced at briefly before perusing the shop.
A few minutes later, the other customer had handed the woman some coins and walked out of the stop. Harry hadn't noticed; he was preoccupied with staring at the self-playing harp in the corner of the room.
Before the Sorting ceremony, Draco stood with his friends--well, more accurately, the children of his parents' friends. But, as his parents had informed him, social and political alliances could last just as long as feuds, which could endure for generations; essentially, Father explained, the Malfoys had been aligned with the Parkinsons and the Goyles for as long as they'd hated the Weasleys, and that's how it would always be. Continuous, unending.
He let his eyes roam the crowd of students, rolling his eyes when he identified a boy with bright ginger hair. So distracted he was with applying his parents' lesson that he failed to notice the boy with messy black hair and green eyes who stood next to the Weasley.
The doors to the Great Hall opened, and Draco's head was suddenly filled with hopes of a green and silver-colored future.
Harry stepped out onto the Quidditch field, broom in hand and face set in determination. At the blow of the whistle, he kicked off, already searching for the tiny, fluttering Snitch.
He flew around for most of the game, dodging Bludgers and Quaffles that crossed his path. No luck yet. He leaned down to increase his speed and hardly noticed that he passed another player, his counterpart on the opposite team, the other boy's white-blonde hair shining in the sun.
Harry lay trapped in the full-body bind, hearing murmured voices above him. He identified Dumbledore's low timbre, Snape's nasally drawl, and Bellatrix's cackling laugh, but there was another unfamiliar person he couldn't place.
Suddenly there was a flash of green light, a loud cry, and chaos.
There was a knock on Draco's bedroom door.
Steeling himself, he approached it and opened it slowly, filled with relief at the sight of his mother through the cracks.
"Darling, we think it's possible we've caught Harry Potter, but we want to be certain it's him before we call the Dark Lord. Could you identify him if you saw him?"
Draco's eyebrows knit. He shook his head. "Sorry, mum, I've never met him."
Harry lay on the floor of the Forest, trying with all his effort to stay completely still. Voldemort and the other Death Eaters were too caught up in their victory to confirm his death, but any slight movement right now could throw his chances.
When he lept down from Hagrid's arms, he heard a brief shout of "Potter!!" before a wand was tossed in his direction. He plucked the Hawthorne wand from the air, sparing only a passing thought to regret that he hadn't seen the mysterious helper. The thought left his mind as he faced Voldemort, exhilaration rushing through him as he taunted Riddle by revealing how he'd been helped by Snape all along and had won control of the Elder Wand from a nameless, faceless Death Eater. Riddle cast, he cast, and after the lights from the two wands intersected, it was over.
"Potter?"
Harry looked up in surprise to see a boy with white-blonde hair standing in front of him.
"Er, yes, can I help you?"
The boy swallowed. "I'm not trying to disturb you. I simply wanted to ask if I might have my wand back."
Harry blinked. "This was yours? You threw this to me?"
The other boy nodded. "Yes. It's a strange story, actually. My Father fought for...the other side, so I was required to take the Dark Mark. But, let's just say that I realized soon after that my Father had signed me up for something I had no business belonging to. So then I kept out of it as much as possible--until I saw you were still alive, and I knew I had to help." He shrugged. "So, might I have it back?"
"Oh, er, sure." Harry pulled out the wand and handed it to him.
The boy nodded. "Thank you, Potter." He turned to walk away.
"W-wait!"
The other boy stopped and turned around, raising a curious eyebrow.
"I know you were on the opposite side, but it doesn't look like you were very much involved--and you did come in very helpfully at the end there, so..." Harry stuck out his hand. "My name's Harry. What's yours?"
The other boy hesitated for a moment. His face shifted to one of determination as he stepped toward Harry and clasped their hands together, their arms now connected to form a single line between them.
"I'm Malfoy. Draco Malfoy."
Chapter 66: footprints in the sand
Summary:
The beach house has been on the market for over a year.
Notes:
Based on "Beaches of Cheyanne" by Garth Brooks
Chapter Text
The beach house has been on the market for over a year.
It's a gorgeous home. It's still technically furnished, even if most of it was in disarray when officials found it. It's also just enough distance from the shore to watch the tide come in without the risk of flooding.
But ever since it was swept and searched for evidence, the house has been left to the elements, an optimistic "for sale" sign stuck into the ground.
They don't know many of the details of that fateful night. As they sorted through the wreckage, Aurors found his diary by the bed, the words slightly smudged in some places from long-dried tears.
His hands must've been shaking when he wrote of their conversation before his husband left:
It's my fault he's dead. I told him I didn't care if he was hurt on his bloody dangerous raid. I said his stupid hero complex would finish him off one day.
He should've known—he had to know—that it was as close to begging him to stay as I could ever get.
And still, he left.
Fuck this house. I can't be here anymore. He's gone but he's everywhere. It has to go. I have to go. There's nothing left for me here.
The night Harry Potter died, a single set of footprints lead into the ocean. By the next day, the tide had washed it away.
Still, locals say Draco Malfoy's ghost still wanders up and down the beach, leaving a trail in the sand. Some people claim to hear him calling his lover's name, his shouts whispered in the wind.
Chapter 67: "Cold As You"
Summary:
The only thing in the flat that you let me bring from Grimmauld Place was the clock.
Notes:
TW: toxic relationship
Chapter Text
The only thing in the flat that you let me bring from Grimmauld Place was the clock.
Not the grandfather one; no, the plain black one I bought when I first moved out on my own after the war. You rolled your eyes; "Potter, honestly, it's like you don't even remember that you're a wizard. Thank Merlin you have me, or else where'd you be?"
I remember glancing at you, once I decided to hang it up anyway, to see if you'd noticed. You had, of course; you're observant that way. You raised an eyebrow, but you didn't say anything. I knew you were filing it away, keeping it as ammunition for our next fight. Why is it that we were always preparing for war during times of peace?
And every morning when I woke up next to you, I'd walk into the kitchen and look at the clock to make sure that time had passed.
I started measuring time by our fights. Monday was over the dishes, Tuesday was about Ron's birthday party, Wednesday was over what your father told you at dinner, and yesterday was over how long we'd been together.
You said nine months. I said ten. We bickered, then we argued, then we shouted. I showed you the calendar with our first date blocked out ten months ago. You threw up your hands. You said, "I'm sorry I'm just a shite boyfriend, Harry!" I glanced at the clock warily. You noticed, you scoffed, you strode over to the clock, took it off the wall, and smashed it on the ground.
25,920,000: the number of seconds that the clock ticked before our time ran out.
I don't know how long it's been since you left. It's been some amount of seconds, minutes, and hours. I can't count time anymore. I stopped trying.
The clock is still on the floor, shattered and silent.
Chapter 68: The Last Will and Testament of Harry James Potter
Summary:
I don't have much time. But I'm not sure if I'll have a chance to do this when most people do.
Notes:
Angst. Written for my lovely friend Lyssa. Thanks for everything <3
Chapter Text
I don't have much time. But I'm not sure if I'll have a chance to do this when most people do. I also have no idea if I'm doing this right. My only experience with this was with Dumbledore, and to be honest I didn't pay much attention to the wording.
But either way, if you're reading this, please make sure it gets to the right people.
The Last Will and Testament of Harry James Potter.
To Molly and Arthur Weasley, I leave all of the contents of the Potter vaults. Thank you for accepting me into your family and being the guardians I never had.
To George Weasley, I leave the Cloak of Invisibility. I know you'll put it to good use. Thank you for the map; I hope this is enough to return the favor.
To Neville Longbottom, I leave the Sword of Gryffindor. You're one of the bravest, most Gryffindor people I know. This should belong to you.
To Hermione Granger and Ron Weasley, I leave 12 Grimmauld Place. Yes, this is for the both of you; to share, even if you're both too shy to admit you're in love with each other. Maybe this will help you both get your heads out of your arses.
(Is that bad, to curse in my will? Whatever, I don't have time and I don't really care. Sorry 'Mione.)
Thank you both for being the best friends I could've asked for. I hope you have the happiness and life you deserve.
Finally, to Draco Malfoy, I leave your wand (thanks for that by the way), and this snitch. It's not too late.
I have signed this 1 May 1998.
Harry J. Potter
Chapter 69: i'm addicted to the way you hurt
Summary:
it's in the safe cover of night that he lets his inhibitions slip from his practiced grip.
Notes:
Rated E/NSFW
Chapter Text
it's in the safe cover of night that he lets his inhibitions slip from his practiced grip.
harry thought that heartache would be a good enough distraction from grief, but at this point, he's forgotten the difference; he's not sure there is one.
nowadays, his only reprieve is found in the alleyway behind seedy Muggle bars, taking anything He will give him: His cock, His hand, His come; never His arse, never His mouth. harry offers himself over every time, hoping He will just take and take until harry's just a living body, and nothing more.
harry's favorite place is on his knees, His cock in his mouth, drawing any small whimpers, gasps, and moans he can from the lips he's never kissed, never dared. each pant, each caught breath, each flutter of pale eyelashes is a reward that belongs to harry. it's undeniably because of him, for him.
it's not enough, it never is. He babbles empty promises of a bed and staying for breakfast, but it's always when harry's had Him on the edge for ages and His cock is heavy and leaking profusely on harry's tongue and He'd probably say anything to come. harry looks into desperate, blown gray eyes and thinks that he might see flickering emotion behind the lust.
harry moves his tongue just so, knowing that the quiver of His thighs precedes imminent come pulsing down his throat. harry licks the cock clean before it is tucked back into His trousers.
harry stands, his own cock straining in his jeans. He unzips harry's fly and takes him out of his pants, jerking him off quickly, mechanically.
"Look at me."
harry hadn't realized he'd closed his eyes. he blinks and looks at Him. he sees gray, he sees lust, and nothing more.
harry’s heart clenches. he comes.
he's not sure there's a difference.
Chapter 70: "tolerate it"
Chapter Text
It was easy to get lost staring into the fire.
Flames have an easy way of dancing, nipping at the air with scorching defiance; it's contained, yet free to thrive within its own space while it has energy, wood to fuel its life force.
Narcissa liked to let her eyes go unfocused as she gazed longingly at the fireplace. Her mind was numb, hands folded neatly and heavily in her lap. Sometimes, when Lucius was asleep in the chair next to hers, she would let her lips part mindlessly and her limbs relaxed, like an antique marionette.
Other times, she'd let herself stare unabashedly at her sleeping husband; his long, shining blonde hair loose from its ponytail and draped down his back, his shoulders. If she was feeling bold, she might lean in toward him, trying to remember his lemongrass scent. She would run her fingers through his hair the way he used to let her, humming and arching into her touch.
Then, he started to slap her hand away. "Your fingers' natural oil makes my hair dirty, Narcissa; do keep your hands to yourself."
Soon after, when the Dark Lord turned their home into a military base, Lucius smelled of burnt wood; the dark circles underneath his eyes would make pale eyelashes stand out against his skin as they fluttered in his sleep.
The smell of lemongrass faded. Narcissa didn't reach across the bed anymore.
After the war, Narcissa knelt before the fireplace, scraping up the ashes there with a shovel the way she'd seen the house-elves do before many times. She could use her wand; she wasn't the one with limited magic. But she wanted to see it, the remnants of chaos.
When she stood, her hands were smudged with black soot, her dress dirtied from where she'd been kneeling. Her back ached, whether from the strain of bending over or sleeping on the couch for nights on end, her wand underneath her pillow. Just in case.
Some days, Narcissa glanced longingly at the fireplace, replaying in her mind the sight of Draco, with tear-streaked cheeks and shaking hands laced with hers.
"Mother, come with me. Harry has extra rooms in Grimmauld Place. You deserve better than this, than him."
She wondered whether her lipstick looked cracked on her chapped lips as she gave her son a soft smile, gathering every ounce of love still left in her heart with the effort. "I'll visit often," she'd said. "But my place is here. I must see this through, to the very end."
Draco'd furrowed his eyebrows but nodded in understanding. He'd stepped into the fireplace with a pinch of powder and was gone, wrapped in green flames.
Narcissa didn't cry when, many years later, when Lucius's breathing grew labored, his heart probably shriveled from Dark magic's aging qualities. She was stroking his hair for the first time in decades as he took his last breath, his pale eyes glassy and fearful.
She rose from the bed, letting herself watch her husband as he lay completely still, sleeping no more.
The fireplace was clean, free of ash when she stepped forward. She closed her eyes and waved her wand, whispering the spell softly. She apparated out of the house just as the fireplace burst into flames.
She stood outside the manor's gates, watching smoke and fire consume the house. The flames bit at the humid evening air, cracking with glee at being uninhibited with several floors-worth of kindling.
Narcissa let her gaze go hazy and blurred, even as smoke nibbled at her eyes. Finally, she blinked and raised her wand to Apparate away, not closing her eyes when her vision twisted into orange and yellow swirls before she disappeared with a pop into the thick, smoky night.
Chapter 71: my heart is yours
Chapter Text
Draco's mother once told him that having a child was like having one's heart walk around and live outside one's body.
He didn't believe it at the time. How could anyone care more for someone else than for themself? His father certainly hadn't. What if he wasn't any better? What if—
"Ready?" A woman with dark brown hair and kind eyes spoke, pulling Draco from his thoughts. She smiled at them, offering a quill to Harry, who took it and scribbled his name on the line at the bottom of the page. Draco then followed suit, his heart pounding as his hand followed the familiar motions of his signature.
He handed the quill back to the woman, who placed it in her drawer. "I'll be right back." She left and disappeared into another room.
Draco exhaled, shaking his hands at his sides to release some of the nervous energy coursing through his body, his blood. Harry took his hands in his own, squeezing them gently.
"It's going to be fine. You'll be an amazing father, Draco,"
Draco nodded, furrowing his eyebrows even as he tried to smile. "You will too, Harry."
Just then, the woman came back into the office holding a bundle wrapped in a blue blanket, Draco knew his heart would never be his own again.
"Here you are!" The woman handed the bundle into arms that Draco hadn't realized he'd offered. He took the baby carefully, grinning at Harry briefly before looking down at the new owner of his heart.
Scorpius gazed up at them with wide, curious blue eyes. His blonde curls were so soft against Draco's palm as he supported the baby's head. His smile was as infectious and heart-wrenching as Harry's, and Draco grinned as he blinked back the tears forming in his eyes.
"He's perfect," Harry breathed, gently stroking Scorpius's head. The baby turned his piercing eyes on Harry and giggled, and Draco wanted to bottle this moment—the sound, the smile, the tears in his and Harry's eyes, the joyful ache of his chest—for eternity.
Chapter 72: How to Train Your Drarry
Chapter Text
"Do you trust me?"
Draco's breath caught as he stared at Potter, who held out his hand invitingly. It was everything Draco'd wanted since he was 11—the chance to take Potter's willingly offered hand in friendship, or more if he were ever so lucky.
What he hadn't anticipated was for Potter to do so while sitting on the back of a Peruvian Vipertooth.
He hadn't meant to run into Potter. He was taking his nightly stroll around the Hogwarts grounds, brooding, as one does when one's entire worldview was shattered whilst barely avoiding Azkaban due to the mercy of one's former enemy.
When he's not studying like mad for his NEWTS in hopes of a semi-decent future, he spends much of his time walking. And brooding. Alone.
It's peaceful—or it was until he heard a loud and concerning noise coming from near the greenhouses and decided to investigate and saw Potter sitting astride a bloody dragon.
"Her name's Taygete," Potter had explained when Draco had stood there, gaping. "Don't, er, tell anyone about this. Hagrid lets me take her for a ride when I...need a break..." Potter's voice softens and trails off.
"I need a break, too," Draco'd whispered around the knot of guilt forming in his throat.
That's when Potter had leaned down from the beast and presented his hand and said, "Do you trust me?"
"Yes."
Potter grinned when Draco took the warm hand in his own and stepped forward. Potter used that one arm to easily pull Draco onto the dragon's back.
Draco steadied himself, trying to grasp at the copper-colored scales for some sort of leverage. Potter chuckled, looking over his shoulder at Draco.
"Hold on to me. I won't let you fall, I promise."
Draco's heart skipped a beat. He nodded and scooted forward, wrapping his arms around Potter's midsection, feeling toned muscles and warm skin under his thin t-shirt.
"Ready?" Potter's voice was low, intimate.
Draco could only nod, but it was enough. Potter reached down and gave Taygete a pat on her side. "Let's go, Tay!"
Taygete let out a huff and flapped her wings. If Potter was bothered by Draco tightening his grip in fear, he didn't show it.
Taygete shot into the air; the wind whipped back Draco's hair and was almost sharp against his bare skin, but as they moved further up to the starry sky, he focused on Potter's steady breathing against him and his heart pounding in his own chest.
When Taygete finally righted them and began to fly smoothly, Draco let himself look down, and his stomach dropped as Hogwarts got smaller and further behind them.
A new fear suddenly clenched in his chest. He was such an idiot. The moment Taygete touched the ground again, the Aurors would swarm and arrest him, because surely he was violating the terms of his parole. And Potter would merely be seen as the victim of Draco's attempted kidnapping, or nefarious manipulation. Damn Potter and his kind eyes and his extended hand and his bright smile.
He sniffed and closed his eyes as a silent, frightened tear threatened to spill, but he felt a warm, calloused thumb wipe it away.
Terror shot up Draco's spine and his eyes snapped open. "Potter, what are you doing!"
But Potter shook his head. "We're fine, I promise Taygete won't let us fall. Why are you crying? If you're scared I can bring you back, I—"
"I-" Draco bit his lip. "I can't get into trouble this year, Potter. If they catch us, the worst you'll get is detention with McGonagall, but me..." his chest tightened.
"You won't."
Draco scoffed. "You don't know that, You kept me out of Azkaban, but even you can't save me if I get into trouble again."
"There are more people on your side than you think."
"Oh yeah? Like who?"
"McGonagall, Hermione, Luna—even Ron, when Hermione lectures him long enough. And, y'know. Me."
"But why?"
"Because we know you're trying to do better. I saw you trying to repair damaged parts of the castle. And we've seen you reading Muggle books in the library, helping first years, and you haven't said a rude word to anyone since you apologized. You're not the same person you were before the war, so we're willing to help make sure you get another chance."
For the second time that night, Draco could only gape at Potter, who apparently took that as an opportunity to speak again.
"So. You'll be alright, even if we get caught. Okay?"
"Okay," Draco said, his voice trembling slightly.
It seemed enough for Potter, who smiled and turned back around on Taygete's back, allowing Draco to reassume his position behind him.
They flew for a little while longer in comfortable silence. Draco closed his eyes, and he realizes that he's never felt safer or more free in his life than right now, with his arms around Potter's waist and the world and its problems so small below them.
Too soon, Potter directed Taygete to land back where they'd started behind the greenhouses. Potter slid off first, wordlessly holding out his arms to catch Draco as he slid off Taygete's back. Warm, strong hands gripped Draco's waist and let his feet gently touch the ground.
"Thank you, Potter," Draco whispered.
"Sure."
They stood there a moment too long, Potter's hands lingering on Draco's hips and Draco unwilling to brush them off.
"Potter, I-"
"Harry."
"W-what?"
"Call me Harry. Please?"
"Okay. Harry."
Harry's hands tightened on Draco's hips. "Draco, can I..."
"What?"
"I—Do you trust me?" Harry's eyes dropped to Draco's mouth.
With a sudden surge of confidence, Draco leaned in first, letting his lips barely brush Harry's and watching as the other boy's eyes fluttered shut.
Draco's whispered, "Yes," was nearly lost in the warm, soft lips that met his.
With a satisfied snort, Taygete launched back into the air, soaring freely into the endless diamond sky with a victorious flip.
Chapter 73: my tears ricochet
Chapter Text
That was a beautiful ceremony, wasn't it? It's nice to see that Hogwarts would mourn even its more nefarious students.
It was, of course, at the great expense of my parents, but it was the least they could do, considering it was their choice to put me in harm's way.
Well, in your way, I suppose.
Did Granger write that speech for you? She must've, the little do-gooder. I'd wager she was torn between helping you save face and the cruel irony of eulogizing her schoolyard bully.
I would thank you for taking time out of your busy Savior Funeral Victory Tour schedule to attend mine, but it was the perfect opportunity to sneak in your bloody post-war agenda. That must have been satisfying—preaching about second chances and redemption next to the casket of the boy you hated to his dying day.
You just had to have the last word, didn't you?
Did you tell them how I died? Did you tell them about the pools of water mixing with my blood at your feet? Did you tell them about how you watched the remains of my tarnished soul leave my body with my last feeble breath?
I want to tell you how much you reminded me of Him in the mere seconds before you cast that spell. I want to tell you that, up until then, I'd been a failure. I failed at being a Death Eater, at my mission—at hating you.
I'm not the sort of ghost you can see. And yet I haunt you, don't I? My sobs and whimpers echo in your ears. My magic is in the wand you stole from me, the one you claimed was lost but we both know is stowed away in your trunk. My lifeless eyes stare at you when you try in vain to sleep without thinking of my eternal rest.
One day, when your atrocious black hair has turned gray, and your green eyes are more for aesthetic than function, you'll take your last breath.
And I'll be there, waiting.
For the last word.
Chapter 74: Stay Beautiful
Chapter Text
February 22, 1997
This is incredibly stupid.
I cannot believe I am being so inordinately reckless. Putting my thoughts to paper is idiotic, even if this journal is protected by a spell only I can take off; they have ways of getting information. They always do.
My room is my only haven from this war; I don't recognize the rest of my own home anymore. He's taken it over. Even Father's clearly distressed, and while Mother is the most blank-faced of us all, I can see the glimmer of resentment, of anger in her eyes. Toward Father, toward the Dark Lord, toward the war. I can't say I blame her.
This is the only place, the only way, I can think of you. When I'm out there, outside this door, I'm constantly fighting mental images of you. And when it becomes too much to bear, I remember our fights, the ones where I saw genuine sadness flash in your eyes instead of just irritation. It's painful to remember, every time, but if the Dark Lord decides to look into my mind at any given moment, I need him to see your hurt instead of my regret. Because if he knew the way I think about you, he'd make sure I never think again.
But here, in my bedroom, on this parchment, I can daydream about you bursting through the front door, wand blazing. You'd storm through the living room, up the stairs, throw open my bedroom door and say, "Malfoy, you're a git, but you don't belong here. Come with me."
And I'd follow you. I'd grab my broom and we'd make our escape, dodging dark spells from my father, my aunt, the Dark Lord himself. But we'd make it out, I know we would.
It's incredibly stupid to imagine such things. Because even in a world of magic, the most fantastical vision I can conjure is one in which I'm worthy of being saved by you.
But no matter what happens to me, I know you'll carry on. As long as you're alive, I think, there's some hope.
I hope you end up sickeningly happy, Potter. If anyone in this world deserves that, it's you. There are times I think that every possible outcome for my future is one of suffering, torture, and pain, whether at the hands of a victorious Dark Lord or the Dementors in Azkaban.
And yet, I remain, for you and for my mother, because she needs me, and because you, at the very least, don't seem to want me to die. I don't know if I can be of use to you now, but I will if I can. I never want to look into your eyes and see hurt and my own reflection in them at the same time, ever again.
The Dark Lord calls me his, but I'm irrevocably, entirely yours.
Chapter 75: Kyoto
Chapter Text
"Hello?"
"Hey, it's me."
Draco froze, the mobile he held next to his ear nearly slipping from his fingers in surprise. He was jostled by the crowd in Diagon Alley passing around him where he was stopped in the middle of a busy walkway.
"Draco? Are you there?"
He snapped out of his trance and forced his legs to move. "Potter?"
"How are you?"
Draco nearly scoffed. "Splendid. Yourself?"
"I'm good, thanks." The sound of traffic was muffled in the background. "Sorry, I'm at a payphone."
"I didn't know there were payphones in Kyoto."
"It's incredible here, Draco, you'd love it."
Bitterness rose in Draco's throat. "Why are you calling?" He asked cooly.
"I didn't know I needed a reason."
"Well, you do."
"I wanted to talk to you."
"I gathered that, Potter."
"I think we're past surnames, don't you?"
"Depends."
"On?"
"Whether or not you're going to tell me why you actually called. You must have better things to do in Kyoto than talk to me."
Harry chuckled. "You'd be surprised."
"Well, I wouldn't know."
There was a pause. Then, "I wrote you a letter."
"Did you, now? I get so much mail, I can scarcely keep track."
"So you didn't get it?"
"No, I did."
"Why didn't you respond?"
"I needed kindling for my fire."
"Draco..."
"No, really, parchment burns easily."
"Did you really burn it?"
"No, I used it to pick up my crup's shite."
"You have a crup?"
"A lot can change in six months. You taught me that."
Another pause. "Draco, I'm sorry."
"Don't be."
"But I am."
"Good for you."
"Don't you care?"
"Potter, I don't care that you're in Kyoto and sorry. You could be in Moscow and hungry, or in Paris and tired, or in New York and happy. Not my problem."
Harry huffed. "I don't deserve this."
"Not all of us can fuck off on a self-indulgent journey to find ourselves, Potter."
"I asked you to come with me; you're the one who said no."
"Did you really expect me to go with you? To leave my mother by herself after my father was carted off to Azkaban for the rest of his life? Leave the job I'd had to work my arse off to get? Leave what few friends I had and made after the war?"
"I...I'm sorry, Draco." Harry's voice was quiet, soft.
Draco cleared his throat. "Like I said, don't be. We made different choices."
For a moment, the only sounds Draco heard through the phone were loud honking horns and chatter from the street. Then, Harry spoke.
"Do you ever think we'll be on the same page?"
Draco knew it was a statement, not a question. He bit his lip, blinking back the tears that formed in his eyes.
"You know, Harry, for once, I think we finally are."
Chapter 76: "ivy"
Summary:
"Don't you have a choice?"
I laugh and toss my cigarette to the ground, crushing the ash under my new dress shoes. "When have I ever?"
Chapter Text
"Don't you have a choice?"
I laugh and toss my cigarette to the ground, crushing the ash under my new dress shoes. "When have I ever?"
Potter frowns, almost pouting. "You have free will, don't you? You could be inside at the party, watching her show off the ring and talking about venues. But instead, here you are,” he says. “With me."
I want to laugh again. How do I tell him that the force guiding me to him is magnetic? That I couldn't resist his pull if I wanted to?
Instead, I match his gaze, north connecting to south.
"Here I am."
My fingers tangle themselves in his hair, bringing his lips to mine. The wall is solid and cool on my back. Harry presses me up against it, trapping me there like he’s afraid that I want to leave—as if I wouldn’t stretch this moment into eternity if I could.
It’s over too soon, and later I’m watching the slow rise and fall of his chest as he sleeps. The judgmental moonlight glares accusingly at me through the window, but I pay it little mind. There’s privilege in having a natural shine. They would know, the moon and Harry.
I can’t stay here for much longer; eternity awaits.
Father is waiting for me in the living room. His glower makes me miss the moon, and I almost try to Apparate away, but he turns on the wards before I can lift my wand, and I’m trapped.
“What is the meaning of this?” Parchment crinkles in his tight fist. With his other hand, he brings a lit cigarette to his lips, letting the smoke curl in the air; mother must be out of the house.
My stomach churns, but I make my face blank. “Contrary to what you might think, Father, I lack the ability to identify the parchment while it is mangled in your hand.”
He snarls and tosses the parchment to the floor. I bend and pick it up, and my heart drops at the familiar handwriting.
Harry, I’ve thought it over, and I have no regrets, no matter what happens. I treasure every moment we’ve had. So, say the word, my love, and I’ll follow you. I’ll run with you to the ends of the earth.
I swallow hard. “It’s not what it seems.”
Father snarls. “Don’t lie to me, boy! I knew you were acting strange. I assumed it was nerves before the wedding. Turns out you’ve had a secret little coping mechanism in your bed!”
“That’s not true.” My voice is low and miraculously steady, belying my nerves. “We love each other, Father, and just because you and Mother chose to spend your lives in a sham of a marriage doesn’t mean I have to.” The words spill from my lips like a secret I’d kept from myself, but the truth tastes sweet and satisfying on my tongue.
Father smirks then, cruel and knowing. “You sound just like your mother.”
“I—what?”
“Perhaps you were too busy in Potter’s bed to notice, but your mother’s bag has been packed since yesterday.”
I feel faint. “Wh...What?”
“She’s gone,” Father waves the cigarette in the air lazily. “To the South of France, probably.”
My throat dries as the image of my mother, alone and heartbroken, plays in my mind. “When did this start?” My voice is raspy, weak and foreign to my ears.
“A year ago?” Father shrugs. “Five? Twenty? Who knows. What matters is that you’ve both made your choice. And now, so have I.”
Dread rushes through my body, prickling my skin. “What do you mean?”
Father smiles. He walks leisurely toward the window, looking around the room. He stops at the glass pane, running his free hand over the curtains. “You know, Draco, this house has been passed down through generations of Malfoys.”
“Yes, I know, Father. You may have mentioned that a few hundred times.”
He glares at me but continues. “You were going to live here with Astoria, one day. You were to be the next generation to carry on this proud Malfoy tradition. But I suppose,” his free hand grasps the curtain. “Everything has its end.”
“Father, what are you—”
Suddenly, he brings his cigarette to the fabric of the curtain, causing it to catch fire. Panicked, I freeze, unable to reach for my wand by the time the flames crept up the fabric and spread to the ceiling.
Father grins manically. “Goodbye, son.” He raises his wand and Apparates away.
“Father!” I stumble forward, my arm reaching out futilely to stop him but instead grasping empty air. I look at the flames swallowing the only home I’d ever known. Perhaps an Aguamenti would salvage it. Perhaps I could still marry Astoria and help Father return to his senses. Perhaps, even, my life might go on as it had been planned.
But then again, when has it ever?
Now, the choice is mine.
I Apparate away.
Chapter 77: "i had a feeling so peculiar this pain wouldn't be for evermore"
Summary:
Draco couldn't cry, so he let the sky do it for him. He shivered, soaking it up like the grass crushed under the shirt clinging to him like a second skin. He closed his eyes, imagining that the drops sliding down his face were the tears he couldn't muster, the catharsis he hadn't earned.
Chapter Text
Draco couldn't cry, so he let the sky do it for him. He shivered, soaking it up like the grass crushed under the shirt clinging to him like a second skin. He closed his eyes, imagining that the drops sliding down his face were the tears he couldn't muster, the catharsis he hadn't earned.
He spread out his arms and legs, weaving his fingers through the blades of grass. He wondered if he, too, could sink into the earth and intertwine himself with the roots; perhaps they, fibrous and thin yet enduring, could wrap around his veins and grow to his heart to raise the weight from his chest.
He filled his lungs with air, less for function and more to remember that he could lighten his body, even if for a moment. He wondered if he could take a breath too deep for gravity's hold; would he barely hover above the ground, blades of grass tickling his skin? Or would he float up up up up until he met the rain at the source?
Suddenly, startled at the abrupt sound of chattering students exiting classrooms, he exhaled, deflating himself. The raindrops were heavy against his eyelids as he opened them to cast a Tempus. He set a timer on his wand for seven minutes, planning to use the last three to dry off and head to his last class of the day. But for now, he could drift a little longer.
It must've only been two minutes when he felt magic wrap around his body, drying and warming his skin at once. His eyes snapped open and he sat up in surprise, looking around until he saw Harry a few feet away.
Draco tried to find indignation or annoyance, but there was none. Instead, he found something unnamable, yet vaguely familiar.
"Hey, what're you doing out here? You'll get sick," Harry held out a hand. "Walk with me to class?"
Draco let himself be pulled up and canceled the alarm on his wand. As they walked, he took a deep breath and let it out slowly. Potter entwined their fingers, anchoring him to the ground.
Chapter 78: golden dreams were shiny days
Summary:
Your hands on my hips, the stars winking in approval above our heads, swaying to the rhythm of our beating hearts.
Notes:
Based on the Taylor Swift cover of the famous song "September"
Chapter Text
Your hands on my hips, the stars winking in approval above our heads, swaying to the rhythm of our beating hearts.
The air, like us, was trying to find the difference between hot and cold, with shivering mornings and sweltering afternoons. But you lend me your coat and hand me a glass of lemonade, and we're content to just feel it all.
I want to spend every season with you. I want to dance together in the April rain, tuck May flowers into your wild curls, feel the sand between our toes, light the fireplace, and drink warm spiked cocoa. I want your hand in mine to be the constant in a world that still never knows how it wants to feel.
Your smile is warmer than any sun, your kiss more cleansing than the rain, your touch chilling me more than deep winter snow.
Let the seasons change as they may, as long as we face them together.
Chapter 79: "time won't fly it's like I'm paralyzed by it"
Summary:
It wasn't a substitute by any means. It would never replace what it was made to mimic. In some ways, it was hopelessly inadequate.
Notes:
Based on the song "All Too Well" by Taylor Swift
Chapter Text
It wasn't a substitute by any means. It would never replace what it was made to mimic. In some ways, it was hopelessly inadequate.
But it was all he had: just the potion and his memories. If Draco's mind insisted on torturing him by reliving the best moments of his life in sepia-toned images, at least this way he could delay the crushing reality a little while longer.
Paralytici Memorias was his greatest triumph and biggest mistake. At first, he blamed it on completing his due diligence; every good potioneer should know and test the effects of their potion.
But then one test turned into two. Before he knew it, Draco spent the better part of his days coming in and out of deep periods of sleep, reaching for the vial every time his eyes opened to the sight of his empty flat, his engagement band on the coffee table next to him.
He wondered what Astoria would say if she could see him now. If their current level of communication as soon-to-be-weds was any indication, their marriage contract was more of a business venture than a romantic one.
After all, as long as he had a pulse, sperm for insemination, and a sound enough mind to sign over half his vaults, he'd have done his duty as her future husband as far as she was concerned.
"You'll forget about me, I promise."
His own words—written on the parchment he'd sent off with his owl before he could stop himself—were burned into his memory. He still remembered the searing pain in his chest as he promised the love of his life that what they'd had could be forgotten. In breaking Harry's heart, and in shattering his own, his only consolation was knowing that Harry would be happy eventually; that Harry would move on and find someone with the freedom to love him the way he deserved, someone who could offer the intangible riches in which Draco had always been impoverished.
As he reached for the vial that afternoon, it was to remind himself of the priceless love he sold for the price of his heart.
The potion’s effect was hazier than a Pensieve, but this way he could see the memories from his own point of view; could relive it in his own skin. Still, his mind couldn't do justice to Harry's eyes, the bright sound of his laughter, the warmth of his skin.
They were in Harry's car, the name of which Draco had never bothered to learn, too terrified and fascinated by the contraption. He yelped when Harry took a hand off the wheel to grab Draco's shaking one in a reassuring squeeze.
"Hands on the wheel, Potter!"
"I've got it under control, love. You watched me put the protection spells on the car myself, and it would be perfectly safe even without them. I promise I won't let anything happen to you," Harry said without an ounce of condescension.
Draco exhaled shakily, "If you say so."
"I do. Now, why don't you tell me a little more about where we're going?"
"Have you forgotten already? Honestly, Potter, your memory is abysmal."
"I haven't forgotten. I just like hearing you talk."
Draco valiantly didn't blush. And while he described the beauty of the Cotswolds, he found himself mesmerized at the red and orange leaved trees that lined the road as they drove out of the city and into the peaceful countryside, with its steady beeping noise.
Wait…that wasn't right. Why was it beeping?
"Potter, there's something wrong with the car."
"Draco?"
He squeezed his eyes shut tight before he opened them, blinking as the unfamiliar room came into focus. He could feel his pulse pounding in his head as his mind raced in a heady mix of confusion and anxiety. What happened? Why wasn't he in his flat?
"You're in St. Mungos."
Draco's head nearly snapped as he turned to look at a pale-faced Harry sitting in the chair next to his bed. Near Harry stood an unfamiliar woman scribbling on a clipboard. She reached over onto a side table and handed Draco a paper cup. The water was cool, a relief for his parched, sandpaper throat.
"Mr. Malfoy, how do you feel?" She asked after he handed the cup back to her.
Draco closed his eyes to stop the room from spinning. "My head is killing me and I'm dizzy, but I'm okay. What happened?"
"Your fiancée found you unconscious in your flat. We completed a blood test and couldn't match the substance to anything we know—"
"I invented it," Draco grumbled. "Where is Astoria? Harry, what are you doing here?"
The healer pressed her lips together. "I'll leave you to gather yourself for a few minutes, but I'll be back soon to ask you more about that potion, and next steps from there, alright?"
Draco nodded. "Thank you, Healer...?"
She smiled. "I'm Healer Rostova. Press that pager if you need something, but otherwise, I'll be back in a little while." With that, she left the room, the door clicking softly behind her.
Draco turned to Harry, who regarded him with wide, worried eyes. "What happened? Why are you here?"
Harry bit his lip. "Astoria found you unconscious on your couch. She brought you here and then she, well...She called me."
"She—what?"
"She called me. She said you were in the hospital, and I didn't really think much beyond Apparating here."
"Why did she call you?"
"She said you were...talking in your sleep."
Draco blushed. "Oh."
"Yeah," Harry let out a humorless, breathy chuckle. "She figured it out, I think. She said to tell you that she's having her parents terminate the contract."
Draco closed his eyes, letting his head thud against the headboard and then instantly regretting it, gritting his teeth against the sharp pain. "Great. I bet Mother's furious."
"She'll come around."
"You don't know that. You don't know her."
"No, I don't, but hopefully she'll want you to do what makes you happy."
Draco clenched his jaw and looked away. "Happiness is easier to manage when it's artificial. I ran away from the only thing that ever brought me close to real happiness. I can't handle it."
"Then let's manage it together."
Draco closed his eyes, kept his head turned.
"Draco, look at me."
Slowly, Draco forced himself to look at Harry, opening his eyes to let the other man see the tears beginning to well.
Harry's expression was as pained, yet kind. "Do you have any idea how agonizing it has been to miss you?"
Draco's chest seized, sharp with regret. "I'm sorry," he whispered. "I thought it was what's best for both of us, I—"
"Shhh," Harry leaned forward, rubbing a soothing hand over Draco's. "We'll make it okay. We'll figure this out together, alright?"
Draco kept his eyes open, let himself enjoy happiness in full color. "Okay. Together."
Chapter 80: The Least I Can Do
Summary:
When you wake, there's a cup of tea waiting for you under a Stasis charm; cream and far too much sugar, just the way you like it.
It's the least I can do, really.
Notes:
For the microfic prompt "my juliana"
Chapter Text
When you wake, there's a cup of tea waiting for you under a Stasis charm; cream and far too much sugar, just the way you like it.
It's the least I can do, really.
I wonder if, when you read this, my body heat will have cooled from the left side of your bed. I wonder if, in your first moments of wakefulness, you'll reach over to pull me close only for your arm to fall on cool, soft sheets. I wonder if, after realizing my escape, you'll stumble out into the living room and discover my cowardice.
I've gone somewhere too small and nameless for a map, yet just big enough for me to carve out my own little corner of the world, in the shadows where I belong. Anonymity is my friend, finally, after shouldering the burden of my surname.
You deserve more. Your tea should be made by soft, uncalloused hands. Your bed should be warmed by people with kind eyes and clear hearts. Your flat should be full of your family and friends, brimming with love.
The best way I can give that to you is by not being part of it.
It's the least I can do.
Chapter 81: a wish your heart makes in your wildest dreams
Summary:
He checks his forearm once more to make sure the glamour is still holding and, seeing Potter standing alone, adjusts the silver Colombina mask on his face and approaches him.
Notes:
For the microfic prompt: "cinderella"
Chapter Text
Ask him to dance, the potion whispers in his ear. He checks his forearm once more to make sure the glamour is still holding and, seeing Potter standing alone, adjusts the silver Colombina mask on his face and approaches him.
Keep dancing, light, slow and easy. And it is easy, with Potter. Draco can't help but wonder if he could do this without the mask.
Offer your arm and ask if he'd like to take a stroll. Potter's hand is warm on Draco's arm as they make their way outside. The stars watch over them, greedy and protective.
Let his lips brush yours, and dream. Draco shivers at the light almost-touch of Potter's lips, his breathing slow and heavy.
They lean in, Draco's on the precipice, finally ready to fall—
Bong! Bong! Bong!
Draco drops Potter's hand, whispers, "Please, don't forget me." He turns and runs.
Go, now. Your luck has run out.
Chapter 82: took this dagger in me and removed it
Chapter Text
You look so peaceful like this. The harsh lines of your thinning face are relaxed, your piercing stare is shaded by your eyelids, your unclenched fists are guns with empty chambers.
This is how I like you best, asleep on the couch. You told me to be quiet, or there'd be consequences. You told me not to leave my room; to make my footsteps into the weightless movement of a ghost. But this is how I want to remember you: gentle and warm and unguarded.
I've studied you all my life. I practiced in the mirror, trying to see your features in mine. I tried to emulate the way you walk, the way you speak, the way you think. I wanted to live in the world you created for me — I was grateful for it — because you were the smartest person in my life. You knew better, and you knew more.
Tell me, so I know what not to do.
Tell me, so my future child knows how to distinguish love and fear. So I don't become a real ghost. So my feet and body can take up space without shame or terror or consequences.
Tell me, so I don't end up like you, sleeping on the couch because I've no need to be awake.
I don't want to argue, I don't want to confront you. I don't want to list all the ways you failed as a father and a husband and a human being.
I want to slip out the door without you noticing. I want you to wake up, disoriented and confused with sleep in your eyes. I want you to call for me and be met with silence. I want you to search every room of the house and shout my name, trying to ignore the growing sense of dread that pools in your stomach before you realize that I chose not to let myself die in order to continue living with you.
I won't miss you. I won't miss the crack of your clenched fist against the dining room table. I won't miss your sharp glares. I won't miss your disapproving scowls.
And you won't miss me. Oh, you might think you do. You'll miss the dutiful, terrified, and loving son. You'll miss the boy who made you his hero. You'll miss the person I was when you liked me, the person who earned your smiles.
But you won't miss me. How can you miss what you've never known?
I wish I could be there when you read the Prophet. I wish I could memorize the look on your face when you see the headline: "Congratulations to Harry and Draco Potter on their nuptials!" I wish I could be a ghost in the room when you realize that your name will die with you like a disease.
Tomorrow, I'll wake up wrapped in Harry's arms, warm in his bed. I'll make tea and he'll turn on the wireless.
And it won't just be okay. It'll be peaceful. It'll be loving. And it'll be mine.
I float to the door, turning to look at you once more, to remember you like this.
I cross the threshold. My body is whole and real.
I take a step forward.
Chapter 83: "right where you left me"
Summary:
The flatware used to gleam in the light of the chandelier, but dust isn't shiny, and time doesn't polish.
Notes:
Based on "right where you left me" by Taylor Swift
Chapter Text
The flatware used to gleam in the light of the chandelier, but dust isn't shiny, and time doesn't polish.
Outside, the winter snow is melting into budding spring flowers, the grass crinkling and browning in the summer sun, and the trees shedding orange and red leaves in the crisp fall air.
While I wait, I like to watch the tables and chairs be filled and emptied, changing like the tide. The diligent waitstaff cleans each surface in between seatings; the crumbs are swept up and tabletops are covered with starch-white cloths. My own table is littered with shards of glass and stained with tears and alfredo sauce and the traces of passing time.
I am mostly unbothered here, in my ghostly scene; waitstaff and customers look at me and through me and hope to avoid my fate; little do they know that heartbreak is as certain as death, and they will join me in this lonely cemetery. For a broken heart will beat; I still live day after terrible day.
But I stay. I haunt. I hope.
Here, in my corner, I wait for you, unable to do anything else. I wonder if you have red-haired children to make angels in the snow and if your wife plucks budding flowers from the ground. I wonder if you make lemonade for the hot sun and watch the first casualty of autumn drift from its delicate branch.
I wonder if my hair still gleams in the firelight, or if the dust has dulled that, too. I wonder if you'd like this—the way my heart, my body, my love have been preserved for you as if under a Stasis. I wonder if your eyes have faded or your skin is wrinkled with age, or if you, too, are immune to the debris of time, waiting for me.
One day I'll meet you here, among the gravestones, reduced to dust.
Chapter 84: i rose up from the dead, i do it all the time
Summary:
The earth was dry beneath his dirt-caked fingertips as he clawed his way through the soil, pulling himself up and out of the grave he'd known for longer than he could remember.
Notes:
MAJOR CONTENT WARNINGS FOR THIS CHAPTER: being buried alive, zombies/living dead kinda? dark Harry.
This was written for fear fest and the drarrymicrofic prompt graveyard.
Chapter Text
The earth was dry beneath his dirt-caked fingertips as he clawed his way through the soil, pulling himself up and out of the grave he'd known for longer than he could remember.
Standing on quaking, bloodless legs, he tried to brush some of the grime from his torn and tattered robes, but the effort was futile. It was no matter; he needn't pretend to be clean, letting the flesh reflect the madness and all that.
He reached into his frayed pocket, retrieving his wand. He smiled when the magic still responded to his lifeless form, the force just as supple and bright as the day he tasted power for the first time.
He closed his eyes and pointed the wand at his own chest. "Geminare!" His voice was raspy and he coughed violently against his unused throat, but it was enough. His rib twitched and snapped, causing him to hiss, but he watched as light seeped from his body to take shape. The colors swirled as the details began to form: wild black hair, green eyes, tanned skin, unsoiled.
His twin stumbled as the light dissipated, taking off his glasses to rub them on his fresh robes before placing them back on his nose.
Harry chuckled. "You won't be needing those any longer."
The man barely mumbled a "Huh?" before Harry pointed the wand at the newly formed, yet familiar chest. "Immobulus!"
The body fell to the ground, and he stood over it, lips pursed. "Is my hair really that messy?" He tilted his head, shrugging. "No matter. Time is running out."
He hoisted the body up and dropped it unceremoniously into the empty grave. It lay there, limp and frozen.
He lifted his wand and looked down at himself with a feral grin. "See you in a century, Harry," he said, lifting his wand and watching as the dirt poured over the body, trapping it beneath the earth.
Chapter 85: "i wish we'd met before they convinced you life is war"
Summary:
Harry's jaw tightened, the hand holding his outstretched wand trembling slightly. "You don't have to do this."
"Yes, I do."
"No, you don't!"
"You don't get it, do you?!" Malfoy spat. "If I don't do this, he will."
"We won't let him get that far."
"He already has!"
"How do you know that?"
Malfoy gestured around them. "I'm here, aren't I?"
Notes:
For the fearfest prompt: "they've killed before, they'll kill again!" Warning below, so ignore if you don't want spoilers:
Contains: blood, MCD
Chapter Text
"Put your wand on the ground and step away from the cabinet."
Harry watched as Malfoy froze, his hands gripping the wood; the other boy let out a low, deep chuckle as he drew his wand and turned around to face Harry.
"Oh hello, Potter. Come to see the show?"
Harry's jaw tightened, the hand holding his outstretched wand trembling slightly. "You don't have to do this."
"Yes, I do."
"No, you don't!"
"You don't get it, do you?!" Malfoy spat. "If I don't do this, he will."
"We won't let him get that far."
"He already has!"
"How do you know that?"
Malfoy gestured around them. "I'm here, aren't I?"
Harry started toward him, but Malfoy aimed his wand at Harry's chest. Harry stopped, raising his hands placatingly. "It's not too late. You don't have to finish fixing it. We can destroy it—together. And then we can go to Professor Dumbledore."
"I won't trade one power-hungry narcissist for another!"
"At least Dumbledore isn't trying to commit genocide! Voldemort has killed and will kill again, and you know it."
"At least the Dark Lord won't kill my parents if I'm successful. I'm fairly certain your side doesn't care whether we live or die."
"I do. I care. Is that not enough?"
Malfoy's jaw twitched. "It can't be. Not anymore."
Something in Harry's chest twisted painfully. "I wish that we'd been friends sooner."
"Potter—"
"I wish you'd let me protect you and your mother. I wish you'd make the right choice, for once!"
"I wish you'd leave me the fuck alone!" Malfoy growled, forcefully casting a defensive spell, which Harry blocked.
They hurled hexes and jinxes and curses at one another, streams of magic flying around the room and singeing random objects in the cluttered Room. Finally, after dodging a particularly nasty spell, Harry snarled, "Sectumsempra!"
Malfoy immediately collapsed on the ground, blood seeping through his clothes. Harry watched in horror as Malfoy's chest rose and fell in shallow breaths. He ran over to Malfoy, kneeling next to him.
"Malfoy, I'm sorry, I never meant —let me—"
"No," Malfoy croaked, grimacing.
"What–what are you—no! Malfoy, I'm going to get help—"
"Don't."
"But—"
A hand wrapped around Harry's wrist. "Don't."
Harry gaped at him. "Malfoy, you could die!" His eyes welled with tears. "I won't kill you, I can't kill you, I never meant to—"
"Better..." Malfoy wheezed, his voice strained. "Better you than him."
"What—Malfoy, I’m going to get someone, you probably don’t have much time, just—”
"Harry, shh. Wait. Promise me."
Harry froze. "What?"
"Promise you'll kill him."
Harry breathed in sharply. "I'll try."
He moved to get up, but Malfoy's hand gently covered the back of Harry's hand, nimble fingers touching the words carved into his skin. "Promise me, Harry," he whispered so softly Harry could hardly hear him.
"I will," Harry's voice cracked.
Malfoy closed his eyes. Finally, his chest rose in a deep breath. He exhaled, his lips forming the word "Hi," just before his body stilled.
"No!" Harry cried, shaking him. "No, you're not dead, Malfoy — Draco, come back! Draco." Harry let himself fall over the limp, bloody body, sobbing into his own arms.
After it felt like hours had passed and every tear had been drained from his eyes, Harry stood, cleaning the smeared blood from his skin and clothes. He knew he should call for help, but for the moment he felt himself walk to the cabinet, running his fingers along the smooth wood.
Before, the idea of facing Voldemort head-on, once and for all, seemed like something abstract, yet inevitable. He'd known on some level since fourth year that it would come to this, but with all the sleepless nights and odd meetings with Dumbledore and finding out about the prophecy last year, it was becoming increasingly clear that only he or Voldemort would come out of the war alive. Before, the idea of taking a life, of killing someone, was so abhorrent and unthinkable that Harry had never let himself come to terms with the possibility.
But with Draco's lifeless, bloodied body crumpled on the floor, Harry knew he had no choice.
He's done it before; he can do it again.
Chapter 86: A List of Facts
Summary:
1. He loves treacle tart, to the point that he will forego dinner when it is offered alongside legitimate food for his meal. He will eat his dessert last like a dignified human in any other circumstances but show him treacle tart and he can’t help but dig right in.
Notes:
CW: angst, post-break up, unhappy ending
Chapter Text
1. He loves treacle tart, to the point that he will forego dinner when it is offered alongside legitimate food for his meal. He will eat his dessert last like a dignified human in any other circumstances but show him treacle tart and he can’t help but dig right in.
2. He loves Quidditch, but not just because it’s competitive. He loves the feeling of flying, the wind in his hair. He loves the freedom, the chase of looking for the snitch. He loves having a single-minded mission and focus to find this little fluttering ball that’s meant to fool him.
3. He throws his head back when he laughs. His cheeks turn red and sometimes his eyes get a little teary. But he laughs with his full chest when he does, and it’s the brightest sound I’ve ever heard.
4. He’s so much more creative than he lets on. He loves making little doodles of imaginary characters in his notebooks. I asked him about it once when we were sitting under the tree by the water, and he said it was just something he’d pictured in his mind, an image he had to get on parchment.
5. He hates cardamom, and anything flavored with it. The man’s palate is so unrefined as to have an obsession with orange soda, but if cardamom is in any dish, he can taste it.
6. He loves the American Muggle film “Young Frankenstein.” He insisted on showing it to me one afternoon, and he spent the whole time patiently answering my questions about the plot and the characters and if anyone else showed it to me I’d think it was obnoxious. But with him, I loved it.
7. He doesn’t cry often, but when he does, it’s heart-breaking because someone so lovely, so utterly good should never be made to cry.
8. He’s the biggest dork I know. He’s constantly making strange jokes and puns, and he always has some odd new activity he wants to try. He roped me into making a hybrid of a cake and a tart and I’d never admit it but I’ve kept the recipe all these years.
9. I always wanted to write him a story, one starring those little people he was doodling. I wanted to help describe the world created by his mind. I wanted to do it together, for it to be ours.
10. This list—everything I know about him—is useless. I have all of this love and nowhere to put it, because he doesn’t want it anymore.
Chapter 87: i ain't afraid of no ghost
Summary:
"C'mon! It's coming!" Harry called behind him as he ran up the steps of the Ministry building. The crowd was screaming in terror as it swarmed in its escape out of the building, but he pushed through the mob to make his way up to the top.
Chapter Text
"C'mon! It's coming!" Harry called behind him as he ran up the steps of the Ministry building. The crowd was screaming in terror as it swarmed in its escape out of the building, but he pushed through the mob to make his way up to the top.
"Potter, what is your plan, exactly?" Draco huffed close behind him.
Harry rolled his eyes, endlessly fond. "Let's get closer and figure it out from there."
"How predictable," Pansy said evenly, seemingly entirely unaffected by the physical exertion of running up a set of stairs. "Going up against an evil ghost without a strategy. You do realize the rest of us are mere mortals, right Potter?"
"Oh, lay off him, Pans," Ginny interjected, flicking her long red hair over her shoulder. "Harry, we're all here. What do you want to do?"
Harry turned his eyes up to the ghost, which was currently chasing Zacharias Smith around the lobby. Smith let out a blood-curdling scream as he followed the crowd down the steps. The ghost went after him but stopped when it locked eyes with Harry, making his breath catch.
His blood raced with anxiety and anticipation as he turned to look at Draco meaningfully. Draco narrowed his eyes in suspicion and then shook his head rapidly.
"No, Harry, no! I know what you're thinking and this truly has to be one of your worst ideas."
"We don't have a choice, Draco."
Pansy groaned. “Can you two please stop doing that weird, coupley, silent communication thing?”
“Oh, like you and Ginevra are any better,” Draco scowled, despite the blush taking over his cheeks.
Ginny sighed. “Guys, not the time! Harry—what are you talking about?”
Harry sighed. “We need to cross the streams.”
Pansy paled. “But, that could—”
Harry shook his head. “It's the only way. This ghost is too powerful. But I think if we can combine the powers of our proton streams, it’ll be enough to blast it." He looked at Draco expectantly. "Are you all with me?"
Ginny nodded, nudging Pansy with her arm until Pansy grunted her assent, glaring half-heartedly at Ginny, who smiled and pecked her on the cheek. Pansy blushed.
Draco gazed back at Harry, and then sighed. "Potter, if we die, I'm going to kill you."
Harry snorted. "I've no doubt about that. Now, are we ready?"
Pansy groaned. "Let's get this over with."
"That's the spirit," Harry murmured, turning toward the ghost. "Alright, grab your stick!"
They reached behind and held onto their proton guns. "Holdin'!"
"Heat 'em up!"
They switched them on. "Smokin'!"
"On my count," Harry aimed his gun at the ghost, which was darting back and forth in the Ministry entryway. "One, two, three—now!"
All four of them switched on their proton streams. Ginny merged hers with Harry's first, followed by Pansy, and then finally Draco until they had made one bright stream of protons. Harry grunted as he aimed the stream toward the ghost, catching it in its path.
The light swelled inside of the ghost, which groaned and sputtered. Suddenly, the ghost burst, staining everything with green slime.
"We're not dead, are we?" Pansy asked, wiping away slime from her cheeks. "Potter, you're the death expert, is this the afterlife? Or am I actually covered in ghost guts?"
"No, we're alive. Messy," Harry shook gunk off of his left hand, "but alive."
"Well, I for one am going to celebrate being alive with a nice, long shower." Draco walked away, turning his head back at Harry. "Coming, Potter?"
Chapter 88: Fabulous
Summary:
High School Musical (2) Drarry AU? This was written to convince my friend to like HSM. It did not work, but she enjoyed it still, and I hope you do too :)
Chapter Text
"Mate, I'm so ready for summer. I need this break," Ron sighed, shutting his locker. "Exams left me knackered."
"Oh, poor you," Hermione snorted softly next to him. "All that stress watching me study. Must've been so mentally taxing."
Ron smirked, wrapping an arm around her. "Your stress is mine, baby," he said, grinning when Hermione blushed.
"Your only stress is when the dining room is out of pudding," Harry snickered, jerking away when Ron tried to hit him lightly on the arm.
"Speaking of stress, where's your pet ferret?" Ron looked around. "Probably off somewhere terrorizing younger students, or spending his Daddy's money, or—"
"Or, wondering why his boyfriend's mates are such dunderheads—excluding Granger, of course," a posh drawl came from behind them. Draco crossed his arms and raised an eyebrow at Ron, who scoffed.
Harry felt butterflies erupt in his stomach. "Er, guys, can I have a minute with Draco?"
Ron grumbled something under his breath as Hermione said "of course, Harry," and steered him away, leaving Draco and Harry to themselves.
Draco's smug grin fell away into something softer. "What's going on, Potter?"
Harry took a deep breath. "I have something for you."
Draco's eyebrows furrowed. "What is it?"
"Er, turn around?"
Draco frowned but turned his back to Harry, who clenched his jaw. It was now or never. He reached into his pocket and took out a silver chain, latching it carefully around Draco's neck.
Draco faced Harry again, looking at the chain around his neck in awe. "'H?' As in Harry?"
Harry nodded. "Yeah, I just...You're mine, and between football practice and whatever bullshite my Uncle makes me do this summer, I just don't know when I'll get the chance to see you, so this is to tell you that...you're a priority. And I'm always with you, even when I'm not."
Draco looked at him silently, his mouth agape.
Harry shifted slightly under the searching gaze. "Well, do you like it? Say something!"
Suddenly, Draco surged forward, pressing his lips to Harry's and pushing him against the lockers. Harry wrapped his hands around Draco's waist and closed his eyes, melting into the kiss until they pulled apart at the sound of a delicate but firm cough.
"Surely you gentlemen can take this...recreational activity off campus, now that the year has ended?" Professor McGonagall said with the exhaustion of a woman who sounded like she needed a trip to the spa.
Harry flushed. "Sorry Professor."
She sighed. "Just...get out of here. Have a good summer." With that, she turned and walked away. Harry let out a relieved sigh but blushed again at the snickering students nearby as they giggled and whispered, sneaking glances at him and Draco.
But Draco smirked, wrapping his arms around Harry's neck. "Thank you, Harry. I love it. And we'll make time to see each other. It'll work out."
Harry rested his forehead against Draco's. "I hope so. I just want this summer to be fun."
Draco grinned. "Don't worry, Harry. This summer is going to be fabulous."
Chapter 89: Portrait to Burn
Chapter Text
"Draco, darling, might you put another log on the fire?"
Draco smirked. "Of course, Mother."
"This isn't funn—" Lucius's enchanted voice from inside the portrait frame was garbled by the flames that briefly shot up around him. He scowled, much to the delight of Draco and Narcissa.
"Having him sit for a portrait just before getting the Kiss was truly inspired, Mother," Draco said with a wicked grin. "This way we can serve a little justice of our own, now that the Ministry's done its part."
Narcissa's eyes twinkled. "It was only fair, darling, that the punishment fit the crime. He used us, our power, and our love—so he becomes fuel for our fire. Isn't that right, Lucius?"
The portrait mumbled something unintelligible, the sound garbled as the paint chipped and melted.
Draco raised an eyebrow. "Eloquent as ever, Father."
Narcissa laughed. "Now, Draco, be respectful of your Father. Why don't you tell him the big news?"
"Oh, but of course, Mother! Father, I'm sure you'll be happy to hear that Harry proposed! You were always such a fervent supporter of our relationship. I'd invite you to the wedding, but I imagine you'll be elsewhere that day...and every day from now on."
An irate shout was swallowed as the rest of the portrait was engulfed in flames, turning the remnants of Lucius Malfoy's magical essence into mere dust and ashes. Narcissa lifted her glass to clink it against Draco's, and the crisp champagne was very refreshing. It was a scorching hot afternoon, after all.
Chapter 90: "Happily"
Summary:
Harry's hand gripped his pint as he watched the stranger wrap possessive arms around Draco's lithe, leather-clad hips to bring them flush against each other. He lifted the glass to his lips, letting the bitter ale warm his tongue, his throat, his stomach.
But a deep chill settled in his bones when the man started kissing Draco's neck. Draco tilted his head back and closed his eyes, letting the stranger make his way to exposed collarbones that Harry had loved to nibble just to make Draco shiver in his arms.
"Harry. This is insanity."
"I know! They're practically fucking on the dance floor!"
"I meant you."
Notes:
Based on "Happily" by One Direction
Chapter Text
Harry's hand gripped his pint as he watched the stranger wrap possessive arms around Draco's lithe, leather-clad hips to bring them flush against each other. He lifted the glass to his lips, letting the bitter ale warm his tongue, his throat, his stomach.
But a deep chill settled in his bones when the man started kissing Draco's neck. Draco tilted his head back and closed his eyes, letting the stranger make his way to exposed collarbones that Harry had loved to nibble just to make Draco shiver in his arms.
"Harry. This is insanity."
"I know! They're practically fucking on the dance floor!"
"I meant you."
His head whirled toward Hermione, who shrugged. "You look torn between drooling over Malfoy and wanting to rip his dance partner's arms from his body."
Harry scowled. "I'm just concerned, alright? I'm a former Auror, and what they're up to is borderline public indecency."
Hermione gestured to the other gyrating couples and groups around the room. "And yet you don't seem to be staring down anyone else. There's a couple over there who are practically undressing each oth—oh, Merlin—Dean! Seamus! You're in public!"
Harry turned back to his pint and his surveillance, only for the sight in front of him to make him want to shatter his glass against the wall.
The stranger had insinuated his tongue down Draco's throat, letting his hands wander all over Draco's body. Draco, for his part, kept his hands clasped around the man's neck. His eyes were open, while the stranger's were closed in bliss, and Harry's heart lurched in his chest.
I can do better than that.
The next thing he knew, his feet were carrying him through the crowd and up to where Draco and the man were still making out. Draco noticed Harry approach and pulled away with a raised eyebrow.
"Potter? Can we help you?" Draco drawled.
Harry clenched his jaw as he looked into sharp gray eyes. "We can't but you can."
The stranger scoffed. "Can it wait? We were sort of in the middle of something."
Harry turned his most menacing glare at the stranger. "Fuck off."
"Why should I?" The man snarled. "I saw him first."
Harry chuckled darkly, his magic thrumming under his skin. "Unless you have a time-turner to take you back fifteen years, no you didn't."
"Potter, what are you doing?" Draco huffed, crossing his arms.
Harry softened his expression as he turned to Draco. "What I should've done weeks ago." He took Draco's wrist and pulled him away from the stranger and into his arms. He reached up and cupped the side of Draco's head, threading his fingers into silky hair.
Draco's eyes fluttered as their breaths mingled. Harry leaned in closer and whispered, "Let me, please."
After Draco's minute nod, Harry closed the distance and brought their lips together in a searing kiss. He licked into Draco's mouth, trying to savor the taste, the sensation he'd been craving for a long, lonely two months.
They pulled apart for air, their foreheads pressed together as they caught their breaths. Harry's heart pounded, and his magic was singing as it rushed excitedly through his body.
Suddenly, Harry felt a familiar tug at his navel, and the next moment he knew he was in his bedroom, his arms still wrapped around Draco's waist.
Draco blinked, then pushed Harry away. "What are you playing at?"
"I—I'm sorry, I didn't mean to, I just—" he swallowed. "Sometimes, when my, er, emotions are high, my magic acts before I can think."
"Okay—just so I understand. You unknowingly used wandless and wordless magic to Apparate us out of the club because...you had a lot of feelings?"
Harry blushed. "Well, when you put it like that it sounds pathetic."
Draco shook his head. "No."
"No?"
"Not pathetic, not in the least." Draco stepped forward, wrapping his arms around Harry's neck.
Harry's lips quirked up as he let his hands find Draco's waist again. "So, are you alright with the world knowing about us, then?"
Draco raised an eyebrow. "As I recall, I wasn't the one worried about dating publicly."
Harry blushed again. "I know. It was stupid of me, Merlin. I'm sorry."
"It's not stupid," Draco shrugged. "I'm a former Death Eater. Tying yourself to me is...not an easy decision to make."
Harry's heart clenched. "Is that why you think I—" he swallowed against a lump that quickly formed in his throat.
Draco furrowed his eyebrows in confusion. "Wasn't it?"
"No!" Harry said, incredulous. "No, Draco, I wasn't ashamed of you. I was afraid of them." He gestured vaguely to the window.
"Who?"
"The press! The public! Every other relationship I've had was ruined because of them, and I didn't want to put you through that—put us through that."
Draco raised an eyebrow. "You think I can't handle them? That I haven't been inundated with Howlers and lurid headlines in the Prophet?"
Harry blinked. "Oh. I guess...I never thought about that."
Draco snorted. "Clearly."
"So, where does that leave us? I'm down for anything, whatever you want. I can be casual, i-if you want." Harry forced his jaw shut to stop his rambling, his cheeks heating.
Draco smirked, his eyes twinkling with mirth. "I think we can do better than that."
Chapter 91: "Love is a Battlefield"
Summary:
Harry walked briskly down the empty corridor, checking over his shoulder at the smallest noise. His cloak shielded him from sight, but he couldn't be too careful. He figured the professors wouldn't begrudge any of the Eighth Years a late-night stroll—least of all him—but he wasn't ready to answer questions about where he was going, what he was doing. Not when he wasn't ready to answer them to himself.
Notes:
CW: violence (bc they duel lol)
Chapter Text
Harry walked briskly down the empty corridor, checking over his shoulder at the smallest noise. His cloak shielded him from sight, but he couldn't be too careful. He figured the professors wouldn't begrudge any of the Eighth Years a late-night stroll—least of all him—but he wasn't ready to answer questions about where he was going, what he was doing. Not when he wasn't ready to answer them to himself.
Finally, he found the Room and checked down both ends of the hallway once more before opening the door.
Malfoy's head jerked up and his hand flew to his wand as Harry entered, removing the cloak when the door shut behind him.
"Malfoy."
"Potter."
"How are you?"
"I think we can skip the pleasantries, don't you?"
Something twisted in Harry's chest. "Fine. Ready?"
"Always," Draco snarled, his lip curled, quickly drawing his wand and hurling a hex at Harry.
Harry barely dodged it, and then he responded in kind. Soon, they were almost moving in tandem. The room was silent other than the sounds of their casting, but Harry felt himself and Malfoy fall into a rhythm that could only be classified as musical. Their grunts, the thrum of spells in the air, their shoes squeaking against the wood floor—it was a symphony he could only hear, only share, with Malfoy.
Malfoy, with sweat glistening on his forehead and a few buttons of his posh shirt undone. Malfoy, whose raw magical power didn't match Harry's but his aim was more precise than Harry'd ever seen; it was so unlike his own magic style, which was robust but erratic, unpredictable. Harry's magic was a bomb—all-consuming and volatile, but likely to lead to unintended casualties in its wake. Malfoy's was a bullet from a gun—quick, precise, and deadly, but requiring perfect aim.
They'd been doing this—meeting here—since the third week of the term when McGonagall had barely stopped Harry from giving Malfoy a black eye in the middle of the corridor.
"Gentlemen, you must set an example for the rest of the students. Enough of this childish fighting." She'd said, her lips pursed in disappointment. And with that, she had locked them in the Room of Requirement with instructions to "Work it out."
Silence had turned to bickering, which became hexes, which ended with them nearly destroying the Room in the process. They'd quickly repaired all that they'd broken and finished, miraculously, before McGonagall had returned.
Then, by silent agreement, they'd started meeting there, once a week, and doing...whatever this was.
Harry was shaken from his thoughts as his wand flew from his fingers and into Malfoy's outstretched palm. Malfoy's face shifted from awe to a smug smirk.
"Ha! Take that, Potter, I win!"
Harry's magic thrummed underneath his skin, building to a crescendo in his ears. He closed his eyes and held up a hand, twirling his fingers. Malfoy gasped as ropes suddenly appeared and pinned him to the wall, causing him to drop both wands. Harry flicked his fingers again, and Malfoy yelped, jerking his head to the side as a red handprint bloomed on his pale cheek.
"You were saying?"
Malfoy's eyes were wide, his pupils blown. The ropes were pulled taut across his body, causing his shirt to ride up slightly and reveal a sliver of pale skin just above his belly button. Malfoy's muscles flexed under the binds. Malfoy's tongue peeked out and ran over his parted lips. Harry's breath caught at the sight of Malfoy: tied down and completely at his mercy.
"Potter, if you're not going to let me down from here, would you at least hand me my wand so I can do it myself?"
Harry shook himself, feeling his cheeks heat. He waved his fingers twice: once to undo the ropes and again to Summon back his wand from the floor. Malfoy landed gracefully on his feet. He picked up his wand and brushed off his clothes, rubbing his cheek with a frown.
Harry swallowed. "So, er, do you want to go again?"
"No," Malfoy said, his voice gruff.
"Oh, o-okay. Goodnight, then," Harry stammered.
Malfoy walked to the door of the Room, stopping when he opened the door and was about to cross the threshold. He looked over his shoulder at Harry. "Until next week, Potter." And then he was gone.
Harry felt himself slump, the tension in his shoulders releasing as he let out a deep sigh. He waited to feel the rush of victory, the giddiness of having bested Malfoy, but instead, images of pale limbs bound by tight ropes, barely parted lips, and bright, trusting eyes flashed in his mind.
Harry closed his eyes. He was so, so screwed.
Chapter 92: little do you know i need a little more time
Summary:
"If you need an answer now, it has to be no."
Chapter Text
"If you need an answer now, it has to be no."
"...Why?"
"I'm not ready. I can't...It's not fair to either of us, Harry. All my heart can do for now is keep me alive and I can't give it away when it's just learning to beat again."
"Then take mine, Draco. Be mine."
"I need to belong to myself. I need to own myself, for once."
"Then I'll wait."
"...You shouldn't."
"I want to. I'll wait, Draco."
"I don't know how long it'll take. If ever."
"You don't have to know. "
"I wish I was ready for you. I wish I was ready to love. I wish I could do more than...exist."
"That's all you need to do."
"What?"
"Exist. You, exactly as you are; that's enough for me. I hope you'll find me again when you realize that you're enough for yourself, too."
"I will, Harry. I promise."
Chapter 93: i will love you my whole life through
Summary:
Draco rested his head on Harry's shoulder. "It's not torture, Harry. It's grief. It never really goes away, and that's alright. You don't have to justify it. It's okay to let yourself be sad for a while—for as long as you need. I'll be here the whole time, and forever after."
Notes:
For the microfic prompts "pensieve" and "lullaby"
The lyrics are from a lullaby my mother used to sing to me called "Bon Soir Dame"
Chapter Text
"Sleep, my love, and dream as you do. / I will love you my whole life through. / All my dreams depending on you. / Only say that you love me too." She rocked the baby in her arms back and forth, singing softly. Harry watched invisibly from the corner as she kissed the child's messy black hair and carefully set him in the crib.
She leaned over, brushing the wild curls from the baby's unblemished forehead. "Good night, my love."
A lump rose in Harry's throat. "Good night, mum."
Suddenly, a slender hand squeezed his own. "She loved you, Harry. So much. They both did." Draco's gray eyes, usually so steely and sharp, were full of tears.
Harry nodded, letting out a shaky breath. "I know. I just...I don't know why I torture myself like this every year."
Draco rested his head on Harry's shoulder. "It's not torture, Harry. It's grief. It never really goes away, and that's alright. You don't have to justify it. It's okay to let yourself be sad for a while—for as long as you need. I'll be here the whole time, and forever after."
Harry pulled Draco into his arms, letting the other man rest his head on his chest. The memory shifted and restarted. Harry let love and grief wrap around him, lingering and intertwined.
Chapter 94: "we did that too"
Summary:
"Am I not enough for you? Was I gone so long that you had to seek out a replacement for me? Because trust me, Potter, no one can replace me in your life," Draco felt thunderous. "No one."
Chapter Text
Draco strode confidently down the hall, already smirking. He couldn't wait to walk into his and Harry's office, witty repartee on his tongue. He'd spent his time whilst sick thinking of ways to build on their foundation as auror partners to take their flirty-insult banter to the next level. They'd been dancing around each other for months, and the silver lining of Draco's time off had been the satisfaction that Harry would learn what life would be like without him for a few days.
Draco knew the tension would be thick after building up for so long. Perhaps it would culminate in some desperate snogging session after a near-death experience as Harry pushed him against the wall and grasped at his robes and—
"I already told you, it's not my fault!" Draco heard Harry nearly growl from outside their office door. Draco peered through the small crack in the doorway as Harry slammed down a stack of files onto the desk. "The suspect got away before either of us could apprehend him!"
Draco stared as Devin, another auror, sneered and jerked back his head to get a fallen lock of blond hair out of his eyes. "You're the one who insisted on charging into the room without a plan. He Apparated away at the first sight of the bloody Saviour."
"Oh, I suppose you think you'd have done better, do you?" Harry narrowed his eyes.
Devin let out a derisive laugh. "I know I would've, Potter."
"Gods, I've never met a more arrogant, entitled prick in my life!"
Something icy formed knots in Draco's stomach, and he felt the breath leave his chest in a whoosh.
He stood there, trying to consider his next move. Should he take another sick day? Should he request a new partner? Should he run away to some distant island and never return? Maybe there was some abandoned Malfoy-owned property he could take for himself and—
Just then, the door opened, nearly hitting him in the face. Harry stood in the threshold, his expression shifting from confusion to relief.
"Draco, thank Merlin you're back, I—"
Draco glared at him. "Oh, so you missed me, did you?"
Harry's eyebrows furrowed. "What?"
"Because it seems you had plenty of fun in my absence. Should I leave you two alone? Request a different partner?"
"What are you on about?" Harry's voice raised incredulously. "Are you alright? Are you still sick?"
"You'd love that, wouldn't you? Any chance to replace me!"
Devin cleared his throat, smirking when they turned to look at him. "No, I'll leave you both to, er, getting reacquainted." He brushed past them, turning to look at Draco with a wink before he walked away, his cackle filling the hallway.
Draco valiantly fought back his embarrassed blush and glared at Harry again as he pushed them both into the office and slammed the door. Harry's expression had shifted to confused frustration. "Draco what the hell?"
"I could ask you the same!" Draco threw his hands in the air.
"Why are you so upset? What did I do wrong?"
"I heard you bickering with him!"
"Yeah, he's a prick!"
"You said he was the most entitled prick you know! What, am I nothing to you?"
"W-what?"
"Am I not enough for you? Was I gone so long that you had to seek out a replacement for me? Because trust me, Potter, no one can replace me in your life," Draco felt thunderous. "No one."
Harry's jaw had dropped, his eyes wide. He sputtered for a moment and then let out a shocked chuckle. "Draco are you kidding me?"
"Do I appear to be joking, Potter?"
"Are you seriously calling me 'Potter'?"
"Good to know you still have listening comprehension skills, Potter, truly a relief," Draco drawled.
Harry laughed brightly. "Merlin I missed you."
Draco stuck his nose in the air. "Well, it seems to me that Devin was a great comfort in my absence. I hope you two are very happy together."
Harry rolled his eyes. "Draco, please. I don't like Devin at all. He's an arse. I like fighting with you much more."
Draco glared. "You're just saying that."
"No, I'm not." Harry came up close to Draco, lacing their fingers together. "You're my favorite person to argue with. You know why?"
"Why?"
Harry smirked and leaned in, his lips brushing Draco's ear, causing him to shudder.
"Because no one could replace you in my life, Draco. No one."
Chapter 95: Listen to Your Delicate Heart on Cornelia Street
Summary:
"I've known you for your whole life, and you have talked about Harry Potter non-stop since you were eleven years old. Are you honestly telling me that, now that you have the opportunity to be with him, you don't know what the next step is?"
Notes:
A prompt request for three songs as part of the 99 songs challenge. They were combined into one fic. The songs are: "Listen to Your Heart," by Roxette, and "Cornelia Street" and "Delicate" by Taylor Swift.
Chapter Text
Draco shut the door to the flat with a decisive click, letting himself sink against the solid wood panel and slide to the ground, wrapping his arms around his legs and burying his head in the open space.
He didn't look up at the sound of footsteps entering the room, stopping with a sigh, and then approaching him. He didn't lift his head until he heard a grunt above him, letting his gaze meet Blaises' deep brown eyes and extended hand.
He didn't move to get up, and Blaise huffed, dropping his hand. "You're getting your outfit dirty, you know."
Draco scowled. "Let it. I'm going to be alone forever. There's no one to see my dirty clothes, anyway."
Blaise's eyebrows rose high on his forehead. "He really did a number on you, huh?"
"It's not his fault," Draco sighed. "I'm the one who told him I needed time."
"It's been a day. Do you still need more time?"
"Of course I do," Draco knit his eyebrows. "I don't know what to do."
To Draco's surprise, Blaise laughed, shaking his head. "That's such bullshite."
"Excuse me? You're not in my head, Blaise, you don't know that!"
"I've known you for your whole life, and you have talked about Harry Potter non-stop since you were eleven years old. Are you honestly telling me that, now that you have the opportunity to be with him, you don't know what the next step is?"
Draco narrowed his eyes. "It's not that simple."
"Yes, it is. If there is one constant in this fucked-up world, it is your feelings for Potter. Don't deny it, Draco. Every time you come back from seeing him you're all doe-eyed and blushing. You listen to love songs for hours afterward. I would know," Blaise smirked. "We share a wall, and your silencing charms are shite."
Draco scowled again. "What's your point, Blaise?"
"You know what you want, Draco. You're afraid to let yourself have it."
"I'll have you know that I am very good at self-indulgence. Just last week I bought myself those cufflinks I've been wanting for weeks."
"Maybe, but buying cufflinks isn't the same as admitting to yourself that you want to let someone else in." Blaise sank down to his knees, squatting in front of Draco. "You're scared," he said, his voice soft. "And that's okay. But don't let that fear get in the way of letting yourself be happy."
Draco looked away. "When did you become a sap?"
Blaise rolled his eyes. "I contain multitudes. Look, I'll leave you to dirtying your suit in misery if you want, but let me just say one more thing."
"What?"
"You've worked your arse off to get where you are. There is quite literally nothing Potter or the press or anyone could do to you that you haven't already faced. You have nothing to lose and everything to gain."
Draco was silent for a moment, and then he nodded. "Thanks."
Blaise nodded as he stood back up again. "You're welcome. And promise me something."
"What?"
"If you ever bring Potter over here, let him cast the silencing charms."
Harry's mouth was agape when he saw Draco standing in the doorway.
"Sorry about my clothes, I know they're dirty," Draco blurted, his cheeks heating.
Harry's eyebrows furrowed in confusion. "You look fine, Draco. I just didn't expect to hear from you so soon."
Draco nodded. "Can I come in?"
"Yeah, of course," Harry stepped aside, letting Draco cross the threshold.
Harry's flat was such a stark contrast to the one he shared with Blaise. It was warm, bright, and cluttered in a constant state of organized chaos that was just this side of messy and somehow endearing, much like its owner, who was now standing in front of Draco and clearly trying not to fidget in his nervousness.
"Alright, I suppose I'll just...be out with it," Draco steeled himself, forcing his eyes to meet Harry's. "I want you—this. I-I want this with you. And I like you, a lot. I think I have for a long time."
Harry visibly relaxed, but he nodded frantically. "Okay. Yeah, me too."
"I just...I'm tired of not letting myself be happy. And you'll make me happy, I think."
A small, somewhat shaky smile curved Harry's lips. "Good. I want to try. Because I think you'll make me happy, too. You already do."
Draco cleared his throat against the blush that spread across his cheeks again. "Okay, good. But there's one more thing. And part of me doesn't want to say it because I don't want to scare you. I don't want you to think I have any intention to leave, or that I'm not in it for the long haul, because I am, honestly, I am, but..." he trailed off, forcing down the tears that welled in his eyes.
"Go on, it's alright," Harry said, his voice and expression both gentle.
Draco took a shuddering breath. "I don't want to hurt you," he said, his voice barely above a whisper. "I'm terrified of waking up one day and just—shutting down. Of not being the person you need, that you deserve, and just leaving because I've convinced myself I'm protecting myself—and you."
Harry's face fell. "Oh, Draco," he said softly, coming over to take Draco's hands in his. "I'm not afraid. I trust you." Harry lifted one of his hands and placed it gently on Draco's chest, over his heart. "And have you ever known me to let something I care about go without a fight? Do you really think I'd let you walk away just because you're scared?" Harry shook his head. "If this ends, it'll be because we can't make it work—not because we're afraid to."
Draco swallowed against the lump in his throat. "How can you be so sure?"
"I just am," Harry said, his eyes shining. "I'm sure about you. And what was that you said about not deserving me? Draco, all you ever have to be is yourself."
Draco lifted a hand to cover Harry's on his own chest. He closed his eyes and breathed, whispering "Thank you," into the space between them. "I just, I want you to know that this," he squeezed Harry's hand where it rested over his heart. "Is yours. I think it always has been."
Harry sucked in a breath and gently placed Draco's hand over his own heart. "Just so you know," he murmured, looking at Draco under his eyelashes, "it's an even trade."
Chapter 96: the taste of hope
Summary:
Rosemary chicken, golden brown and fresh from the oven. Mashed potatoes, smooth and melt-on-your-fork creamy. Crisp, well-seasoned roasted vegetables, and strawberry pie with a flakey crust.
It all tasted like sand in Draco's mouth; like mushy, flavorless sludge.
Notes:
For the drarry microfic prompt: feast
Chapter Text
Rosemary chicken, golden brown and fresh from the oven. Mashed potatoes, smooth and melt-on-your-fork creamy. Crisp, well-seasoned roasted vegetables, and strawberry pie with a flakey crust.
It all tasted like sand in Draco's mouth; like mushy, flavorless sludge.
Pansy had insisted on his attending the Ministry gala. "If you don't you'll only languish in your flat with nothing but a stale bottle of wine and the same worn, spunk-stained romance novels to keep you occupied."
Draco had protested—he was well-practiced at Scourgify, thanks ever so. But both his inability to refute the other accusations and Pansy's forcing him out of bed the morning of the event found him sitting at a table between her and Blaise, pretending to savor the meal in front of him.
His mind kept shifting to images of his father, out of his mind at Janus Thickey. He'd tried to visit him on multiple occasions, but the staff had stopped him every time, their lips stretched into thin, grim lines and their heads shaking, "We're sorry, Mr. Malfoy, but it's not safe. We'll let you know."
Grief and worry were thick in his throat, wet in his eyes, cold in his bones. Only the red wine in his glass could get past his tongue and warm him for a few moments of relief, his eyes finally a bit blurred around the edges and hazy.
He drained his glass and reached for the bottle only for Pansy to take it from him with a disapproving click of her tongue. "That's enough for the evening, Draco dear." She flicked her wand, and Draco scowled at the sensation of a sobering charm coursing through his veins.
He opened his mouth to protest, but Pansy raised an eyebrow, leaned in to whisper, "You'll thank me later," and jerked her head slightly toward the entrance.
Draco followed the movement and felt his eyes sharpen, his throat clear and his body warm.
Potter, still in his Auror trainee robes, was grinning and walking up to where they sat at the table.
Pansy grinned, standing from her seat to accept Potter's peck on the cheek. "Potter, so glad you could make it."
"Thanks, Parkinson. Sorry I'm late, training ran over time."
Pansy let her eyes trail up and down Potter's form. "I can see it's paying off well," she purred, and Potter blushed.
Draco cleared his throat. "Hello, Potter."
Green eyes glittered as they looked at Draco. "Malfoy, good to see you." Potter's gaze flicked down to Draco's still full plate, in contrast to the empty ones of the guests around him. "How's the food?"
Pansy chuckled. "Nearly gone now, Potter—though our Draco doesn't seem too hungry. Perhaps you two could share his plate."
Potter flushed again, glancing at Draco again with a frown, his eyebrows knit with concern. "You feeling alright, Malfoy?"
Draco clenched his jaw. "I'm fine. Just a bit under the weather. In fact," he said, standing up and setting his napkin next to his plate, "I should be off. Good evening, all."
He turned on a heel and walked away, ignoring Pansy's glare at his back until he felt a warm hand wrap around his wrist and met Potter's eyes once more.
"Can I help you?"' Draco affected the best, most derisive drawl he could muster.
Potter wasn't fazed. "How much have you eaten today?"
"Excuse me?" Draco huffed. "What business of yours is it how much I eat?"
"I just noticed—you seem...thinner than usual."
"Notice my body much, do you Potter?"
"Malfoy cut the shit," Potter's grip on Draco's wrist tightened. "I've been where you are," he said, his voice hardly above a whisper. "I heard what happened to your father, and I went through something similar when my godfather died and—"
"My father isn't dead," Draco snapped.
"I know, but our loved ones don't have to die for us to have reason to grieve them," Potter's tone was gentler, and his grip was loosening.
Draco's vision blurred, his throat tightened, his blood ran cold. Potter's eyes widened.
"Malfoy, c'mon," Potter pulled him toward the entrance and Draco went willingly, trying to keep himself upright.
They stopped in the middle of the blessedly empty area outside the building, and Potter stepped closer to Draco.
"It's going to be alright," Potter murmured. "But you've got to take care of yourself."
"I eat, Potter. I'm not starving myself." Draco looked away. "I just forget, sometimes. And when I do remember, the food doesn't...taste like anything, anymore."
Potter nodded. "How's your mum taking it?"
"As well as she can, I suppose," Draco sighed. "She mostly stays locked in her room at the Manor. I tried to get her to move in with me, or to let me stay there with her, but she insists she's fine."
Potter was silent for a moment, letting Draco's admission sit in the air between them. Then, he sighed.
"Let's go."
Draco's eyebrows furrowed. "Where?"
"I know a little pub that stays open late. They've got great fish and chips. Let's get some real food and talk more there, alright?" Potter held out his arm for Draco to take
Draco hesitated, but he reached for Potter's arm, letting the pull of Apparition take him away.
Chapter 97: "You Matter to Me"
Summary:
He’s irreplaceable, inextricable from my and my life and I love him because someone has to make his toast and sleep on his soft sheets and cuddle with him.
Notes:
Prompt from the 99 song challenge. "You Matter to Me" by Sara Bareilles, from the musical Waitress.
Chapter Text
1. He doesn’t like avocados, except when I mash it for him and put it on toast with a sprinkle of salt. But he hates it otherwise; he says the texture bothers him. I’ve told him the way I make it over and over but he just insists that “It’s different when you do it.” And so I do.
2. He’s extremely particular about his bedsheets. At first, I thought he’d find satisfaction in anything with a high thread count, but no, they have to be the same fabric as the one he slept on as a child in the Manor. When we moved in together, I was certain that ordering them to be made for a King bed was far too much effort. But the moment they touched my skin, I knew I would never be able to sleep on anything else—and by his smug little grin, he knew it, too. I just pulled him onto the bed with me and kissed the smirk off his face.
3. He used to sleep with a nightlight. The first time I spent the night at his apartment, he’d tried to subtly turn it off before I could notice, but he was a moment too late. I told him it was fine, that I understood, that if it helped him feel safe I would be glad to keep it on. But he got a funny look on his face and whispered, “I don’t need it, with you. You’ll keep me safe.”
4. He loves to cuddle. I learned about Love Languages from this quiz Hermione made me take, and when Draco and I finally started dating, I’d expected his to be gifts; I’ve watched him surprise Pansy and Blaise and Astoria with unexpectedly thoughtful presents, and I even got a taste of it for the short time we were friends before we got our shit together. Now I know that Draco Malfoy is the most physically affectionate person on the bloody planet. When we’re in public together he’s always touching me somehow, even if he’s just linking our pinkies together. But usually we’re holding hands, or if we’re alone he’ll be tucked into me, his head on my chest and his arms wrapped around my body like a koala. And I wouldn’t have it any other way.
5. This was his idea, couple’s therapy. I’d never been to therapy before, which, in retrospect, is probably a big reason why we’re here now. I mean, Merlin, I’m fucked up. I don’t know how he hasn’t run screaming for the hills by now. But he’s still here, wearing the engagement ring I gave him with pride, and I see him making his own list across the room. His tongue is poking through his lips and his hair is falling into his eyes. He’s taking this so seriously, concentrating on this task, and I’m just staring at him and writing about it. Because I know we’ve got issues, but damn it if I don’t want to spend the rest of my life sorting them out with him.
It’s important. He’s important, he’s vital. That should be number fucking one on this list—this list of five things I love about him that you had us write, Dr. Rostova. He’s irreplaceable, inextricable from my and my life and I love him because someone has to make his toast and sleep on his soft sheets and cuddle with him.
Someone has to keep him safe.
Him, and everything on this list, and every other list of things I could write about how much I love him and how much I’m annoyed by him and how much I wouldn’t change him, not one bit.
This matters to him, so it matters to me, too.
Chapter 98: You're Here
Summary:
You're here.
Notes:
Just a fluffy thing I wrote after I read something that made me emo. Enjoy!
Chapter Text
You're here.
Thank Merlin you're here. You're safe and you're mine and only mine.
You're sleeping here, next to me. You look so warm—people used to call you the Ice Prince because your hair your eyes your skin are the color of cold of freeze of icicles.
But I bring out the heat in you. I make your skin blush and your eyes burn and I feel your hot lips and I know the places where you're warm.
Did you know that anger can be scorching and chilling at the same time? I learned that because of you because of all the times you made me burn and pine and then your cold shoulder and icy glares. And all I wanted to do was melt into a puddle at your feet but I didn't because I knew that love is forged from fire and has to cool to be solid and I was willing to wait for you.
And now you fit in my arms like I knew you would.
And now you're warming my bed like I want you to forever.
And I want you here, forever.
I'm here, Draco. I'm not going anywhere.
I'm here.
Chapter 99: beguiling
Summary:
It was his hair; it had to be.
Notes:
For the drarry microfic prompt: beguile
Chapter Text
It was his hair; it had to be. The way it caught the light, the way it fell into his face when he concentrated.
No, maybe it was his fingers; the way they wrapped around a warm cup of tea, the way they stretched when he cracked his tired knuckles in the middle of writing an essay, the way they waved animatedly when he talked.
Or maybe it was his eyes. Merlin, those eyes were ethereal, unreal. Harry’d gotten close to them on a few occasions, and even at the height of his hatred for Draco, he’d been captivated by them.
Draco turned briefly from his conversation with Pansy, locking eyes with Harry. He quirked his lips up, raised his hand to wiggle his fingers in a small wave, and then let his friend recapture his attention. He ran a hand through his hair absentmindedly.
Oh.
Oh.
Chapter 100: Reflex
Summary:
Harry should really be used to this by now.
Notes:
CW: sensory processing disorder/issues
Chapter Text
Harry should really be used to this by now.
The first time it happened—when Dudley had sprayed the can of whipped cream into his mouth and chased a seven-year-old Harry around the house like a zombie—Harry had chalked it up to the fear of his cousin catching up with him before he could escape. He never thought to question why that incident seemed to niggle at him more than the others in his memory of Dudley terrorizing him.
It wasn't as if he had much experience with foamy textures before he got to Hogwarts. With the Dursleys, he wasn't allowed anywhere near desserts, piled high with the fluffy white substance. And his showers—when he had the opportunity, being relegated to his cupboard more often than not—were too quick for him to try luxuriating in lathering his hair and body with soap.
It wasn't until he got to Hogwarts on his first night and, full of wonder at the spread of food in front of him, took a big bite of chocolate pie, piled high with whipped cream, that he gagged for the first time.
He sputtered and coughed and spat it out onto a napkin. Hermione had looked at him in concern while Ron pounded at his back until he waved his friend's hand away.
"You alright, mate?" Ron's eyebrows had been furrowed in worry.
"I'm fine," Harry'd wheezed out, his chest contracting slightly.
His first haircut was similarly distressing. Hermione had dragged him to the salon after the war for the first haircut that didn't involve Petunia and the largest mixing bowl in the house. For the first ten seconds or so, he'd been able to lean into it, but soon he was clenching his fists and squeezing his eyes shut at the sensation. The loud sound of the bubbles near his ears, the soggy, soapy feeling in his hair were difficult to bear.
"Are you alright dear?" The stylist had looked at him with kind eyes.
Harry'd nodded. "Just—it is almost over?"
He'd told Hermione afterward that it was the last time he'd set foot in a Muggle hair salon. To his surprise, she hadn't pestered him too much about it, only looked at him with slight pity in her eyes.
So really, he should've expected it when, years later, Draco called him into the bathroom with promises of "a surprise."
Draco was buried in bubbles, surrounded by piles of foam and lit candles. He smirked at Harry with a sultry, "Come jo—"
Harry gagged, his cheeks puffing and throat constricting a little. Draco's eyes widened in alarm as Harry held up a finger and coughed, closing his eyes and focusing on breathing.
When Harry opened his eyes, Draco was wrapping himself in a dressing gown. "Merlin, are you alright?"
Harry nodded, wandlessly Vanishing the bubbles from the bathtub without looking at it. "I'm okay, I just," he exhaled hard. "I have trouble with..." he trailed off, willing himself not to gag at the memory. "With foam," he breathed.
"Er...what?"
"It's a sensory thing. I have trouble with...certain textures. Like foam."
Draco's eyebrows knit. "But you didn't touch the bubbles. Does it happen just by looking at it, too?"
Harry shrugged, embarrassed. "Sometimes," he mumbled, not meeting Draco's eyes.
"Hey," Draco said softly, gently lifting Harry's chin to make their eyes meet. "It's okay. It's nothing to be embarrassed about. We all have our things."
"But mine is so weird. Not liking food like whipped cream is one thing, but I can't look at it without just..." Harry swallowed, clenching and releasing his fists.
Draco stepped forward, wrapping his arms around Harry's waist. "Love, I might not relate to this particular, er, experience, but I'll help you however I can. What do you need right now, hm?"
"Distract me," Harry sighed. "I need to...not think about it."
"I can do that," Draco smirked. "After all, you did interrupt my bath."
Harry raised an eyebrow, amused. "Oh? How can I ever make it up to you?"
Draco brought them closer together, untying the knot of his dressing gown and eliciting a gasp from Harry.
"Join me in the shower?"
Chapter 101: "star-crossed"
Summary:
"It's different than an Obliviate, Auror Potter," the Healer explained when Harry woke.
Notes:
For the drarry microfic prompt: star-crossed
Chapter Text
"It's different than an Obliviate, Auror Potter," the Healer explained when Harry woke. "The suspects who attacked you and Auror Malfoy cast a spell called Reponere that bonded you together and which, when removed, would erase all memories of your bond."
Harry swallowed. "How long?"
"I'm sorry, I don't understand—"
"How long were he and I...together?"
"Six months."
———
Harry shouldn't think about the way the setting sun softens Draco's harsh features. He shouldn't be able to feel the phantom touch of Draco's skin, his lips, his tongue on Harry's body. He shouldn't recall the whispers of their mutual confessions in the darkness of the bedroom in their new shared flat.
But when he glances up from his desk and sees Draco, scribbling away at some report, his fringe in his eyes and his tongue peeking between his lips in concentration, Harry remembers.
Chapter 102: Lucent
Summary:
It hovered above Draco and stopped, impossibly, in its path across the inky black sky.
Notes:
For the drarry microfic prompt: lucent
Chapter Text
It hovered above Draco and stopped, impossibly, in its path across the inky black sky. The comet glowed and burned in place, almost warming Draco's skin, which would turn it to ash if he were to try to reach out and touch the fiery phenomenon, just to make sure it was real.
He recalled, as a child, when his mother read him Tolstoy and told him of the comet's significance as an omen of untold horrors, of the end of the world.
But for the first time in many days, fear had fled his heart. Tears spilled from his eyes, and something in his chest shook as if roused from a deep sleep. It blossomed, unraveling into something warm and soft.
Hope.
Chapter Text
The wind roars in my ears, and it's almost abrasive against my forehead.
I widen my arms; close my eyes.
I fall
d
o
w
n
Oof.
Your arms are as sturdy as I thought they'd be.
Chapter Text
"Anything?"
He shrugs. "That's how life debts work."
I exhale, my breath a little shaky. "Dinner?"
Gray eyes narrow, assessing. Then, a small upward tug of his lips.
"Whatever you want, Potter."
Chapter 105: begin again
Chapter Text
"Harry, stop!"
Harry ignored him, clutching the Time-Turner as he ran under the cloak until he saw his younger self approach the robes shop. He stopped and looked around, biting his lip. How could he pull him aside without making a scene? He had to form a plan before—
"Harry, I swear to Merlin, let me back under that cloak before this Disillusionment charm wears off!" Draco hissed next to him.
Harry begrudgingly lifted the cloak, allowing Draco to slip underneath it and cancel the charm. The man pressed up next to him came into view, his cheekbones and gray eyes both softer than those belonging to the other eleven-year-old boy in Malkin's.
"Harry," Draco said softly. "You can't do this."
"Why not?"
"Because it had to happen like this for a reason! If you go in there you'll be changing yourself before you can become the man you are—the man I love," Draco wrapped an arm around Harry. "Our story was fraught, but I don't regret a second of it if it led us to where we are now."
Harry closed his eyes, allowing a single unshed tear to slip down his cheek. "I just wish we'd have found each other sooner."
"Maybe we found each other at the exact right time."
Harry felt Draco press a kiss to his cheek, lingering by his ear to whisper. "Look, our story is just beginning."
They watched as Malfoy approached Potter, cocking his head to the side in curiosity.
"Hello, Hogwarts, too?"
Chapter 106: half-empty/half-full
Chapter Text
My hands feel empty, bereft without the easy slide of your fingers lacing together with mine.
My closet is half full, the drawers too. I used to spread out my clothes, let my shirts take up the length of the rack; I'd pushed it all to the side to make room for you; but now that our shirts and trousers no longer dangle next to each other, the space just looks too big.
My bed doesn't smell right. Part of that's my own fault. I couldn't sleep for a few nights after you left; I couldn't bear being able to smell you on the pillow next to me without being able to pull you, soft-limbed and warm, into my arms. So I washed the sheets, the pillowcases—I even cleaned even the damn mattress. Now it just smells like lemons, which is almost worse. Is it pathetic to use the leftover laundry detergent bought by your ex in order to get rid of his scent?
Your chair at the dinner table is empty; so is your spot on the couch. The other sink in the bathroom is spotless and cleared off. I'm living by myself in the flat we made for two.
In your haste to leave, you forgot your vinyls. You took the rest of your stuff when I was staying at Ron and Hermione's to give you time to cut our home in half. But you left your vinyl records. I suppose that's because the record player was mine to begin with, but you could've bought one for yourself; you did just come into half my vaults, after all.
I listened to them today. I clenched my fists to give my hands something to hold other than your waist, bit my lip to focus on a pain other than the ache of not getting to kiss you. I listened to our music and sat on my side of the couch and cried for you.
It was worth it, though, I think. Sharing my life, my love, with you was worth every moment of this anguish. I'd rather mourn what I lost than wonder what might've been if I'd never had it at all.
Because while I am once again reduced to half a soul, half a heart, at least I knew, for a little while, what it was like to be whole.
Chapter 107: Blank Space
Summary:
Jason was Lucius’s seventh attempt in his crusade to see Draco married and settled with a pureblood by the time he was 26. The first couple of blind dates had left Draco “outraged and disgusted,” as he’d complained to Pansy over the Floo. “Father won’t see reason. Merlin, it’s torture.”
Pansy’s mouth had twisted into a smirk. “Well, it doesn’t have to be.”
Draco’d furrowed his eyebrows. “What do you mean?”
“There are only so many eligible, gay, Pureblood men in Britain,” Pansy’d grinned. “Your father wants you to date these idiots to maintain your reputation. What if you make sure there’s no more reputation to uphold—one man at a time?”
Chapter Text
“I make six figures,” Jason said, leaning back in his chair with a smirk. “My boss says I’m an ‘up-and-comer.’”
Draco looked at Jason underneath his lashes, “Does he, now?”
Jason nodded solemnly. “Oh yeah, Dad’s really encouraging.”
“How wonderful,” Draco said, lifting a finger to lightly trace over Jason’s hand where it rested on the table and suppressing a smirk when he saw Jason shift in his seat. “You’ve such an important career; how does a man as successful as you stay so humble?”
Jason grinned, shrugging. “Comes naturally, I guess.”
“Wow,” Draco breathed. “You’re not like anyone I’ve met before.”
“Yeah, I get that a lot,” Jason winked, and Draco forced a giggle, watching Jason’s eyes flash in excitement.
Jason was Lucius’s seventh attempt in his crusade to see Draco married and settled with a pureblood by the time he was 26. The first couple of blind dates had left Draco “outraged and disgusted,” as he’d complained to Pansy over the Floo. “Father won’t see reason. Merlin, it’s torture.”
Pansy’s mouth had twisted into a smirk. “Well, it doesn’t have to be.”
Draco’d furrowed his eyebrows. “What do you mean?”
“There are only so many eligible, gay, Pureblood men in Britain,” Pansy’d grinned. “Your father wants you to date these idiots to maintain your reputation. What if you make sure there’s no more reputation to uphold—one man at a time?”
After that, Draco found himself looking forward to these new dates. The arrogant, unsuspecting men would sit across from him, play footsie under the table, talk on and on about their money, and leer at him all the while. And Draco let them with a placid smile on his face.
But Michael, poor bloke, had run screaming from the Manor as Draco’d thrown the prat’s clothes out the window with a hearty Incendio. It was the only proper response to Michael’s derision of Draco’s “poncy outfits.”
And Jake—or was it Blake? Draco could never remember, much to Jake-Blake’s annoyance—had nearly cried when Draco’s taken a golf club to his precious Aston Martin. But he should’ve thought of that before insulting Draco’s golf swing.
Then there was Bret, who’d spent so much time on his mobile, texting Merlin knew how many other men, that Draco thought that the fish in the pond at the Manor might enjoy the device, too, since Bret shared their intelligence.
Now, Jason prattled on and on about his family’s “gorgeous, but understaffed house by the lake” and how the food at the restaurant was “palatable, but not as good as in Paris, have you ever been?”
Draco blinked wide, innocent eyes. “To Paris? Oh, no. I’ve never been. Maybe you could show me around? I’d need someone capable to keep me from getting lost.”
Jason smirked. “Of course, baby, I’d take good care of you.”
Draco let a slow, sultry smile stretch across his face. Yes, this was going to be fun.
__
“C’mon, baby, just tell me what’s wrong,” the man jutted out his lip into a pout.
Draco gave him a coy smile. “Who said anything was wrong?”
Suddenly, he felt a warm hand cover his thigh and a mouth close to his ear. “Hmm, a cutie like you here all alone? That can’t mean anything good.”
Draco held his breath. Three…Two…One…
The body next to him was suddenly knocked aside, and Draco looked up to see Jason, his eyes burning.
“Draco, what the hell!”
“Don’t you ‘Draco’ me, Jason!” He snapped. “While you were busy doing Merlin knows what—or who—in the loo for nearly thirty minutes, this bloke was keeping me company. If you don’t want me, you can just say so!”
Jason looked shocked. “Thirty minutes—I can’t have been gone for more than five!”
“Whatever it was, it was long enough for me to grow suspicious!”
“If you were so worried, why didn’t you go to the loo and see for yourself?”
“Because I, for one, didn’t want to see my fiancé fucking another bloke right in front of me!”
“Fiancé?!” Jason and the stranger said simultaneously, their expressions astonished.
Draco gasped sharply. “Are you seriously acting as if you never proposed to me?!”
“If I did I think I’d have remembered!”
“Wow!” Draco shook his head. “I knew you could be oblivious, but forgetting the best day of our lives is a new low, Jason.”
“But–you’re not even wearing a ring!”
“We said we’d get it in Paris!” Draco made his eyes well with practiced tears. “You said you wanted it to be perfect. ‘Only the best for my Draco, the love of my life!’ You said that, and I can see now that you didn’t mean it.”
He hopped off the stool striding out of the bar. He turned his head to see Jason staring at him, slackjawed.
Draco let one tear spill down his cheek. “Don’t contact me. Goodbye, Jacob.”
As he left the bar, he heard an incredulous, “IT’S JASON!!”
__
“No, no, we asked for the ‘74 Le Vu, not the ‘87 Le Fite,” Xavier scowled. He plucked the glass from Draco’s fingers and handed it and his own to the server. “Fix it,” he said with a dismissive wave of his hand.
Draco chanced a sympathetic look at the waiter, whose blank expression revealed that he had the patience of someone with years in the restaurant industry. “Yes, sir, my mistake. I apologize. One moment.” He turned on a heel, taking the rejected wine and used glasses and disappearing into the sea of tables.
“Honestly,” Xavier scoffed. “It’s impossible to get good service nowadays.”
Draco hummed in false assent. “That must be so taxing for you.”
Xavier sighed. “It’s just frustrating. You know, when I dine out, I expect a certain level of attendance from the waitstaff. I work hard for my money. I don’t need the added stress of an incompetent server who can’t do the simplest tasks,” he said, shaking his head.
“I know!” Draco exclaimed waving his hands wildly. “It’s insanity!” He said, making his gesture wider—just a bit more, and, “People can be so lazy!” He flung his arms almost across the table, finally knocking a glass of ice water into Xavier’s lap.
“Shit!” Xavier jumped from his seat, grabbing his napkin and drying his pants.
Draco let his lip wobble. “I-I’m so sorry.”
“Whatever, you idiot,” Xavier snapped.
Draco gasped loudly and rose from his seat, drawing eyes to their table. Perfect. “What did you just say??”
Xavier looked at him strangely. “I said ‘whatever.’”
Draco threw down his napkin. “Did you just call me an idiot?”
“What—no! I-”
“You’re a pig!” Draco reached over and slapped Xavier. A few scattered gasps rose from the other guests.
Their waiter came rushing over. “Is everything alright over here?”
Draco narrowed his eyes. “I was just going.” He turned and stormed off, leaving behind a sputtering Xavier.
__
The date with Louis lasted all of twenty minutes before Draco’d had enough.
He couldn’t do this anymore. He couldn’t attend one more dinner with a man who looked at him like a pile of money or a piece of meat. He couldn’t flutter his eyelashes or give mechanical kisses or play dumb any longer.
He refused—Father and his inheritance be damned.
It was cowardly, he knew, leaving while John was in the restroom. But he didn’t have it in him to finish the dinner, nor to make a scene and cry and shout. And with the way Louis went on and on about how “the new Ministry is going to ruin this country,” Draco had a feeling it wasn’t going to work out, anyway.
He stepped out onto the street and raised his wand, feeling the familiar tug of Apparition take him to the apparition point closest to Muggle London. He walked along the cobblestone pathway in peace, taking in the sights of the city.
For the first time in months, Draco felt real, hot tears rise unbidden in his eyes. He didn’t bother to wipe them away, letting them cloud his vision. It was nice for a moment, allowing the world to go a bit fuzzy, until he tripped on an uneven cobblestone and fell to the ground.
His palms and knees stung from the impact, but he managed to keep from banging his head. He started to move to get up, despite his protesting knees, when a hand came into his vision, reaching down in front of him.
He took it, letting it gently pull him to his feet and causing his eyes to meet warm green ones that caused his heart to stutter.
“Malfoy—are you alright?” Potter said gently, taking in Draco’s red-rimmed eyes and cheeks.
Draco sniffed, willing his voice to stay even when he responded, “I’m fine, Potter. Just a rough evening. Thank you. Sorry to bother you.”
He turned to step past him when a firm hand clasped his arm.
“Wait, I–” Potter flushed lightly. “I want to talk to you.”
Draco narrowed his eyes in suspicion. “What are you playing at, Potter?” He said, a slight bite to his tone. “What game is this?”
Potter held up his hands. “No game, I swear. I just want to catch up.”
Draco studied Potter for a moment, taking in the earnest eyes and the beginning of a small, hopeful grin, and allowed himself the first genuine smile he could remember in weeks.
Yes, this was going to be fun.
Chapter 108: I Know Places
Notes:
Sequel to Blank Space
Chapter Text
There's a Muggle saying, 'The pen is mightier than the sword.' Well, I propose a counter, which is that the pen is a double-edged sword that will stab you in the back as soon as you look the gift horse in the mouth.
Or something like that; I don't much care. I'm a celebrated Cursebreaker, not a writer, and Granger isn't here to tell me I'm "mixing my metaphors."
Either way, you understand me, don't you? Powerful weapons should always be used by you and not taken for granted lest they end up in the hands of your enemies. It's basic strategic thinking.
Well, on that fateful night in Muggle London, I put down my metaphorical pen. I stopped trying to control the narrative they wrote in the papers about my fleeting dalliances with men whose pockets were almost as wide as their pureblood line. I let myself and my love for Harry become front-page news.
It was easy when it was all a game. There seemed to be an unspoken understanding between us: the press and me. I would give them tantalizing tidbits about my life as the Malfoy heir, a reformed, penitent former Death Eater-turned-Cursebreaker, looking for love in all the wrong places. In return, I was painted as an angel with a devil's streak; it was heady, the mix of adulation and jealousy I felt from the stares of people on the street. I was everyone's favorite bad boy.
But when Harry and I made the story above the fold for the first time, they ripped the halo from my head, sharpened their pens, and cut me down one slanderous headline at a time, bloodlike ink staining their guilty hands.
Maybe it was asking for too much. Maybe they liked me better when I was running around with the highest, shiniest scum society had to offer, because maybe, to them, I, too, was a 'polished turd.'
Because, surely, no one who'd been tainted is good enough for the golden boy. And despite saving the entire world, Harry isn't capable of making decisions for himself.
We both get howlers, but mine contain decidedly more death threats and angry ranting than Harry's, which are mostly full of hysterical crying and promises for vengeance against me; as terrifying as the whole ordeal is, there's something almost amusing about vows of violence made in the sobbing, cracked voice of a 14-year-old.
Almost.
We're lucky, in some ways. Our friends, our family (save for my father, who I believe is still recovering from the shock) are unconditionally supportive. Harry's colleagues have pledged to keep us—me—safe from the would-be attackers.
There's only one way out of this. Well, I suppose there are two. In a past life, I might've broken things off with Harry after the first story hit the stands and traded the headache for the heartache.
But I refuse to go back to bland meals with tasteless men, their hungry eyes and arrogant drawl. (I can hear you snickering. It's different when I do it.)
This is worth it—limiting contact with friends and family, taking an extended leave of absence from our jobs, converting galleons to Muggle money, and keeping our use of magic secret. We'd rather run away together than stay here, separate, dying from each other's sword.
So if there's only one option worth choosing, one way out, Harry and I will take it, hand in hand.
Chapter 109: peace
Chapter Text
"Shut up."
"Excuse me?"
Draco ran a hand through his hair. "Just—before you say anything, before you send me away, just shut up and listen to me."
Harry raised an eyebrow. "A lot of nerve coming from the man who I haven't heard from in three weeks since he stormed out of here."
"Yeah," Draco cringed. "That's what I was hoping to discuss. Can I come in?"
"Are you going to break my vase again?"
"In my defense, you'd cheated on me."
"No, I didn't."
"No, you didn't, but I thought you had. And that's why I broke your vase. I'm sorry, I'll buy you a new one, where did you get it?"
"It was a priceless family heirloom, actually."
Draco paled. "Really?"
"No, it was ten galleons. I just wanted to see you squirm."
"Now you've had your fun, can I come in, please?"
"Fine," Harry said, stepping aside to let Draco past him.
Draco walked to the middle of the room, letting his eyes roam over the flat, looking for any changes Harry'd made in his absence. It all seemed to be the same, except—
"You got rid of the cactus I bought you?"
Harry snorted, crossing his arms over his chest. "That's what you want to talk about now?"
"Right," Draco sighed. "Here goes. I'm sorry, Harry."
"That's a pretty good start."
"I wasn't done."
"I should hope not."
Draco refrained from glaring at him. "Harry, I'm...you see, I can be a bit of a coward, and sometimes my fear is expressed through acts of angry impulsivity that end up more self-destructive than anything else."
"Yeah, I've gathered that."
"Yes, I know. And anyway, I'm not the easiest person to live with. To be with. I can be...prickly and demanding. I don't deal with rejection very well, and I have a tendency to hide or lash out when I feel threatened."
"I know, Draco," Harry's tone was softer, now. "I knew that before you left, and I know that now."
"Just let me finish. I'm also loyal. And I'm giving. And I like taking care of the people I care about. And I'm actually pretty trusting, almost as much as I am trustworthy—with the right people, of course. And when I thought you'd cheated on me—"
"Which, I want to clarify again: that was Hermione's lipstick from when she and Ron stayed over during their house renovations."
"Yes, I know that now. When I'd mistakenly thought that you'd cheated on me, I ran away. Not just because I'd been hurt, but because it confirmed to me that I'm..." Draco trailed off, shutting his eyes and bracing himself before he said the part of the speech he hadn't been able to say aloud during his many rehearsals. "I'm not good enough for you." It was a whisper, but Harry heard it, and that's what mattered.
"Draco please," Harry's voice was thick. "You were always enough for me—always."
"Okay," Draco exhaled. "I hear that, and I want to believe it. Just—Gods I hate this but, every now and then, when I get...you know...will you..."
Harry nodded. "I can do that, now that I know the signs. But if I don't see it right away, or if you have doubts about me or us, please come and talk to me before jumping to conclusions, okay? If this is going to work, we have to give each other the benefit of the doubt until we figure it out—together, Draco."
The anxiety, the tightly-coiled tension Draco'd been carrying for three weeks left his body in a wave, the relief of it nearly making his knees buckle. His eyes watered with unshed tears, and he sniffed as Harry closed the distance, wrapping Draco in his arms.
He clung to Harry like a lifeline, burying his head in the warm, spicy-scented crook of Harry's neck. Draco let the tears fall silently from his closed eyelids like the remnants of raindrops on a windowpane after a storm. Harry pulled back far enough to kiss the wetness from Draco's cheeks, cradling his head in his calloused hand.
"Harry, I'm so sorry. I don't know how you can forgive me."
"But I do. It's easy to forgive when it's worth it. And you—" Harry said, looking earnestly into Draco's eyes, "you're worth it every time."
Chapter 110: Meet Me in the Middle
Chapter Text
Their eyes met.
Through the crowd, the chaos of children laughing, crying, reuniting, groaning at embarrassing parents. Over the noise of the train, the chatter of adults hugging and parting from their kids, the clang of trunks against the concrete from a weak levitation charm.
It all faded to white noise; all Harry could hear was the pounding of his heart in his ears as he looked at Draco, and Draco looked back.
One of them should glance away. Surely, no one obeying social norms would hold eye contact for this long. And yet, Harry felt the wild urge to meet the silent challenge, daring him to break the spell first. To run from him, from them. Again.
But he didn’t, and neither did Draco. Harry felt himself pushing through the crowd, his body moving almost of its own accord, focused solely on reaching him. And the startled gray eyes turned determined, fierce, and drew closer closer closer closer.
They reached the middle, panted breaths mingling.
Their lips met.
Chapter 111: For Old Time's Sake
Summary:
“What do you say? Scared, Potter?”
Notes:
For the microfic prompt: nostalgia
Chapter Text
“What do you say? Scared, Potter?” Twirling his wand in his fingers, Draco smirks in an uncanny rendering of its iconic precursor; it’s so startling that Harry feels a brief flash of ancient anger flare up inside his chest. The familiarity is surprising, like trying on an old, nearly lost pair of jeans from years ago that somehow barely fit, albeit snugly, on his more mature body.
Harry grins, retrieving his wand from its holster. “You wish.”
They bow and each turn, walking to opposite ends of the room.
One
Two
Three
Four
Five
Six
Seven
Eight
Nine—
They face each other and Harry can almost hear the phantom cheers of his classmates, Lockheart’s arrogant crowing, Snape’s clipped retorts, Draco’s cocky taunts.
But this time, it’s just them. No audience. No supervising professors.
Just Harry and Draco.
Just Potter and Malfoy.
Ten
Chapter 112: fight just a little to bring back the fire in my eyes
Summary:
I gave out pieces of myself like candy, after the war. I did before it, too, and during, if I'm honest with myself. But it got worse, somehow, even after I proved to be the hero they demanded, the savior I needed to be.
Notes:
CW: vague references to suicidal thoughts, depression/mental illness. Based on "She Used To Be Mine" from the musical Waitress.
Chapter Text
I gave out pieces of myself like candy, after the war. I did before it, too, and during, if I'm honest with myself. But it got worse, somehow, even after I proved to be the hero they demanded, the savior I needed to be.
But it wasn't enough. People want to be saved from more than dangers outside their own control. They want to be saved from the dirty work of confronting their own prejudice, of the struggle of reckoning with trauma from battle. And just because my entire life has put me through a crucible of one soul-wrenching struggle after another doesn't mean I want or need to do that for anyone else anymore.
I look in the mirror and see a twenty-three-year-old man, and while I am hardened and calloused and scarred and used, I am in so many ways still eleven years old and reckoning with the fact that there are other "freaks" and "degenerates" like me in the world. I don't know why I feel like I still need to earn my place here, to be worthy of this home away from the Dursleys. Maybe if I'm useful enough strong enough powerful enough willing enough enough enough enough—they won't send me back.
I still can't believe you are now on the very short list of people I've met to tell me that I don't have to be anything else; with a full household of their own, the Weasleys did more than enough to nurture and love me, but I let myself slip through the cracks, to not be needy, to eat and smile, and to accept and return their love whenever it was given.
But despite Molly and Arthur's best efforts, I didn't have parents to tell me that I was special no matter what. So I guess I'm glad one of us, at least, had one parent alive and willing to teach us that we reach the minimum requirement for love just by breathing.
You're not my father. You're not my mind healer. You're my boyfriend, and I'm sorry if there are times that I make you feel like your job is bigger than that. I know, you'd tell me that I'm not a burden, and I'm starting to realize that, but Draco I don't expect you to carry my burdens for me. I will go to you with my problems, as I hope you still do with me, but I don't need you to do more than love me, as you do.
You're enough, too.
Enough to love me in a way that still takes my breath away, and enough to receive it in return. Enough to be one of the people in my life who make it all worth it, to be worth fighting for. Worth saving, and saving myself for.
I save myself for, well, me. But also for you. And Ron and Hermione, and the Weasleys, and Teddy and Andromeda, for my parents. I save myself every day, and I think that, alone, is all the heroism I need.
It's enough, for me.
Chapter 113: whatever you wish for you keep
Summary:
Draco found him when he was young, the little creature cowering in the corner as one of the house-elves approached it with a rolling pin.
Notes:
Cinderella-esque Draco saves a little mouse and names him Felix. Written for my friend Joy, @ihopeyoubothstaysafefromharm after discussing the frequent use of mice in his art, and how Draco would make a lovely Cinderella. Enjoy!
(written for the microfic prompt: magical creatures)
Chapter Text
Draco found him when he was young, the little creature cowering in the corner as one of the house-elves approached it with a rolling pin.
He gathered the skirt of his favorite blue ruffled costume dress, the one his father insisted he was getting too old for but that his mum kept in his wardrobe anyway. “Stop! Whimsy, what are you doing?”
The elf turned to Draco with wide eyes. “M-Master Lucius told Whimsy to get rid of the infestation of mice, Master Draco. Whimsy’s following orders, sir!”
Draco raised an eyebrow like he’d been practicing, hoping to hold the same authoritative air as his father. “I’ll do it myself. Go clean somewhere else.”
The elf gulped and disappeared with a pop. Draco relaxed his shoulders, looking around quickly to see if he was being watched. Satisfied that he was alone, he bent down to the creature, watching it tremble.
“Hi, I’m Draco,” he said. “What’s yours?”
The mouse didn’t respond, only looked at him with wide eyes. Draco flushed.
“Right, mice can’t talk,” he murmured. “That’s alright, then. I can talk enough for the both of us.” He held out a hand. “Come with me back to my room. I could use a friend. It gets…a little lonely, here,” Draco frowned.
The mouse was still for a moment before scampering to Draco’s open hand, curling up in his warm palm.
“I think I’ll call you Felix,” Draco whispered as he crept back to his bedroom, his dress flowing against his legs as he walked. He used his free hand to stroke the soft fur. Felix shivered and Draco cooed at him. “Don’t worry, little one. I’ll take care of you.”
Felix slept on a pillow next to Draco, who marveled at the small creature. Usually, before he went to sleep, his mind was filled with thoughts of messy black hair and bright green eyes hidden behind wire-frame glasses. But that night, his eyelids fluttered shut with visions of adventures, his new furry friend sat securely on his shoulder.
Chapter 114: late night drives
Notes:
For the microfic prompt: euphoria. Can be considered in the same universe as my fic, "this is me trying". Enjoy!
Chapter Text
The motorway was predictably empty at this hour, and Harry grinned to himself as he accelerated on the slip road. The timing should be perfect this time, with no traffic in front of him to slow him down.
The music swelled as he'd hoped it would, and it reached a crescendo just as he entered the motorway.
He resisted the urge to close his eyes and instead marveled at the lights of the city glittering in the distance. He savored the moment and let all other thoughts be drowned out by the song ringing in his ears, the easy glide of the car on the motorway, and the feeling of uninhibited joy bubbling in his chest.
Chapter 115: i want to be good for you
Summary:
Maybe if I stay up late enough thinking about my regrets I won't make the same mistakes again.
Notes:
for the microfic prompt: "good for you" by darlingside
Chapter Text
Maybe if I stay up late enough thinking about my regrets I won't make the same mistakes again.
Maybe if I watch every word I say, nothing bad will ever escape from my mouth again.
Maybe if I repent with everything I do, everything I say, everything I am, I will be worthy of forgiveness.
But your touch makes me babble nonsense in the dark.
You kiss the apology from my lips.
You tell me I am enough, and all I have to do is be.
Chapter 116: i hope that you burn
Summary:
I watch the sparks fly and decide I don't care
Notes:
for the microfic prompt: spark
cw: arson lol
Chapter Text
Flakes of paint drift in the air, the canvas crackling in the flames. My father's face melts, his protests silenced; I wonder if portraits feel pain when they're destroyed, but I watch the sparks fly and decide I don't care.
Chapter 117: im in a new hell every time you double-cross my mind
Summary:
When your name comes up in conversation, I usually swat it away like an annoying fly
Chapter Text
When your name comes up in conversation, I usually swat it away like an annoying fly. You're the one who ended this, not me. And if I knew why, it would be easier to leave it in the past, but instead, I let the love I had for you become moldy as I waited for an explanation that never came.
What did you do with the part of you that used to need me? Where is the person whose secrets I collected like nickels in a piggy bank? Can I have him back, please? Or did he grow moldy, too?
Was it really me you were running from? Or did you resent the version of yourself that I love so much that you decided to hate me, too?
I think about what I'd do if I ever saw you. Would I go up to you and make small talk like we're old schoolmates and nothing more? Would I let us share one last, significant look of recognition and resignation before glancing away and never letting our eyes meet again?
And would you even care, if I did?
Chapter Text
“Got a light?” You slur your words. Your smirk is lazy and your breath burns of whiskey, your grey eyes gleaming and bloodshot.
My frozen hands fumble with the lighter, finally managing to flick open the flame and hold it up to the cigarette dangling from your fingers.
You blow smoke into the air with a grace and ease that reminds me of dueling club and races to the snitch. Those days are so distant now, sepia-toned memories compared to the technicolor image of you leaning against the wall outside the club, flicking ash from your cigarette and raising your eyebrow in a question that answers itself.
I curl my hands into fists and join you on the wall, my back against the bricks. I flick on the lighter just to watch the flame, and I wait.
Chapter 119: hold it against me
Summary:
Almost.
Notes:
for the microfic prompt: "hold it against me"
Chapter Text
He presses both of the seemingly identical ties against my chest; his eyes are narrowed, scrutinizing.
I hold my breath. He nods sharply, dropping one tie on the bed and knotting the other at the base of my neck.
He steps back; looks me up and down and says, "You'll do, I suppose." He casts a Tempus and then waves a dismissive hand. "Go now, or you'll be late and my work will have been for nothing."
I thank him and step into the Floo. The look he gives me as I'm swallowed by green flames is almost enough to send me stepping over the fireplace.
Almost.
Chapter 120: like the voice of a long-lost friend
Summary:
“Ha-ha!”
Notes:
for the microfic prompt: laugh
Chapter Text
It started in Draco’s toes, then the pit of his stomach, chest, throat, lips—
“Ha-ha!” before he could stop it.
Potter grinned proudly.
Chapter 121: cloudy
Summary:
Too many teaspoons of sugar. A liberal pour of milk until black turns light brown and cloudy. Stir twice.
Notes:
For the microfic prompt: cloudy
Chapter Text
Too many teaspoons of sugar. A liberal pour of milk until black turns light brown and cloudy. Stir twice.
You swallow a grateful sip of coffee and set the mug on the bedside table before wrapping me in warm arms. Outside, raindrops cling to the window, blurring the view of the sunless sky overseeing the chilly day that awaits us.
You kiss me, and I taste the morning on your lips, sweet with the promise of forever.
Chapter 122: shadow
Summary:
Draco peered over his blankets. “Boy? Why are you crying?”
Notes:
For the microfic prompt: shadow
This isn't my first Peter Pan AU, but it is the first one I've done with Drarry. You can read my gen fic Hinny friendship HP Peter Pan AU, "Faith, Trust and Pixie Dust". Enjoy!
Chapter Text
Draco peered over his blankets. “Boy? Why are you crying?”
“M-my shadow,” the green-eyed boy looked up from where he knelt on Draco’s bedroom floor. “It won’t stick on,” he said helplessly, “And I’ve got to get back to Neverland.” He sniffed, looking between the limp shadow and something small and white in his other hand.
Draco squinted at the white object and then rolled his eyes. “Have you been trying to stick it back on with soap? Honestly,” he huffed, getting out of bed and going over to his toy chest, rummaging through his belongings until he found what he was looking for with a triumphant, “Ah-ha! See?” He turned to the strange boy with a small smirk. “You have to sew it on!”
The other boy’s face brightened. “Wicked! Thanks.”
“Not so fast,” Draco narrowed his eyes. “What’s Neverland?”
“It’s where I’m from,” the other boy smiled, pointing out the window. “First star on the right and straight on ‘till morning!”
“Whoa,” Draco breathed. “Can you take me?”
The boy shrugged. “Sure, if you help me with my shadow.”
Draco grinned, holding out a hand. “Deal, then.”
The other boy grinned, taking Draco’s hand in his own. “Deal. Now, what’s your name?”
“I’m Malfoy, Draco Malfoy. Who are you?”
He grinned. “I’m Harry Potter.”
Chapter 123: If You Can
Chapter Text
The last time I held an engraved snitch in my hand I was walking to my death, so this should certainly be an improvement.
The words are different this time, which is a good sign. ‘Catch me if you can,’ it’s a challenge, a dare, and I watch you smirk and take off on your broom before I can ask what it is you have planned.
The wind is almost sharp against my face but I have just enough visibility to keep you in my sights. You dodge this way and that before finally I catch up to you.
I know I can be clumsy but I’m not sure what else you expected when you orchestrated this, because of course I’m tad too forceful when I grab your shoulder and of course we both get off balance and then the ground gets very close very quickly. I brace myself but am relieved, surprised and slightly suspicious to land on a cushioning charm.
You seem perfectly fine, if a bit mussed, but you’re smirking at me and pressing the snitch into my shaking fingers.
My breath catches as the words shift. ‘Kiss me if you can.’ I look up at you, but your eyes flick to the snitch and back up to me
Hesitantly, I bring the fluttering snitch to my own lips and feel it pull apart, revealing a silver band studded with alternating rubies and emeralds.
Before I can speak again, the words disappear and form again. ‘Marry me?’
I laugh in disbelief, removing the ring and sliding it onto my own finger before I tackle you to the ground, kissing you senseless, because I can.
Chapter 124: i really can't tell if i'm dreaming or breathing
Chapter Text
Draco's fingers threaded themselves into the lush fur, arms wrapped around the warm, thick torso as they soared through the air. The reindeer snorted and kicked lightly at nothing as he found his footing; Draco smiled to himself as he pictured the animal's intense, almost knowing green eyes and pressed his face into the fuzzy top of the reindeer's head, careful to avoid the antlers.
During the day, Draco was bolted to the ground, burdens and guilt heavy on his shoulders. But in his dreams, he and his friend soared with the comets, waving to the clouds below.
Chapter 125: shards of time
Chapter Text
First to go were the walls separating us, your scorching gaze lips hands body consuming me.
Next, the glass under a cloth. A chaste, celebratory kiss, the first one with a new name and the last until forever began.
My heart was the last to go, the moment you signed the parchment and gave me back my name and rebuilt the walls without tidying the pieces you left behind.
Chapter 126: That's How It Works
Notes:
Sequel to "shards of time"
Chapter Text
My mug slips through my shock-loosened fingers, scorching tea and shards of porcelain littering the floor, as I say with disbelief, “Harry?”
You run a hand through your hair, sheepish as you stand in my doorway. “Hey.”
I stand there with my mouth agape, like a complete moron, when you raise an eyebrow. “Do you want some help with that?” you ask, gesturing toward the smashed mug on the floor.
“Leave it,” I say petulantly. “What are you doing here?”
You glance around at the flat from where you stand at the entrance, and I move to block your gaze until I get an answer. Your eyes meet mine. “Can I come in?”
“I don’t know, can you?”
“Seriously? You’re correcting my grammar?”
“You’re the one who showed up here unannounced and made me drop my favorite mug,” I say, crossing my arms.
You frown. “I thought the blue one was your favorite. With the polka dots?”
I sniff. “Well. Things have changed. I have new mugs. I drink from them all the time, whenever I want to; tea, coffee—whatever beverage I please. I have plenty of mugs; I’m sure you wouldn’t recognize half of them. Things have changed, you see.”
“So you’ve said,” you reply, and then you sigh. “Draco, I was hoping we could talk.”
I purse my lips. “Hm. Well, the last time you said that, you broke a lot more than my favorite mug. So. I’m going to need you to be more specific as to the topic.”
You seem to gather yourself for a moment, and then you look at me straight on. “I’ve spent the last six months about as miserable as I’ve ever been in my life. When I…” you pause and take a sharp breath, letting it out shakily. “When I left, I thought it would give me clarity. I thought being married was keeping me from figuring out what I wanted from life. But I’ve spent every single day since then missing you like a part of me,” your voice breaks a little, and it makes my chest ache more than I expect.
“Draco,” you continue, your hand coming up to rest on the door frame as you step closer. “I still love you. And I’m sorry.”
I feel as though I can hardly breathe, with the force of my longing and relief and leftover anger in my throat, but then I glance at where your hand is holding the door, and I gasp quietly. “Is that—”
You follow my gaze to your hand, and you blush. “Yes,” you whisper. “I never took it off.” You play with the wedding ring you’re still wearing on your finger, and I remember with a visceral flash the moment I slid it onto your hand, and how it felt like a puzzle piece fitting into place.
Shaking slightly, I reach out and take your hand in mine, letting our rings bump against each other. “Me too,” I murmur, and I see the relief bloom across your face.
“Draco,” you breathe, “I—can I please—” you look at me with wide, pleading eyes. “Please can I…” you trail off, but I know what you’re asking. I know what you mean. I know you.
I take a moment to gather myself before I wandlessly vanish the mess at our feet. Then I step back to let you in, and you waste no time coming in and taking me in your arms, kicking the door shut behind you.
Your lips meet mine softly, before growing more fervent, and it feels like our first kiss and our thousand all at once, and in a way, it’s both.
We break apart for a moment to catch our breath, our foreheads pressed against each other. You tighten your embrace, nearly squeezing me, as if making sure I’m solidly in your arms.
I feel you press a kiss on my forehead. “Harry?”
“Hm?” you say, kissing my jaw.
“You still owe me a new mug.”
I feel your smile against my chin.
Chapter 127: Sparks Fly
Chapter Text
There should be laws against this.
Really, I'm shocked the Ministry doesn't have stringent rules against co-workers dating. I can't believe we only had to fill out a measly little form. At first, I thought they were letting you—The Golden Gryffindor Goody-Goody, Gawky, Gallant, Git—(what? you wanted a pet name!) skirt the usual bureaucracy, but no, this is standard practice for the Ministry of Magic when it comes to workplace relationships.
I know this is where you remind me that we're not actually co-workers, that we just collaborate on the occasional case where Aurors and Cursebreakers are both needed. Which, to be fair to me, is bloody often enough for you to be a horrible diversion at work.
I have a reputation to uphold, you know. I'm Draco Malfoy, Cursebreaker Extraordinaire, Reformed Death Eater and Lovable Former Bad Boy. I rule every space I bless with my presence using nothing but my wit, intelligence, and perfectly-tailored robes.
But you make all of that fall to utter shit just by looking at me. I become a simpering, pathetic mess for you, and the only consolation for my pride is the heat in your eyes when I let even a fraction of the effect you have on me show outwardly.
I like to keep you on your toes. Sometimes I blush, or I let my breathing quicken for an instant. Other times I'm bold enough to bite my lip, to let my eyes drop to your mouth, linger, and then quickly look back up again.
Do you not know what you do to me? You have to, by now, because that smirk of yours is more deadly than the wand in your hostler. Not to mention your eyes; Merlin those things are hypnotic. They should be researched by one of your Cursebreaker buddies for containing the Imperius curse because when I look into them they make me want to do things that are entirely out of character.
They must be in cahoots with your hands, your smile, and your gruff growl to whisk me into empty corridors and elicit reactions and noises from me that are...indecorous, to say the least.
It's not much better when I'm alone, you know. I still think about you even in the solitude of my office. I am surrounded by files and paperwork, not to mention my own memorabilia and carefully-selected decor to make this space a haven in the bowels of the government building, and yet I am consumed by thoughts and memories of you you you you. A sunburn might hurt more under the rays of the planet which caused it, but the ache remains even in the shade. (If you make one, and I mean one, joke about you being the sun in my life, I will hex you so hard it'll make the Weaslette's Bat Bogey seem like a hug.)
All threats jokes aside, Potter, I find myself utterly taken with you, besotted to the point that I fear I need to see a Healer about the lightness of my head and the fullness of my heart in my chest. I'm deliriously happy, and it's all your fault.
I burn for you. I pine for you, more than ever, which is saying something considering how gone for you I thought I was when we were in school. Each day I am confronted with the unbelievable fact that you call yourself mine, and me yours, and I have to believe that it's true.
I'm yours; yours yours yours.
It should be against the law. It's against the laws of nature, really, and yet the force with which we were brought together seems on par with the pull of gravity, the strength of hurricanes, and the speed of tornadoes. We defy weather and time and space and logic, and yet we make perfect sense, don't we?
I don't know where I'm going with this; I rarely do when it comes to you. But following my instincts when it comes to you, while it used to bring negative consequences in the short-term, has now become the best modus operandi for me, because my instincts are inherent and not inherited. Does that make sense? It does, to me. It means that I'm following my own impulses and hunches and gut feelings, rather than asking myself how my bastard father would handle a challenge and following that path blindly.
I'm self-aware enough to know that I'm now rambling, and that I should've ended this—diary entry? Missive? Whatever this is—several paragraphs ago, if not binned it immediately. But my instincts say that you reading this is the right choice. If this winds up in the bin, I'll have chickened out, but with any luck, I'm currently pacing in my office, wringing my hands and wondering if you're laughing at my expense and taking Weasley's betting money and proclaiming that you "got that Malfoy bastard to fall in love! Ha! Pay up! I told you he was obsessed with me!"
Just. Get your arse over here as soon as you read this. And then kiss away my fears until all I can remember, all I can comprehend, is you.
You you you you.
Chapter 128: No Bias in Beige: Potter Picks Team Neutral in Family Quidditch Rivalry
Notes:
I have to give credit to @lqtraintracks for making the joke that inspired this and letting me use it for a fic 😂. This is written like a news article, so I get to flex some of my journalism muscles too! Please enjoy.
Chapter Text
By Ashley Quatre
Editor In Chief, The Oryx
Harry Potter wants to make one thing clear: he won't choose sides between his fiancé and his friend when they face off on the Quidditch pitch.
Potter once joined thousands of fans decked out in green and gold to cheer on his old flame-turned-close friend and Hall of Fame Chaser for the Holyhead Harpies, Ginny Weasley, at every game. Now he finds himself practically setting up camp at the pitch, between attending the Harpies' games and cheering on the Tutshill Tornadoes, the new home of up-and-coming star Seeker Draco Malfoy, to whom Potter proposed just a few months ago.
Potter sits in the VIP section, right in the middle of the stadium, that he once eschewed, dressed in an ensemble that would make the fashion gods weep: khaki trousers, beige button-down shirt, and plain white trainers.
"When they play other teams, you'll see me in proper team colors, of course," Potter clarified. "But when it's Tornadoes v Harpies, I won't pick a favourite. Both teams, especially with Draco and Ginny, are extremely talented; their games'll be close, that's for sure."
When asked for a comment, Weasley merely shrugged.
"I appreciate that Harry wants to be neutral, but we'll kick arse no matter what he wears in the stands," she said. "My wife [Luna Lovegood] is the only good luck charm I need."
Malfoy, despite his reputation for being "prickly" and "demanding" and "a possessive git," had a conciliatory attitude.
"He can support Ginevra in green and gold when the Harpies aren't playing the Tornadoes, and he'll wear sky blue to my matches. Harry's and my relationship isn't determined by the colors he wears to my games, as long as he isn't rooting against me, but he knows better than to do that," Malfoy said with a slight smirk. "Besides, I'd say the love underneath is what matters most, wouldn't you?"
Head Auror Ron Weasley plans to be decked out in green and gold when the Harpies and Tornadoes play, but he said he'll be wearing beige when the Harpies face off against the Chudley Cannons because he "couldn't ever choose between them."
Regardless of the rivalry on the pitch, Potter is optimistic about the upcoming season, insisting that Malfoy and Weasley have become friends, bonding over a shared love of the game.
"You should see them at family Quidditch matches. They're unstoppable together," Potter said as he shook his head, a fond smile on his face. "We have to split them up so each team has a chance."
It seems that the picture of domesticity and peace rings true. After the Tornadoes barely eeked out a win over the Harpies during the nail-bighter match on Tuesday, Potter was seen walking next to Malfoy, who was deep in conversation with Weasley as they left the stadium.
It's likely irrelevant to note that Potter's sky blue pants were visible just above the waistband of his white trousers, and that Malfoy reached behind to rest his hand on his fiancé's arse and wink in front of the press photographers. After all, as Malfoy himself noted, it's the love underneath that matters most.
Chapter 129: First Time
Chapter Text
The boy who, not ten minutes earlier, had introduced himself as 'Malfoy, Draco Malfoy' smirked at Harry where he sat cross-legged on the floor of Luna's tiny New York City apartment. They were the only ones not reclining on the furniture, with Luna, Pansy, Ginny, and Blaise all chattering above their heads.
Harry'd long given up on trying to hold his breath through the stench of weed permeating through the place, deciding it wasn't too bad once he got used to it. Having kindly refused a hit from Luna's vagina-shaped bong, he was staring at the bottle of tequila in front of him like it was hiding a secret he could elicit through the power of his glare.
"First time?" Malfoy's smirk deepened as he assessed Harry, flicking his gaze between him and the bottle. "What, scared of a little alc?"
Harry let his glare shift to Malfoy. "I'm not scared of shit."
"Oh yeah? Prove it."
Harry grabbed for the bottle with a growl, easily twisting off the cap and bringing it to his lips, taking a couple of big swigs until the burn became too much to bear. He put it back down again, panting but satisfied at the blush that crept up Malfoy's pale neck and cheeks.
"Why the red face, Malfoy? Scared?" Harry couldn't help but smirk in challenge, pride twisting in his chest.
Malfoy snatched the bottle from Harry's grip, taking one long sip and setting it back down without so much as a cough or sputter. He licked his lips, pupils dilated and focused on Harry.
It was several hours later but it only felt like minutes had passed when Harry turned to Draco where they sat alone on the rooftop of the apartment. He glanced down at the other boy's lips, then back up at his eyes.
"Are you still drunk?" Harry whispered.
Draco shook his head. "No, are you?"
"No," Harry said with a slow smile.
"What is it?" Draco lifted the corner of his lips, amused.
"I was just thinking, now that we're both sober, I can show you other things I'm not scared of."
Draco grinned, threading his fingers through Harry's hair and pressing their lips together while the sun rose in the distance.
Chapter 130: i'd cheat destiny just to be near you
Chapter Text
Shards of porcelain, a puddle of water, and nearly-dead flower stems on the hardwood floor. The scorch mark of a stray hex on the wall. Half-eaten chicken pot pies turned tepid. The shouts still ringing in Harry's ears.
The look on Ginny's face when he told her he was giving up on trying to be someone he wasn't.
Harry drove with the top of his car down, letting his stress blow away with the wind. He remembered the soft press of Draco's slender hand against his chest. "This can't happen until you decide what you want. Find me when you figure it out."
It was the first time anyone, including himself, had asked him that.
He pressed a little harder on the gas to move faster down the open motorway, one destination in mind.
Chapter 131: i never had the world so why change for it?
Chapter Text
He stood there—arthritic, wrinkled, superior—and told us that love was the most powerful force in the world. That it could heal and protect and give life. And that he loved us.
It's all lies meant to keep us subservient to his will. To his "army"—I hear he has one, now.
But I will kill his love with magic.
Then he'll see—they'll all see—what power really is.
Chapter 132: sleeping in the car
Chapter Text
It's hard for me to pay attention to the road when you're snoring softly next to me in the passenger seat, your head against the seatbelt, and your body curled up facing the window. Sometimes I think your refusal to get a driver's license is less about your objection to Muggle devices and more because you like to fall asleep in the car on the way to our little cottage.
But I don't mind; you sleep tight. We'll be there soon.
Chapter 133: Under Pressure
Chapter Text
Harry took deep breaths into the mask, grateful that he'd made sure that the oxygen tank was filled that morning. Not so lucky were the victims, currently obscured from sight by smoke and burning debris, but Harry and the others had arrived just in time to contain the worst of the flames.
He stepped over what he thought was a collapsed table when he heard a hoarse shout, whipping his head to see a woman covered in ash, her knees wobbling and her arms clinging to the remains of the countertop as she tried to stand. He rushed over to her, scooping her easily in his arms and moving as quickly yet carefully out of the building.
When they emerged into the cleaner outside air, he looked to his left to see Ron and Dean each carrying two other victims from the house. Harry let his eyes slide over to Draco, who was still spraying the house with the hose, his brow furrowed in concentration. Harry forced himself not to dawdle and stare, nearly drooling as he imagined the way Draco's arms were flexing under the heavy uniform jacket that really didn't do justice to the curve of his muscles.
Instead, he grunted and forced himself to continue walking to the truck where Seamus waited to give the victim the medical attention she needed. Once she was safely in the truck, Harry turned back to the house, rushing back in at Ron and Deans' heels without letting himself look at Draco.
The house was still smoking but the flames had died down, so Harry emerged from the house and signaled to Draco to stop the hose.
By the time they had done a thorough sweep of the rubble, the woman had been transferred and taken off in an ambulance. Harry wiped the sweat from his forehead, his body heavy from the draining adrenaline, the exertion of the call and the heat of the early summer. He felt Draco's eyes on him, and rather than meet the searching gray gaze he let Draco watch him, ignoring the slight shiver that ran down his spine under the attention.
The ride back was mostly silent. Harry and Draco sat in silence as Dean, Seamus, and Ron laughed and joked. They all handled these kinds of calls differently. Some liked to talk to get their minds off the smoke, the stress, the worry. Others, like Harry and Draco, preferred to let their minds drift, sitting in contemplative silence.
Once at the station, Harry grabbed a bottle of water from the fridge, not bothering to sit on the couch before ripping off the cap and chugging the water in one go. It was almost sweet, refreshing to his aching body. He threw away the now empty bottle and grabbed another, this time letting himself sink into the leather couch and losing himself in the home renovation show playing on the tv. He glanced at Draco when he sat in the chair to Harry's right with a water bottle of his own.
They were quiet even when Ron and the others boisterously entered the room, immediately resuming the game of poker they'd had going on before the call came in. Harry let the noise of their conversation and the show playing softly from the speakers wash over him, his mind going blank as he closed his eyes.
So close he was to drifting off that he almost missed Draco's quiet, "Good job today."
Harry cracked open an eye, trying to seem nonchalant despite the uptick in his heart rate. "Thanks, you too."
Draco fiddled with the label of his water bottle. "D'you think she's okay?"
Harry shrugged. "I don't know."
"But you carried her. I was spraying the flames I don't know if she was even conscious."
Harry thought back to the woman he'd held limp in his arms. "She made a noise—that's how I knew where to find her. After that I think she passed out when I was carrying her, but she was breathing the whole time."
Draco nodded. "Good."
"Yeah, I'm sure she'll be fine."
"Yeah," Draco looked away.
"But, er, you did great putting out the fire."
Draco rolled his eyes. "I had the easy job."
"But you were by yourself, and the fire was huge. It's amazing you were able to douse them that quickly. You're pretty badass under pressure."
Draco's lips quirked slightly. "Me?"
"Yeah. If I had a fire in my house I'd want you to have my back."
"Sure. Well, y'know, we could have each other's," Draco's face was soft, so uncharacteristically open that it nearly made Harry's breath catch.
Harry smiled. "Deal."
"Deal," Draco held out a hand and then blinked at it as if it had moved on its own. But rather than pull it back he held firm, committing to the gesture.
Harry didn't leave him hanging, reaching out to grasp Draco's hand and hoping his palm wasn't as clammy as he thought it was. But they each released their hands after what Harry was fairly certain was just a bit too long for a normal handshake, but neither of them said anything. Instead, Harry let himself enjoy the slight blush to Draco's cheeks and the small, rare, upward curve of his lips.
Chapter 134: Back To Me, Always
Chapter Text
Harry slung the cloak over his shoulder, revealing his skin to the biting winds without a shiver; the days of trembling in the barren winter weather seemed a distant memory, now. Death was cold, and so was Harry.
He bent down, running his hand over the grass, browned and shriveling; the blades tickled his skin like an eyelash's kiss, gliding over the ring that sat snugly on his finger. He righted himself as he let one corner of his lips curve upwards at the sight of the changing seasons, death taking life for its own.
His smile blossomed at the first sight of winter-blond hair peeking up over the edge of the hill. When Draco reached the summit, their eyes meeting for the first time in months, his expression shifted to a wild grin as they ran to greet each other.
Draco fell into Harry's arms with a small oof, and Harry buried his nose into the crook of his neck, breathing in his fresh, flowery scent. Draco nuddled against his cheek and wasted no time before pressing their lips together.
"Take me home?" Draco looked at Harry under pale eyelashes.
Harry tightened his arms around him. "Always."
He drew his wand from its holster, closed his eyes, and thought of tasting sweet pomegranate on Draco's lips as they disappeared with a crack.
Chapter 135: you gave up heaven so that we could be together
Notes:
PREQUEL to "Back To Me, Always"
Chapter Text
"You don't have to do this," Harry kept his tone as soft, steady as he could. "Just—think about it. The repercussions, your family—"
Draco stopped him with a soft finger on chapped lips. "I want this," he said lowly. "It's not as if I'm leaving them forever. But why can't I have a home of my choosing? And why can't that be you?"
Harry grasped Draco's wrist and pressed a kiss to his finger. "Because I'm...I live in darkness. You belong up there, with sunshine and fresh air. Not living among the dead."
Draco stepped forward and brought his lips to Harry's, gentle and chaste. They broke apart, and Draco pressed their foreheads together. "Harry, life is about more than a beating heart. Any of the spirits you protect here would tell you that the soul that lives for eternity," he whispered in the small space between them. "And mine has never felt more alive than when I'm with you."
Harry swallowed against the lump in his throat. He nodded, placing the pomegranate seeds into Draco's palm and stepping back.
Draco's lips quirked up into a small smile, gray eyes never leaving Harry's as he swallowed each pomegranate seed, one by one.
Harry closed the distance once more, savoring the sweetness of forever.
Chapter 136: "Out Of The Woods"
Chapter Text
"Do you ever think about leaving?"
I freeze, the glass of wine suddenly slippery in my sweaty hand. "Leaving?"
Harry nods, lying on the living room floor, eyes fixed on the ceiling as if staring at the stars. "Yeah, just. Getting away from everything. Packing a bag and going."
I'm careful, for once in my life, setting the wine glass on the floor as I take my spot next to him, brushing our shoulders together. "As in...taking a spontaneous trip somewhere together? Or..." I swallow. "Not."
He finally turns to me, head tilted in a soft curiosity. "You're the reason I'm here," he murmurs. "You're the reason this is worth it. If I were to go anywhere else it would only be with you."
Relief, as an emotion, a physical sensation, is vastly underrated. It's the relaxing of a tight grip around your throat, it's cracking sore muscles in your back, it's putting on socks after a day of wearing tight shoes, it's the cold rush of ice water down your throat on a day when the world is melting from the heat. I close my eyes, letting the feeling roll through my body like wind over a field. I wonder if the imaginary breeze would take me, too.
His hand in mine is an anchor. "It won't be like this forever," he whispers. "Only as long as we choose. We can make out in the middle of Diagon Alley, or move to a Muggle town in rural Italy and become sheep farmers tomorrow if that's what you want."
I chuckle and watch his eyes crinkle in the corners with his smile. "Potter, do you honestly see me in a field?"
"Oh, come now," his eyes twinkle. "It might not be that ba-a-a-a-ad," he giggled.
I roll my eyes but don't bother to suppress my smile. "You're incorrigible."
"No, that's ewe," he throws his head back, wincing slightly when it thumps against the floor but still laughing. "Get it? 'Cause a 'ewe' is a female sheep and—"
"I got it, Potter."
"Do you?"
"Yes."
"Are you sure?"
"Quite."
"Are ewe sure?"
"I swear to Merlin," I close my eyes and take a deep breath. "I swear to Merlin I will never again use a homophone."
"Good, I don't like your father anyway."
"My wh—oh, a homopho—oh, honestly, it's not that funny!"
But I can't help but grin indulgently at him, my irritation fading at his open mirth toward his own joke. I rest my head on his shoulder as it shakes with laughter. I close my eyes and squeeze his hand. He brings my knuckles to his lips and presses a kiss there that feels like a promise.
I keep a polaroid folded in my wallet. The edges are worn and I’m still not used to an unmoving photo, but I can almost feel my lips pressed against his light stubble and his arm around my waist. I can almost feel the firewhiskey heavy in my blood, almost hear the symphony of our friends’ laughter in the background. I don’t dare look at it when I’m walking through Diagon, but knowing it’s there is a reminder of why we’re putting ourselves, our friends, and our family through this.
It’s easier when I use glamours; it was especially useful right after the trials because an acquittal in the courtroom isn’t redemption in the public eye. But I’m done hiding. If I’m good enough for him to fall in love with, even knowing me in my darkest moments, I must be good enough for everyone else to forgive.
But they don’t know that. I’m not hiding myself, but we’re hiding us, and it aches to be constantly looking over my shoulder for—something. Danger, maybe, Or for a sign that it’s safe, now, to let our love seep from our flat and fill the world with color.
At the time, it seemed so sudden, but the quickest moments move like molasses in my memories.
Now, I can remember the exact second that our carefully-divided worlds merged together, intersecting the universes we'd worked so hard to make parallel. The photographer hiding in the bushes snapped a photo of us, our faces bright and blushing, love hidden in plain sight. The man captured us with a click and a flash, a glimmer of color against a monochrome world.
I remember the bright bulb in my eyes, Harry's features screwed up in fury, the photographer shaken and terrified. I remember the image in the paper the next day and how he looked at me, both in the picture and now, standing next to me in the kitchen.
He clears his throat, lips twisted in a sheepish smile. "So. Italy?"
I huff a laugh, shaking my head. I close the distance between us, wrapping my arms around his neck. "I think we're past that, now."
"Yeah," he says ruefully. "I just wish it had been on our terms—our choice."
I nod. "Me too. But it's still our decision, right? To be together? It's a photo in the paper. Whether the rest of the world knows what our choice is doesn't change it."
"Yeah?" He grins.
"Yeah. Now, c'mon, let's go to Diagon Alley."
His eyebrows furrow. "Why?"
I smirk, sharp and heavy with promise. "So we can make out."
Later, I clip the photo from the Prophet and have it framed for display on my desk. The polaroid, though, stays in my wallet. I look at it when I need a reprieve from gloomy, gray-skied days, reminding me of love, in all its brightest colors.
Chapter 137: i'm ready now
Notes:
Written for my darlingest Lyssa @written-in-ash because I'm proud of her. This is based on the song "Friends" by Chase Atlantic
Chapter Text
I knew you'd say yes.
You didn't have much of a choice, though. My request, so innocuous and easy, wasn't one you'd deny, not in front of other innocent, unknowing eyes. And you, ever the proper, pureblood, would never betray the manners with which you were raised in front of polite company.
Still, you could've made your excuses, could've excused yourself to the loo, or gone home early—done anything other than take my proffered hand and let me lead you to the dance floor. But you did, and you can't deny the rekindled magic when your fingers brushed my palm, moving easily to your rightful place in my arms.
This is where you belong—where we both belong. Dancing, moving together as one. Right here, with me. Away from those who would poison your mind against me.
You dared to relegate me to their status, once. How funny, now, because you'd never look at them with the same heat in your eyes, the same passion. Only I can elicit that in you, but worry not, my love, for it is mutual; always mutual. And now I think it was necessary, that distance you put between us. We needed to pull apart for me to realize that I'd do anything to put us back together.
Perhaps they're jealous of me—of us. That I'm the one who gets to share a part of you that they never will. My place in your life will forever be different than the one occupied by anyone else. You are mine, you always have been; I'm granting your greatest wish, fulfilling your highest potential: allowing you to belong to me.
I see him, the worst of them all, in my peripheral vision. Now is the moment I’ve been waiting for. I spin you out, making sure you’re a safe distance away before I draw my wand and point it at him—him—in the corner. I don’t need words, not for this, just a flick of my wand; I have the power and intention strong enough to send a stream of green light in the direction of your 'friend' Zabini where he lurks smugly in the corner.
You step back and I can almost see the wheels turning in your mind as you flick your eyes between where Zabini is now collapsed on the ground, surrounded by concerned partygoers, and back to me. I expect to see anger, disbelief or even fear reflected in your eyes; I expect to have to justify it to you, to explain myself.
But instead, you lace our fingers together and pull me close, whispering in my ear. "I'm ready, Harry. Take me home."
I knew you'd say yes.
Chapter 138: we should just kiss like real people do
Summary:
Do me a favor, alright? Just—if I'm the saint you believe me to be, the noble do-gooder you think I am, then can you trust me, now, to tell you the truth?
Notes:
Written for C @drarrily-we-roll-along for her birthday! Based on "Like Real People Do" by Hozier
Chapter Text
Do me a favor, alright? Just—if I'm the saint you believe me to be, the noble do-gooder you think I am, then can you trust me, now, to tell you the truth?
I know how it feels, that urge to confess every sin you've committed, every transgression and shortcoming you possess as you wait for me, the world, to reject you; tell you what you already think, which is that you're not good enough.
Showing someone the worst of yourself, and receiving forgiveness or even absolution in return, is a heady relief. But it comes at a price, which is the lack of trust in yourself to leave your mistakes in the past. You forget that I've known you at your lowest, and you saw me at mine. You forget, I tried to administer my own form of justice, which ended up being one of my biggest regrets. I am not the arbiter of what's right and wrong, and I certainly wasn't at sixteen.
And yet, you forgave me. You still do, every time you let me kiss the scars on your chest. You remind me, fingers tangled in my hair, mouth open and panting, that I can atone without self-flagellation, I can proceed with love instead of anger. And you can, too.
You haven't used up your chances in life to make mistakes; you are allowed imperfections. You are allowed to give yourself grace. You're allowed to forgive yourself even if other people don't. And you're allowed to let happiness into your life.
You grew up being told that you were exceptional, pure and perfect. You were taught that there was right and wrong, but only in terms of correct and incorrect. Nuance was for the weak. Anything other than etiquette and success was frivolous. I hope you'll start to see the beauty in messiness, the joy in branching out. I hope you'll let me show you how simple it can be; it doesn't need to be spontaneously trekking across the world or drinking ale in dirty pubs.
It can be lazy kisses on a sun-warmed cobblestone street in the middle of Diagon. It can be picnics in the park and snowball fights and wearing shorts in the summertime. It can be small, safe indulgences.
You don't owe me a list of your faults, your mistakes. You don't need to show me your own imperfections in order to make sure I still want to love you.
I'm not asking, or expecting, for you to be anything other than who you are.
I hope you'll learn to trust, and to love, yourself the way I do.
Chapter 139: some things you just can't speak about
Summary:
It took a week before the gray-eyed boy would tell Harry his name.
Notes:
For the @drarrymicrofic prompt: dystopia
Chapter Text
It took a week before the gray-eyed boy would tell Harry his name. "Call me Draco," he'd whispered, because hushed conversations were all they allowed themselves during these stolen moments in no man's land, where the lines between enemy and lover could be blurred, where Harry's uniform and Draco's scrubs could be shed, piled to the side so they could feel each other's skin, warm and soft and alive.
Every time Harry had to fire his gun, every time he saw bodies carted off to the tent in the distance, far beyond enemy lines, his mind would fill with images of Draco, face ashen and jaw firm as he tried to save a life Harry'd been drafted to end.
But none of it mattered when it was just the two of them, in the thick forest, lying on dried leaves and trading lingering kisses and gentle touches.
Nothing else mattered when they looked one another in the eye and made promises of "one day" and "anywhere, with you" and "it's not your fault," and "I'll wait for you."
Not when Harry brushed Draco's sweaty hair from his forehead, or when Draco pressed his lips to the inside of Harry's wrist.
Not when they let themselves sleep as if wrapped in each other's arms was the safest place for them to be.
Harry lifted his eyes from Draco's head resting on his clavicle, matching his breathing to the slow rise and fall of the other boy's chest, and stared up at the stars, wondering if the sky looked the same beyond the battlefield.
Chapter 140: "invisible string"
Chapter Text
Looking back, I don't know what made me walk up to you in that robes shop. Maybe it was curiosity; I'd never seen a boy my age who hadn't been introduced to me by my parents. I was intrigued by your ill-fitting clothes, your scruffy hair, your wide eyes.
The mystery only grows when I think about offering myself—the only assets I possessed at the time: my name and my friendship—only to be brutally rebuffed. I felt something snap, unravel inside.
And yet, I was only more and more drawn to you. I had to make you feel what I felt and know what I meant and see who I was. I could not fathom that I was the only one who was aware of this force that kept me going after you, again and again, despite knowing that it would fray the thread.
It broke, finally, that day I saw you, lifeless in Hagrid's arms. It shredded itself, and love leaked from my eyes. And just as I was about to drown, to choke from the despair of it all, you jumped up, and something formed taut, solid in my chest.
From then on, I took painstaking efforts to slowly, carefully tie it back together. I gathered my courage, my love, my hope, and the pieces of myself I liked, and I knotted them until I made something more from the wreckage of the war.
And it was then, while I was braiding and fastening and searching through these threads of myself that I saw the one that must've had you reaching back into Fiendfyre for my hand; the one that lied to my father and gave you my wand. The one I showed you, if for no other reason than because you were the only one who could see it.
It became stronger, this new lifeline I'd made for myself. I tossed it to you after the war, over and over, to see if you'd grab it and pull me to you. And, little by little, you'd tug back. Harder, and harder, and harder, until one day you picked up the other end and tied it around your own wrist.
As we perform these bonds today, the magic will wrap itself around our hands to mimic the thread fastening itself around our hearts. For the rest of our lives, Harry, you need only tug on that string and I'll find you, I'll be there.
We feel, know, and see each other, and no force in the world can unravel that.
Chapter 141: Forbidden
Chapter Text
My hands itch with it, my want for you, followed by the cruel rip of my rending heart. We patch it up together in the darkness, saving softness for the shadows. In the hard light we are distant, rigid, our jaws tense and eyes pointed straight ahead.
And yet, I insist on torturing myself by watching you here, having to witness you giving your attention, your time to them when I want them to know you’re mine. I soothe myself by imagining their shock when they know the truth. I want them to choke on our happiness, to cower in the face of it.
But until then, I’ll be content with waiting, with dreaming of what’s yet to come when my heart is healed, when we’re allowed to be soft even in the light.
Chapter 142: if you want to fuck with the eagles, you have to learn to fly
Notes:
For my friend @amorsindolor's birthday!! Love you 💛💛💛 Here's a femme Drarry Heathers AU
Chapter Text
"Hey Potter! Wait up."
Harry startled, turning over her shoulder to see Draco Malfoy sashaying down the hallway, blonde hair somehow glowing in the tragic fluorescent lighting of Hogwarts High. She was trailed by her two lackeys—Crabbe and Goyle—the three of them decked out in tights, skirts, and blazers, each outfit unique but still coordinated with the same shade of green. They looked like a fleet of missiles in human form, shooting down the hallway in perfect formation.
Knowing she was caught in their crosshairs, Harry froze in the middle of the hall, quiescent but not cowering, even as Malfoy closed the distance between them, lipgloss smirk on full display.
"So, Potter, have you given our offer any more thought?" Malfoy asked. "We won't wait around forever, you know."
Harry sighed, tucking a strand of short, unruly hair behind her ear. "I told you my answer the first time, Malfoy. I don't want to join the Slytherins. I like Gryffindor and you won't change my mind."
Draco narrowed her eyes. "Goyle, tell Potter, here, our policy on people who so brazenly decline my kind requests?"
Goyle fixed Harry with a glare. "We give them one chance to correct their mistake."
"That's right," Malfoy nodded. "And Crabbe, if they still refuse?"
"We put them through hell," Crabbe crossed her arms, smirking.
"Very good," Malfoy said, looking at Harry and raising a perfectly-sculpted blonde eyebrow. "Now, care to reconsider?"
Harry grit her teeth. "Not even a little. Now leave me alone." She turned to walk away, but Malfoy was faster, catching her arm and spinning her around again.
"What's your damage, Malfoy?" Harry exclaimed, trying to yank her arm free, but Malfoy's grip tightened.
"You'll regret this, Potter," she said, gray eyes flashing; her sharp nails dug into Harry's arm. "You're nothing without me. Have fun at the bottom of the social food chain, geek!"
She released Harry's arm, whipping around and letting her hair hit Harry in the face. Malfoy snapped her fingers, and Crabbe and Goyle rushed to her side, falling into lockstep.
Harry huffed, readjusting the strap of her backpack on her shoulder. She started off in the other direction down the hallway.
Her head spinning, replaying the interaction, the image of Malfoy and her pet Slytherins slinking down the hall all superior in their unofficial uniform—
Harry stopped in her tracks, excitement sending chills throughout her body. She reached behind her to the open pocket of her backpack for her new cell. Her fingers finally grasped the phone and she pulled it out, flipped it open, dialed the number, and all but crushed it to her ear, picking up her pace as she jogged down the hall.
"'Mione, Malfoy just tried again...Of course, I told her no—yes I'll tell you what happened later but just—what do you think about a trip to the mall? I think Gryffindors would look good in red."
Chapter 143: so take my hand and let it go
Chapter Text
It took a long time.
At first, it wasn't something he allowed himself. He had to remain dry and solemn. There wasn't space, wasn't time to let that heady storm of anguish and relief leak from his eyes. He sat through every funeral wearing the same black robes, the same sober expression.
And then, in the aftermath of it all. When the dust settled, the graves were packed tight with soil, the gavel for the last trial echoed throughout the courtroom—when it was over, finally. He tried.
He tried. He squeezed his eyes shut. He held them open wide. He let the memories, the thoughts, the mental tidal wave free, all at once.
It was too much, too potent, like when heat feels icy. He had too much to cry about, too many tears to spill. His body shook with it, his eyes ached, and yet.
Nothing.
So he swallowed it down. He stopped trying.
He visited his parents, talked to their stones. He let Molly feed him every Sunday. He renovated Grimmauld Place. He settled, like the dust.
It took a long time—until it didn't.
At first, he thought he was hallucinating when he saw Draco Malfoy approaching the cemetery. They glanced at each other, and then away.
And then it kept happening. He could've picked another time of day to go, and so could Malfoy. But neither of them did. He could've been suspicious, could've been angry or resentful. But he wasn't.
Until Harry was running late, one day. His footsteps must've been light, or Malfoy must've been too focused to hear Harry approaching; either way, Harry watched as Malfoy whispered an incantation that made flowers, fresh and vibrant, sprawl neatly over the graves.
The sob tore through his throat. Malfoy whirled around, eyes wide, as Harry doubled over, helpless to the onslaught of hot tears. It was no mere leak, but a flood. He felt part of himself drifting, detached, while his body and mind released the pent-up grief.
Malfoy's touch, warm and solid the arch of his spine, tethered Harry to the ground.
Chapter 144: hold on tight without an ounce of selfishness to it
Chapter Text
I want to stop time, to stay just like this. You, curled up wearing my favorite hoodie, your head on my lap, my hands carding through your silky hair while I sit cross-legged in front of the fireplace in the common room. The dancing flames cast a warm light on your sleep-softened face. I love that my lap, my arms, my clothes—my heart is a safe place for you to be, now. I promise that’ll never change.
You sigh in your sleep. I play with your hair. The fire crackles with joy.
Chapter 145: now im lying on the cold hard ground
Chapter Text
“So are you free Sunday?” Harry asked, sitting up in bed and raising a hopeful eyebrow at Draco. He admired the way the other man gracefully pulled his trousers over his bare legs, up to his waist.
Draco smirked, tossing back his hair. “Oh? What’d you have in mind?” He reached for the shirt they’d carelessly tossed onto Harry’s desk chair.
“Well, Molly keeps getting after me to bring you to the Burrow for Sunday dinner, and I can only hold her off for so long,” Harry shrugged. “Besides, we’ve been seeing each other for a few months now and, well, meeting the family is the next step when two people love each—”
“What?” Draco looked at him sharply, fingers slipping on the buttons of his shirt.
“I said we’ve been seeing each other for a few months and—”
“No no, after that.”
“Oh,” Harry blushed. “Yeah, I mean. I love you. And you don’t have to say it back or, or anything that’s fine. I know it’s sudden, and—”
“Potter, I—” Draco sputtered. “I was under the impression that we…were on the same page.”
“What do you mean?”
“Well, I thought when we agreed to keep this casual, we agreed…I didn’t really see us as—dating,” Draco said with a sigh, not meeting Harry’s eyes as he slipped on his shoes.
It was a punch to the gut; the breath in Harry’s chest, his stomach left him all at once, leaving him bereft, empty. “So…this whole time, the last three months, it was just fucking for you?”
Draco flinched, but he didn’t respond. He didn’t need to; his silence was loud enough.
“I think I should go,” Draco whispered. And before Harry could find the words to respond, Draco’d summoned his wand and Apparated right from the bedroom.
Harry sat there, stunned, before collapsing back onto the bed, staring at the ceiling.
Harry waited. He sent owls and tried to Floo, only for his unsent messages to be returned, his Floo calls echoing in the fireplace with no response. For two weeks, Harry clung to whatever traces Draco had left of himself in Harry’s flat: his cologne clinging to the pillowcase, a stray tie he’d forgotten in his haste to leave one morning, the bottle of wine they’d shared the night before Draco had left Harry’s flat; before the crack of his apparition was drowned out by Harry’s breaking heart.
It got a little easier. He thought of Draco less and less. He washed his sheets, vanished the tie, and threw away the bottle of wine. Harry felt stronger, more resilient. Reminders of Draco didn’t feel like a blow. Time worked like a slow healing salve, and eventually, the chronic pain dulled to a warm ache, like several minutes after stubbing your toe.
Funny, how grief-tinged memories can eventually feel like nightmares that are lost by morning; it’s the kind of pain, of fear, that leaves you forgetting salient details once it fades. Still, you know, somewhere in the part of your mind that keeps you safe from danger, that whatever it was hurt you. It remembers that anguish and stores it for safekeeping, for protection.
It all came rushing back. Anger and sorrow gripped Harry’s throat at the first sight of white-blond hair, of gray eyes, of pale skin, across the Ministry hallway, empty but for the two of them.
His ears rang with it, the panic and anger and despair and love he thought he’d wrung from himself. As if he sensed Harry’s gaze, Draco turned his head, meeting his eyes.
Harry had just enough pride, just enough anger to give himself the dignity of being the one to break it, discarding it like waste. He left Draco staring, faltering, grasping after the thread of their nonverbal connection.
Let Draco be the empty one, the speechless one, the one still reaching for scraps.
Harry let himself enjoy it, the triumph like scratching an unreachable itch. The tables turned with his heel as he walked down the hallway, the click of his boots rending the silence.
Chapter 146: i wanna hurry home to you
Notes:
For @ihopeyoubothstaysafefromharm's birthday! Ily Joy 💛💛💛
Chapter Text
Draco smiled, a tight-lipped, quick thing directed at the person who stepped back to let him board the train. He quickly glanced around and found a seat between a businessman with slicked-back hair, absorbed in his phone, and a woman cooing at the child in her lap. Draco took off his backpack and set it between his legs as he settled onto the plastic seat and tried to ignore the child next to him, but after a few minutes, he let his gaze slide to the round piercing blue eyes staring at him. He lifted a hand in greeting, and the child said nothing, only parting their lips to pop a bubble of spit.
The passengers swayed slightly as the train started to move, quickly gaining speed. Draco reached into the pocket of his backpack and tucked the earbuds in his ears, plugging in his phone and shuffling the newest playlist on his Spotify. “<3 for Draco”, it was titled, and Draco couldn’t help the small, fond smile from spreading on his face at Harry’s stubborn love of emoticons. “I don’t like the creepy faces,” Harry would shrug. “A parentheses and a colon are all I need.”
Draco closed his eyes as the song filled his ears, his mind. Before, when he first moved to the city, he would be constantly checking the map to make sure he wasn’t missing his stop, that he was on the right train. Now, he knew the system, the subway journey to Harry’s flat by heart.
He licked his lips, tasting the cheap punch from the holiday party at the office. He’d begged off as soon as he could, the moment just after it wouldn’t be considered rude to leave. He’d spent every minute at work just as he did every other day: working mechanically and mindlessly, keeping his mind on what he’d do when he’d see Harry again—when he’d be home.
He liked this, too, the subway ride home. He liked watching the tunnel blur as the train sped down the tracks, liked feeling like he was riding on a bullet fired from a gun, piercing the air. He’d started to enjoy it more since Harry introduced him to Muggle technology and music. Draco didn’t like getting lost in his head, didn’t like thinking about all the ways he was disappointing himself, and his father, and how hopeless he felt that he was struggling to satisfy even one of them. If he was going to be miserable, he’d think to himself when his mind turned against him, his father might as well be happy.
But then he’d think of Harry, with his bright laugh and his strong, warm arms and his, “I’m proud of you, always, unconditionally.” He’d listen to the playlists Harry made for him, just for him, with a heart and his name and everything. And he’d remember that he was happy, even if he wasn’t always. And he’d remember that what’s easy isn’t always good, and he deserved good things, even if he didn’t always feel like he did. Harry would say that, and if Harry said it, it had to be true.
As the train slowed to a stop, the woman and child joined the bustling crowd pushing off the train, which merged with the people trying to board. Draco took out an earbud to hear the announcement and confirm that he had only one more to go before he’d get off the train himself. He unlocked his phone, opened his messages and typed a message to Harry. “On my way, love.”
Moments later came Harry’s reply. “Good. Thx darling. See you soon. <3”
Draco smiled, locked his phone, and skipped to a new song. The train doors closed.
Chapter 147: Someday
Chapter Text
It wasn't much. Certainly not the kind of ceremony he'd been promised as a boy. But he'd prefer this—the two of them standing in the living room, wearing the cleanest jeans and T-shirts they owned and surrounded by their friends—to a lavish affair joining him with someone who he didn't know—and, worst of all, didn't really want to.
Mrs. Weasley made a cake using the last of the baking ingredients in the cupboard, and she blushed when Draco told her it was the best he'd ever tasted. They all danced around the room to the music Sirius played on his gramophone, pretending to know the words to songs from another era, that they'd have a future full of new music awaiting them, and they could sing it together.
After the adults retired for the night, the kids took full advantage of Grimmauld's wine cellar, and Draco wondered to himself if they'd live as long as the aged wine they drank straight from the bottle. But his worries muffled in his head as Harry pressed wine-stained lips to his own and cupped Draco's cheek, the silver ring on his finger cool in contrast to his otherwise heated palm. They pulled apart and Draco laced their fingers together, making the rings touch. It was foreign and wonderful all at once, though perhaps that was the thrum of the bond between them, heavy in their veins, their magic.
Draco leaned against Harry and let the sound of their friends' chatter wash over him. Harry pressed another kiss to the top of his head and whispered, "We'll do this properly, someday. I promise."
Draco didn't respond, only snuggled up closer into Harry's embrace, closed his eyes, and dreamed of someday.
Chapter 148: There You Are
Chapter Text
"Pot—Harry, I know you're trying to conceal it but I can sense you're...struggling, right now. I think I can help." Draco's tone is a soft blanket, the look in his eyes a steadying focal point for the part of Harry's brain not currently trying to rid itself of emotion. "Just—do you trust me?"
Harry nods, or he thinks he does, because Draco's hand reaches up to cup his jaw, which unclenches under the gentle touch. Cool fingers smooth the furrow wrinkling Harry's brow and the other hand slips from his jaw and settles on his chest, over his heart, applying light, reassuring pressure until Harry's breathing steadies again.
"There," Draco whispers. "There you are."
Chapter 149: filthy habits
Chapter Text
My father would say it's a vulgar habit, but if he were here now I'd tell him there are worse vices to have, with a pointed glance between our forearms.
I wonder which he'd hate more: the fact that I smoke or the reason why? I wonder which would be filthier, in his eyes, the fact that I'm used to the flavor of tobacco or the fact that I got addicted to it from the taste of your lips and tongue?
Did your friends ever tell you I was jealous of you, growing up? Did anyone ever say, "Harry, he acts out because he's jealous, just ignore him." Or, "That Malfoy, he can't handle it when someone outdoes him."
I was. You were my very own green-eyed monster. (Puns; something else I've picked up that would irritate my father.) Consumed by envy, I lashed out, but upon further reflection, it wasn't you that made me feel inadequate.
No, it was everything that held your attention other than me.
Your friends, your girlfriends, your schoolwork, your daydreams. The quills you chewed on in class. The snitches you caught between your fingers. Any time you spent not thinking of me, interacting with me, staring at me–I was filled with this drive to make you notice me, look at me, say my name.
I wanted you to be as consumed with me as I was with you.
That jealousy, though, burned out; I finished it off like a cigarette smashed against a sidewalk. I haven't needed it ever since you started to need me.
Now I taste bitter smoke on your tongue, and on mine when you're not around. Now I let you take my skin, my love between your teeth and bite and suck. Now it's me between your fingers, heart fluttering and willing in the palm of your hand, ready for you to release me, chase me again. I may dodge this way and that, may whiz past your ear and zoom across the other side, but make no mistake that I am shiny and small and yours.
Right now I sit here against the window, wiping the tears away from my cheeks lest they start to douse the flame. I'm waiting and smoking and thinking about how it would feel to be the pack of cigarettes in your pocket; to go with you everywhere, knowing I'd be waiting to burn for you, as long as you need me, for as long as you keep my embers glowing.
Your friends and family can be the hearth. I am the cigarette, and I ignite for you.
Chapter 150: Two Is Better Than One
Chapter Text
How could anything be better than this? Than you here, at my side, looking at me like…I don’t know what. Just. Something important.
Not that I’m falling back into bad habits. I haven’t yielded to the dark thoughts that lingered in the corners of my mind like shadows before you brought me sunshine; the ones that called me nothing nothing nothing nothing. What I mean is, you look at me like I’m precious, sacred. That I’m important to you.
I’m in awe. I never thought I could be this happy; I thought I wasn’t allowed. At first because I was told I was nothing nothing nothing, and then because I had to be everything to everyone and didn’t have time for this. But you prove to me every day that I can be happy even when I’m sad, sometimes. And you showed me it’s okay to not always be happy, and I have people who are willing to share that burden with me; and that you’re one of those people.
And I can’t think of anything better.
Chapter 151: Out Loud
Chapter Text
I card my fingers through your dark hair, let them meet gentle resistance before they slide through the sleep-matted knots. You’re so peaceful like this. If you were awake you’d be blushing, squirming a little in the face of my unguarded, reverent appraisal of you. That has its appeal, and while I enjoy spending our wakeful hours showing you exactly how vital and remarkable you are, just by being you, sometimes I like to love you just for myself.
With you sleeping here beside me, safe and warm, I get to indulge in loving you without inhibition or self-conscious deflection. I get to watch you sleep, feel you pressed against me, and revel in it, the softness.
I used to spend mornings early in our relationship with a lump in my throat, holding back tears, wondering why you chose to be in my bed, to trust me with this, with your sleepy mind and body.
Now I allow myself the indulgence of loving you without you seeing it, like listening to music on noise-cancelling headphones. For now, the song is for my ears only, loud and ringing, but contained. And when you wake, I’ll play it aloud; we’ll listen together.
Chapter 152: right down the line it's been you and me
Chapter Text
Draco adjusted his tie, nervous fingers slipping on the fabric. He let his eyes roam over the curtain at the very back of the theater, resisting the urge to part the drapes and peek at the audience chattering on the other side.
A few feet away, Harry was wearing the same costume: a black button-down shirt, purple tie, and black trousers. Draco didn't know why McGonagall had insisted on such basic outfits—they looked like every other show choir group—but he supposed their talent would distinguish them well enough. Besides, they were limited in their color choices. Merlin forbid the new-and-improved Hogwarts inter-house choir inadvertently highlight one house more than the others.
He felt more than saw Harry's gaze on him, and he turned to meet the bright green eyes and crooked smile. It took his breath away, even after all these months of hard work, rehearsal, and bonding, to see Harry look at him with anything other than disdain. Even after long hours spent practicing together in the choir room, just the two of them, sessions that turned into quiet moments, light teasing, and conversations that Draco wouldn't let himself admit might even be termed flirting.
Even after one particularly intense run of the song, and they'd ended up grasping at each other, the last word sung softly in the space between them before Harry'd leaned forward—and Draco'd pulled away.
'It was just the song,' Draco'd stammered. 'I know it was an accident. It's fine, just drop it.'
And they had, neither of them bringing it up again, even though questions, daydreams of what if played on a loop in Draco's head.
Draco was shaken from his thoughts by Harry suddenly walking toward him, his steps assured, jaw set and determined. Draco blinked and then moved to meet him in the middle.
He smiled amicably at Harry. "Good luck."
"I love you."
Before Draco could respond, a voice sounded through the theater's speaker. "Anndd now, from Hogwarts School of Witchcraft and Wizardry, it's the Nargle Notes!"
Draco watched, stunned, as Harry walked back to his spot to take his place. Gathering himself, he did the same, trying not to laugh helplessly at the giddy joy erupting in his chest. He looked over at Harry, who was already looking at him. Draco couldn't help but match his hopeful smile as the music started.
Harry stepped forward first, parting the curtain and making his entrance behind the audience.
"Highway run, into the midnight sun, wheels go round and round, you're on my mind," Draco closed his eyes at the sound of Harry's voice echoing through the auditorium. He took a breath, parted the curtain, and entered through another aisle behind Harry.
Every head in the audience turned to look at him, but Draco only had eyes for Harry. "Restless hearts sleep alone tonight, sending all my love along the wire," Draco sang, moving to meet Harry, standing on opposite sides of the same row.
"They say that the road ain't no place to start a family," they sang together, eyes locked. "But right down the line, it's been you and me. And loving a music man ain't always what it's 'sposed to be."
Draco inhaled, singing the next line by himself. "Oh, boy, you stand by me."
Their voices joined together again, meeting in perfect harmony. "I'm forever yours, faithfully."
The music picked up, and they shared a small, growing smile before moving down the aisle toward the stage. They ran up the steps to make it in front of the curtain just as it rose, revealing the rest of the group in risers, singing "Ohhh, ohhh," behind them.
"Faithfully," Draco felt a rush of pride at hitting the high note. "I'm still yours," he held the note, long and loud and even. Harry was singing along with the rest of the group but remained standing near Draco.
They moved closer to one another as the song began to draw to a close, the music building to a crescendo as he and Harry joined their voices together one last time, their eyes meeting.
"I'm still yours," they held the last note as the music quieted, "faithfully," the last word rang out in the auditorium.
The audience's applause was nearly deafening. The team still had two more songs on their setlist and, hopefully, a trophy to collect. But when Harry held out a hand and gave Draco a small, hopeful grin, which Draco returned as he laced their fingers together to join their team behind them on stage, he knew he'd already won.
Chapter 153: shuffle
Chapter Text
While he walks back to the flat, Harry presses the earbuds into his ears and hits 'shuffle' on his music library, skipping every song that doesn't remind him of white-blond hair, teasing smirks, lazy kisses, hushed conversations while cuddling by the fireplace—of home.
Chapter 154: forehead kisses
Chapter Text
Harry couldn’t breathe. He was gasping, drowning without water, gagging on nothing. He collapsed onto the floor, barely noticing the dull pain of his tailbone on the hard floor of the stalled Ministry lift. Sweat broke out on his forehead and his eyes blurred with tears. The sound of his hyperventilating sounded far away, detached.
Suddenly, strong, muscular arms wrapped around him, and a voice with a deep, smooth timbre was low in his ear, murmuring words of comfort. Harry let himself collapse back onto Draco’s chest and closed his eyes, focusing on listening to the words and letting his body resume its normal breathing on its own.
Finally, Harry was only slightly trembling, and no longer panicked. He felt his body go slack with relief in Draco’s arms, and some distant corner of his mind was screaming at him to extricate himself from the embrace, warning him that he was ruining their fragile friendship, betraying his crush on his Auror partner.
But instead, Harry shifted so his body was curled into Draco’s, his forehead on Draco’s chest. The arms around him tightened protectively, and Harry blinked up curiously at knowing gray eyes.
“Later,” Draco whispered, his chest rumbling. Harry nodded, closing his eyes one more. He allowed himself a small contented smile as slightly chapped lips suddenly pressed gently against his forehead like a promise.
Chapter 155: Heal
Summary:
prompt: the antagonist took you hostage, and i'm a mess, i've been beaten, badly injured trying to get them to release you, i can barely stand and i'm bleeding, but it doesn't matter, you're safe, and you're back in my arms, and i don't care about anything but getting to feel your lips on mine once more for
Notes:
CW: semi-serious injury, cw: blood, happy ending and it's all fine!
Chapter Text
Draco stumbled into the dungeon, wincing and clutching the side of his blood-soaked robes. But it didn’t matter, nothing did except for finding—
A voice, gruff with disuse, grunted from a darkened corner, with two green eyes shining like a beacon. “I’m over here.”
Draco rushed over, casting a hasty Lumos and kneeling down in front of Harry, who was chained to the wall and the floor. Draco set his glowing wand on the stone floor next to him. “Harry,” he breathed, “Are you alright? Are you injured?”
“Just a few scrapes, an infection at worst, maybe. But Draco, you’re bleeding—”
Draco shook his head. “I’ll be fine. Let me just get you out of those.” He picked up his wand, severing the chains around Harry’s ankles and resting them back on the floor. He moved to Harry’s wrists, gently soothing the distressed skin.
When Harry was freed, he moved to stand, but Draco stopped him with a soft hand, leaning in closer so their breaths mingled.
“Draco, what are you doing?” Harry asked, his eyebrows knit. “You’re hurt, we have to take you to Mungos and report back to Robards.”
“It can wait,” he mumbled. “But there’s something I have to do first—if you’ll let me.”
Harry blushed. “You can do whatever it is when you’re healed. ’M not going anywhere.”
“Please,” Draco whispered. “I’ve spent the last few weeks imagining what I’d do when I finally found you, and I promised myself that, if you let me, I wouldn’t waste any more time wishing I’d known what it was like to kiss you.” He reached up and brushed the sweaty fringe from Harry’s forehead.
Harry nodded, the corner of his mouth lifting into a small smile. Draco leaned in and kissed him, slow and easy, memorizing every brush of tongues, every nip of lips, every light gasp. He let it drown out the pain in his side, the panic that had seized him for weeks, the pounding of his heart against his ribs.
They pulled apart, and Draco rested their foreheads together. When Harry opened his mouth to speak, Draco stopped him with a gentle finger to his lips. “Please just—before you tell me you’d rather be friends, let me just have this for a moment more.” He closed his eyes, taking a shuttered breath through the lump that rose in his throat.
Suddenly, He felt warm hands on his shoulders, rubbing soothingly over his dirtied, torn robes. “Draco, if I was going to let you down easy, I wouldn’t have let you kiss me.”
Draco’s eyes snapped open in shock. Harry was grinning, amusement dancing in his eyes. “I want you too, you dolt. I have since we were first partnered.”
“Really?” Draco breathed.
“Yes, and I can guarantee I will still want to be with you outside of this dungeon. And in St. Mungos while you receive urgent medical care. And I can’t properly show you how much I want to be with you until you’re fully healed, so can we get the fuck out of here?”
Draco chuckled, wincing when the movement caused a sharp pain in his side. He picked up his wand and stood, gingerly, and allowed Harry to get to his feet. He laced their fingers together, leaning on Harry’s shoulder and handing him his wand. He felt lips press into his neck as the Apparition pulled them away.
Chapter 156: take care of you
Summary:
prompt: “you’re sick and we can’t kiss and it’s torture”
Notes:
cw: very very minor illness (a cold), all fluff!
Chapter Text
“Thank you, love,” Draco smiled weakly and accepted the bowl of soup from Harry, settling it in front of him on the table. He tore off a piece of crusty bread and dunked it into the broth, eyelids fluttering closed in bliss as he took a bite and swallowed.
Harry’s chest ached at the sight of Draco, red-nosed and surrounded by used tissues, savoring the soup Harry’d made for him. He watched as Draco licked a bit of broth from his lips before he turned his head and coughed tight into his elbow.
It sounded painful, enough that Harry flinched in sympathy, but when Draco recovered and looked at him with flushed cheeks and a small, sheepish smile, Harry’s heart cracked wide open.
The thing is, Draco was usually so composed, put together. He was prickly, even a bit rude, and rarely let himself show his softer side. And it had taken a year before Draco’d let Harry do more than Owl him when he was sick. But they lived together now, and Pepper-Up couldn’t cure a Muggle cold nearly as quickly as a Magical one, so Draco’d had to give in to Harry’s caretaking.
Harry had expected him to be acerbic, even demanding and constantly complaining. Instead, Draco had been easy, sweet and pliant. And his sneezes were just about the most adorable sound Harry had ever heard, like little squeaks. Normally, Harry wouldn’t hide his snickers, but knowing Draco was truly suffering, and seeing him so vulnerable, took the humor out of it.
He wanted nothing more at that moment than to slide into bed, take Draco in his arms, and kiss him slow and soft.
Instead, he clenched his fists and stayed standing. “Do you need anything else? More tea? Or tissues?”
Draco shook his head. “I’m okay. You should probably go to the living room, though. Or the bedroom, since I’m in the guestroom. You don’t want this, trust me,” he said with a soft chuckle that turned into a small coughing fit.
Harry’s heart sank. He slid into the chair opposite Draco. “I’m alright here. I’ll keep you company.”
Swallowing another bite of soup, Draco raised an eyebrow. “I’m not much company, I imagine. I can barely talk.”
“We don’t have to talk, I just. Don’t want to leave you alone. Unless you want to be by yourself! I can—I can go and—”
Draco held up a hand. “You’re welcome to stay, I just don’t think I’ll be all that entertaining, seeing as I plan on going straight back to bed after I finish this soup. I’m really—Oh Merlin—” Draco cut himself off, quickly picking up a tissue and sneezing into it with a squeak, eyebrows scrunched.
After Draco wiped his nose, leaving it more reddened, Harry couldn’t take it anymore. He stood and moved to close the distance between himself and Draco, who looked at him with wide eyes. “Wh—” Draco started to speak but Harry cut him off with a kiss. Draco was frozen for a second but then finally began to kiss back, melting into it.
They pulled apart, and Draco looked at him incredulously. “Potter, what the fuck was that?”
Harry glanced away, blushing. “I wanted to kiss you.”
“I can’t believe you,” Draco snorted—and then winced—but recovered enough to say fondly, “You’re an idiot,”
Harry couldn’t help but grin, leaning in close to whisper, “Worth it,” before he kissed him again.
Chapter 157: Remedy
Notes:
CW: assault (NOT BETWEEN H/D), injury, bleeding, mentions of oral sex, stab wound; no bad things between or caused by H/D
Chapter Text
Harry chuckled at the telly, eating another handful of popcorn. As much as he loved his friends, one thing he'd promised himself as soon as he left Hogwarts was to implement this ritual for himself: just him, a bowl of popcorn, and SNL.
It worked out well, with his flatmate generally preferring nightlife, and Harry quite enjoying watching the telly instead of said-flatmate drinking rum and coke while dancing with men who weren't him.
Harry blinked at his fist, which he realized had just crunched a handful of popcorn in a tight grip. He wiped the crushed kernels on a napkin and reached for another, forcing his attention back to the telly.
At first, the sound coming from the door was so soft, so distant, that Harry was sure he'd been imagining it. But when a loud thunk against the door made him startle and spill the popcorn, followed by a groaned, "Harrrrryy," he was up and out of the chair in a flash, opening the door and barely catching Draco falling into his arms before his flatmate hit the ground.
Draco wheezed, and Harry's heart clenched as his mind went blank other than solve-crisis-now mode. He gently brought Draco inside, shut the door, and brought the two of them to the kitchen table.
Draco sat back in a chair, his eyes scrunched in pain as he clutched his side. Harry gently reached over to pry the other man's hands from his waist, grimacing when he revealed blood-stained clothes.
"What happened?" Harry asked, reaching for Draco's wand where it sat in his holster.
"Man...Club...wanted b-blow—" Draco winced as Harry carefully untucked the bloodied shirt to reveal the wound. "I s-said no. He was...mad...pulled...knife...He ap—apparated...before I could..."
Harry closed his eyes against the rush of anger, the kind that made his blood itch. Later, he'd ask Draco for the pensieve memory, and find his assailant and see to it that he regretted even looking in Draco's direction, that he'd look at only four walls of a cell for a long time.
But for now, Harry used Draco's wand and cast the necessary Healing spells, watching with relief as the bleeding stopped and the skin began to repair itself. Draco's breathing evened out, deepened until he was able to open his eyes, wet with tears that Harry let himself reach over to wipe away with his thumb. Rather than push him away, Draco cupped Harry's hand where it rested on his face.
"How did you get back here?" Harry asked softly. "Why didn't you call me? Or send a Patronus?"
"My phone died, and the pain was too intense for me to think of anything else," Draco sighed. "And I took a cab. I didn't feel safe to Apparate, and I was too delirious to remember Healing spells—" Draco paused, eyes narrowed critically. "Did you use my wand?"
Harry flushed, pulling back and putting both hands in his lap. "I guess. I wasn't thinking, I just. Grabbed the closest wand and...Sorry."
Draco huffed. "Figures you'd still be able to use my wand, after all this time."
"Makes sense, really. Ron used to use Hermione's wand all the time, long before they got together." Harry said, and then closed his eyes, regretting the words as soon as they left his lips.
When he opened them again, Draco's mouth was slightly agape. "What—"
"It's fine—"
"No, Harry, do you have feelings fo—"
"Obviously, but—"
"H-how long?"
Harry just shrugged. "Does it matter? You don't feel the same, so. It's fine," he said, moving to stand up, beginning to set up a fortress around his heart just as Draco settled him back into his seat with a gentle touch.
"Maybe Granger and Weasley can share a wand for the same reason we do," Draco said, cheeks flushing.
Harry's heart picked up speed. "What reason?"
"For the same reason I didn't send you my Patronus," Draco whispered. "Because I didn't want you to see it."
Harry was dumbfounded as Draco picked up the wand and closed his eyes, whispering, "Expecto Patronum."
A stag, glittering and bright, burst from the tip of the wand. Harry watched in awe before gently taking the wand from Draco and casting his own Patronus. The two stags approached each other, tails wagging joy before galloping around the flat, chasing one another.
Harry looked over at Draco when he felt a cool hand cover his own. Draco's lips quirked up into a small smile, and in the glowing light of the stags, and the telly playing quietly in the background, Harry leaned in and closed the distance between them.
The kiss tasted like shared magic, like rum and coke, like buttered popcorn—and like home.
Chapter 158: The Winner Takes It All
Notes:
CW: angst, post-breakup, unhappy ending
Chapter Text
I thought we were done competing, but it seems that once the love I had for you was crushed to dust beneath your righteousness, all that’s left is searing anger.
This is the most ridiculous game—it’s insulting, really, to be so dishonest with each other after all the work we did to tell each other the truth. It’s feigned pride and blank stares. It’s aching and sharp and sore and just when I think the pain is starting to dull to a distant throb, you do something or say something or something reminds me a bit too much of you and it hurts it hurts it hurts.
You win, Potter. You fucking win. I can’t do this anymore. I hate you so fucking much because you told me I was allowed to feel things and that it made me brave and good but now you’re gone and I can’t lock my heart back up again. I can’t force it back into the box.
I hope you’re really, sickeningly, stupidly happy with her and her loving family and all the things I couldn’t give you. I really fucking hope you’re enjoying having won my love and hers and knowing you’ll have both forever and ever.
I better have a prominent spot in your memory, a shiny trophy on a polished pedestal. Enjoy it; one of us should.
Chapter 159: Rant
Chapter Text
“…And what people don’t understand is that they’re rightfully angry about politics but they don’t know all the reasons why because who the fuck knows what gerrymandering is, right?!” Draco didn’t wait for a response. “Right. So they don’t show up to vote because they’re cynical. Or if they do, not enough of them do to somehow vote out the people in the opposite party who want to suppress them, and then it’s another ten fucking years before there’s another census and there could even be a chance of ousting the corrupt politicians! So the system is fucked and I’m tired of the courts being so cowardly about this! Like, fuck the Rucho verdict!” Draco said, slamming his fist on the table and making the empty takeaway containers wobble. “Right?”
Harry blinked at him, trying to keep his lip from twitching in fond amusement at seeing Draco so passionate, so riled up in his indignation. Truth be told, Harry had gotten lost somewhere around the word ‘gerrymandering’ but he loved hearing Draco talk about it anyway.
So, he just smiled and said, “Right, love.”
Chapter 160: New
Chapter Text
Draco watched the rain slide down the taxi window like tears of relief. The city sky might seem dreary and angry to some, but Draco was used to finding life in the gray.
He watched the buildings scrape the sky as the taxi weaved through the packed traffic. He wasn’t sure if the clench of his stomach was residual anxiety about cars in general or the seemingly minute distance between each vehicle, narrowly avoiding a collision. Did Muggles fear this, too? Surely, if they could travel like this in relative safety, then so could he.
“Almost there,” the driver said gruffly from the front seat. “Bout five minutes.”
“Thank you,” Draco said. He gripped the handle of his suitcase a little tighter and closed his eyes, trying to enjoy the ride.
Chapter 161: World's Best Coffee
Notes:
Sequel to "New"
Chapter Text
Draco rested his head against the couch, closing his eyes. His suitcase was still unopened, the clothes contained within likely wrinkling despite his efforts at careful folding. It was nothing a strong ironing charm couldn’t fix.
The flat was bare, and small. But there was running water, and a couch, and a bed that folded up onto the wall. Draco’d lucked out and found an abandoned telly on the sidewalk, and, sure, the screen was cracked, but he could make it work. There was a laundromat across the street and a cafe next to it with a neon sign advertising the “World’s Best Coffee,” and maybe it was.
Tomorrow, he would cast the ironing charms. He’d pull on his smartest clothes. He’d walk the streets and find succulents and cheap artwork and maybe a mirror to hang on the wall. He’d buy one of those scarves from the men on the street and let it warm him against the chilly air.
And maybe, on the way home, he’d try the coffee.
Chapter 162: At a Time
Chapter Text
Draco watched the flickering candle, glancing nervously between the wisp of smoke and the smoke detector on the ceiling of the flat. He was pretty sure that candles were a violation of his lease, but he wanted to allow himself this. This bit of rebellion just for himself, watching the hypnotic dance of the flame as it undulated on the wick.
He settled onto the couch and gazed at the sea of unopened boxes and the ones he’d already emptied but not yet recycled. He wasn’t sure how, yet, and by now he was a bit afraid to ask. But at this point, he figured he’d used up his good will with the universe. He couldn’t afford to throw cardboard out with the normal garbage.
He’d been a Death Eater. The least he could do now was recycle.
But until then, he was focused more on building his furniture, slowly but surely. He used a bar cabinet as a tabletop and has otherwise only built a couch and his bed, which still needed a box spring. But he had the essentials. He was making progress; had been for days.
He watched the sun sink beyond the distant skyscrapers, the flickering candle seemingly growing taller to take its place, valiantly trying to lick away the darkness.
Chapter 163: Vow
Chapter Text
Draco paces back and forth, nervous, refusing to sit or shed his robes and crown until—
Until.
He glances out the window, the sight of the setting sun enough for dread, a cruel knife, to twist in his stomach. No, he thinks. The day is not over.
Harry had promised he'd be back by the end of one hundred and twenty days. And no matter when the clock chimed, or the sun gave up hope, Harry kept his promises.
He'd sworn his fealty, kneeling in front of Draco, his armor clinking on the marble floor of the throne room, the avid audience around them fading at the sight of evergreen eyes bright with a hope that still took Draco's breath away at the mere memory. He'd placed his hands in Draco's, the words of the oath falling from his lips and into the space between them.
"I vow on my heart that I will forever be faithful to my king, never cause him harm and will observe my homage to him completely against all persons in good faith and without deceit."
Ancient magic flowed over their joined palms, a golden string of light tying itself between their wrists, and Draco couldn't help but notice the way it glowed against Harry's bronze skin. It had faded nearly as quickly as it came, and Harry'd stood, wearing a lopsided grin that made Draco want to kiss him, to claim him, in front of the entire kingdom.
They'd had to wait; they knew it. If the enemy had known that the King's beloved was among the soldiers fighting them, Harry'd have been targeted. It was safer, that way, for Harry and for the kingdom.
Still, Draco promised himself that the moment Harry returned, the very instant he saw him, he'd make a vow of his own. He'd be the one to kneel, to pledge his love, his heart.
And he would, too. Just as soon as the day ended.
Draco turns on his heel to walk another circle around his chambers when the door creaks open. Draco is about to chastise the careless servant for not knocking before entering his private quarters when half of a familiar face peeks through the crack.
The door slams open and Draco flings himself into Harry's waiting arms, uncaring of the cool metal of the armor against him. He wastes no time in pressing their lips together, in tangling his fingers in sweaty, knotted black hair.
They break apart to breathe, panting against each other. Harry opens his mouth to speak, but before he can, Draco presses a single finger to his lips. Harry raises his eyebrows in surprise, but he remains silent.
Draco summons a small black box from the bedside drawer, takes Harry's hands in his own, and kneels in front of him.
Chapter 164: one step forward, three steps back
Chapter Text
Draco cringes, expecting pain, and resentment, but none comes. Seeing Harry in a corner booth, chatting away with his friends with an effervescent smile, gesturing with extroverted enthusiasm, might make his chest pang with regret and irrational anger. But instead, he searches himself for the lie but finds that he’s truly and honestly fine. Draco goes to the bar and orders his usual drink, wondering if this is what progress feels like.
///
Draco’s listening intently to Pansy as she stirs lazily sugar into her tea and rambles about her mother’s latest boyfriend and his goatee and his corduroy trousers and his “laugh like a whale in labor” when Harry walks into the breakroom, eyes bright as he chuckles at something Weasley says. Draco averts his eyes from the door as the two aurors pass by their table like it’s empty. By Weasley’s garbled words and Pansy’s disgusted sneer, Draco can tell that the oaf has shoved a pastry into his constantly-talking mouth. He wishes he could glance over his shoulder and glare at him for his manners, but that would mean seeing Harry and his throat closes up at the thought. He grasps at the shreds of dignity, of acceptance, or at least apathy, but it slips away, replaced by nausea and longing.
Draco pretends to sip his tea and wonders why his heart starts to heal itself only to break all over again.
Chapter 165: dance with me
Summary:
prompt: hand kisses!!!! let me invite you for a dance!!!!! let's end it with a kiss on the cheek!!!!
Chapter Text
Draco busied himself by taking a sudden interest in the martini in his hand. Pansy, the traitor, looked at Potter as he approached. “Potter,” she said with a smirk, making Draco’s blood boil. How dare she both smirk at him and call him ‘Potter’? Those were Draco’s moves thankyouverymuch.
Ever a bastard, Potter smiled amicably at the Woman-Formerly-Known-as-Draco’s-Best-Friend, slightly gesturing toward her with the champagne glass in his hand. “Parkinson,” he nodded, before finally deigning to acknowledge Draco’s presence. “Malfoy, hello.”
Draco raised his most imperious eyebrow, so haughty and supercilious that it could buy and sell monarchs over afternoon tea. “Potter,” he said, glancing at Pansy out of the corner of his eye as if to tell her, And that’s how to say it properly.
Potter swallowed a sip of champagne, and the only reason Draco noticed was because of the small smacking sound his lips made when they opened again, and not because of the way they shone when he licked the drop that nearly escaped. “Lovely evening, isn’t it? I mean, as far as events like these go,” Potter said with a charming smile.
“Not a fan of Ministry soirees, are you?” Pansy questioned. “Or are you more one for socializing with the hoi polloi at the Leaky?”
Potter chuckled, “I do prefer ale to champagne, but I make an exception for a good cause. And when Kingsley insists on it.”
“Of course, the Golden Cursebreaker couldn’t disappoint the Minister,” Draco drawled. “It would be a coup if the record-holder for the most solved cases were to be absent from an event like this.”
Potter smirked. “Well, I’d say my partner deserves some credit for that success, don’t you think?”
“Damn right I do,” Draco mumbled, sipping his martini.
Potter shrugged. “I might know a way to rectify that.”
“Oh, do you?”
“Sure,” Potter said with a smirk. “Care to dance?”
“Yes! Yes he would,” Pansy said, shoving Draco forward, causing him to nearly spill his drink and trip onto Potter which. Draco, ever graceful, caught himself before such a disaster could occurr. He nearly turned to glare at Pansy, eyes narrowing, when Potter reached for his free hand.
Draco didn’t pull away only due to the sheer shock of it, and not because of the surprising warmth of Potter’s palm.
“Please? What do you say?” Potter looked at him with honest, imploring eyes.
“Alright,” Draco said, setting down his martini glass on a nearby table. Anger at Pansy and humiliation at his almost-trip dissolved with the shock of the sweet, gentle press of Potter’s lips to the back of Draco’s hand.
Draco let Potter lead him to the dance floor, ignoring the mix of curious and incredulous stares that followed them. Potter turned to face him and pulled their bodies close together, a hand on the small of Draco’s back making his breath hitch.
Potter was a surprisingly adept dancer, leading Draco through the slow dance with ease. Draco nearly forgot about their audience until he heard murmurs behind him when the live band switched songs.
“People are staring,” Draco whispered. “Potter are you sure you know what you’re doing? ”
“Hardly ever,” Potter said with an amused smirk. “But I know what I’m doing here.”
“You do?”
“Of course.”
“And what would that be, exactly?”
“Dancing with you and having the most fun I’ve ever had at one of these things.
Draco frowned. "I don’t understand. You’re not afraid to be seen with me like this?”
Potter’s chuckle was low in his ear. “Far from it, Draco. But you and I both know you’re not this thick, and you pride yourself on being able to see through any and all attempts on my part to be subtle about something.” Potter pulled back slightly, just far enough to look Draco in the eye. “You know as well as I do why I asked you to dance tonight. And I hope we both know why you said yes.”
Draco inhaled sharply. “Potter, I—”
He cut himself off, noticing suddenly that the band had started on a faster song, the slow-dancing couples breaking apart.
Potter stepped back for a moment before swooping in and surrounding Draco in his woodsy scent, pressing a kiss to his cheek and placing a hand on his shoulder. He pulled away, letting his fingers run along Draco’s arm, their fingertips catching for a moment before parting.
“Just think it over, alright?” Potter said, eyes locked with Draco’s. “I’ll be waiting.”
He watched as Potter moved through the crowd, exchanging a parting word with Pansy before he stopped at the entrance, turned back to glance at Draco, and disappeared around the corner.
Draco took a breath, and followed.
Chapter 166: Shout
Chapter Text
I’m going to shout it from the rooftops, no need for a sonorous charm. “HE’S MINE!” I’ll yell. “HE CHOSE ME! I’M IN LOVE WITH DRACO MALFOY AND I WANT THE ENTIRE WORLD TO KNOW IT!”
They’ll run articles in the Prophet and this time they won’t need to make up fake stories about my insanity. They can report the truth, word for word, that I am absolutely, head-over-heels gone for you.
They’ll say I’ve gone barmy. That I’ve lost the plot. But none of them have ever been in love, if they’ve never felt this way, so suffused with pure joy and gratitude and giddiness that the only way to manage it all is to shout at the top of their lungs.
A thousand of them could stare at me in shock, in awe or second-hand embarrassment. But I only need to see you, that exasperated fondness, that unconditional love, to take another breath and tell them all over again.
Chapter 167: Prank
Notes:
cw: mild violence, but neither harry nor draco is hurt. and tbh the asshole deserved it lol.
Chapter Text
“With a taste of your lips, I’m on a ride. You’re toxic I’m slippin’ under, with a taste of a poison paradise, I’m addicted to you, don’t ya know that you’re toxic?” Draco undulated his body on stage, winking at the cheering crowd like he was performing at Madison Square Garden and not Friday night karaoke at the Leaky. He turned around, swaying his hips and glancing over his shoulder. “And I love what ya do, don’t ya know—”
Suddenly, he saw a blur out of the corner of his eye reach out and snatch the microphone from his hand. Draco whirled around to see Zacharias Smith, grinning lazily and swaying, reeking of firewhiskey even a foot away.
“What the fuck, Smith?” Draco growled as the music was paused. Smith ignored him in favor of addressing the crowd, which had started murmuring at the interrupting.
“I’ll letcha finish, Malfoy, but Hannah Abbott had one of the best karaoke performances of all time!” He slurred into the microphone, likely getting his spittle all over it; Draco cringed. Everyone groaned as feedback squeaked through the speakers.
In the crowd, Abbott looked torn between shock and anger, staring daggers at Smith. “I told you no, Zach! This isn’t a way to ask me out, you git!”
Smith pouted. “C'mon baby, I defended your honor!”
The audience started to ‘boo,’ even as Smith opened his mouth to talk again.
“Get off the stage, Smith!” Draco reached for the microphone, but Smith pulled away.
“No! I wanna talk! I'm—”
He didn’t finish before another person stormed onto the stage, throwing a punch that had Smith groaning on the ground in a matter of seconds, the microphone clattering to the floor and making another startling noise. Draco looked up to see Potter, panting hard and staring at Smith, whose drunken mind caught up with the shock and pain.
“What the fuck?” Tom, the owner, asked as he approached the stage.
Potter shrugged. “Sorry, Tom, he was harassing Draco and Hannah and—well, everyone really.”
Tom sighed. “Fine. Can someone take him to Mungos?”
One of the assistant barmen wordlessly walked onto the stage, helping Smith to his feet and guiding him out the door as the crowd cheered.
Draco turned to Potter with a raised eyebrow. “You didn’t have to do that, Potter, I had it under control.”
Potter shrugged. “I know. Him interrupting you just gave me the excuse to do what I’ve wanted to do for a long now.”
“I’ve wanted to hit him for a while, too,” Draco chuckled.
“That too, but I also wanted to talk to you.”
Draco blinked. “You didn’t need to punch a man to talk to me. Or do you only approach people after saving them?”
“It’s a good icebreaker,” Potter smirked, bending down to pick up the microphone, turn it off, and cast a quick Scourgify before handing it to Draco. “Here you go. You should finish performing. You’re really good.”
Draco’s heart fluttered, but he only let it show with a small smile. “You were watching?”
“I couldn’t keep my eyes off of you, though if I’m being honest, my friends would say that’s a pretty regular occurrence,” Potter said, rubbing the back of his neck.
Draco flushed and cleared his throat. “Do you—d'you still want to talk after?”
“Yeah—yes, please. I’ll, er, go back to my seat. I think the crowd is getting a little antsy,” he said, eyeing the audience that had started to look at them suspiciously. “I’ll see you when you’re done,” Potter said with a bright grin and a wink before turning and walking off the stage.
Draco fought down a blush and nodded at the waitress who’d stopped the music. The pounding bass filled the speakers again, and Draco fell back into the song, feeling bright green eyes on him the entire time like a spotlight.
Chapter 168: See Them Now
Chapter Text
"Potter" was something he used to spit like an errant hair on his lips. It was schoolyard taunts and hurled at the ground, a vulgar curse.
"Harry" is an exhalation of relief, like breathing. It makes him lightheaded with giddiness, the privilege of such a prayer heavy on his tongue.
"Malfoy" was defensive, mocking. It was returned enemy fire. It was deliberate defilement, growled without a trace of deference or fear or acquiescence.
"Draco" is the present, the future. It's forgiveness and making up for lost time. It's intimate, vulnerable and without inherent status. It's here and now. It's good; it's potential fulfilled.
Draco squeezed Harry's hand in his own, their wedding rings clinking together against the armrests of the worn beach chairs. If only Potter and Malfoy could see them now.
Chapter 169: What It Doesn't Say
Chapter Text
It doesn’t talk about the time when all was supposed to have been well but decidedly wasn’t. The sleepless nights dreading the danger that had always revealed itself after so long spent in relative peace. The fact that wars can be fought in our minds.
It doesn’t detail the months of trying to hold onto a version of themselves that never became fully realized. The bitter, painfully slow process of understanding that making up for lost time isn’t possible when you’re running out of it.
It doesn’t mention the years of settling for what was comfortably reliable, rather than deeply fulfilling. The amicable if awkward breakups, the late blooming, the awakenings. The balance between fights and battles, and how one can be healing while the other will destroy.
It doesn’t explain that 19 years is a long time. That families can be messy and a bit broken but glued back together and reshaped and grown and be better for it.
It doesn’t say that, although they arrived separately, Draco Malfoy and Harry Potter left King’s Cross Station together. It doesn’t explain their divorces, and how they’d formed strong partnerships with their ex-wives. How their love for their children was, and is, steadfast.
It doesn’t talk about the long, arduous path to happiness. And perhaps it doesn’t need to in order to be true. Perhaps it’s up to us to figure out what it doesn’t say.
Chapter 170: Heartstopping
Chapter Text
Harry felt static fill his ears, panic making his blood rush and his tongue prickle. He saw Draco’s lips move, saw him respond, but he couldn’t hear, couldn't—
Suddenly, the breath was knocked out of him as he was tackled flat on his back onto the floor. He thwacked his head painfully on the ground, and his leg was bent a bit awkwardly, but it didn’t matter when he had his arms full of Draco insistently fusing their lips in a searing kiss.
“Wait, wait,” Harry said when they pulled back for air. “So that’s a ‘yes?’”
“Yes, Harry,” Draco said, eyes shining as he cupped Harry’s face gently. “Of course I’ll marry you.”
Chapter 171: Safe. Warm. Happy.
Chapter Text
Draco let a soft, contented smile curve his lips, the edge of his cheek and side of his head pressed securely against Harry's chest and a thin, soft cotton t-shirt. He nuzzled into the solid body heat and sighed, lips smacking slightly.
Fingers carded gently through his hair. He felt his quieting mind slip a bit further toward its inevitable slumber.
"That's it, love. Sleep. I've got you," Harry whispered above him, chest rumbling.
Draco slept. Safe. Warm. Happy.
Chapter 172: fate left scars upon his face with all the damage they had done
Chapter Text
Harry’s robes clung to his skin, sodden and soaked with the rain. But despite the wand safely and conveniently stowed in its holster, Harry didn't cast a Warming Charm or an Impervius. He simply let himself shiver against the cold and the boots become muddied as he trudged through the forest, past rows of crumbling headstones to the large, ornate marble tomb.
He stopped several yards away, close enough to see the tomb in all its regal glory but far enough not to make out the name he knew was carved worshipfully into the stone.
Harry stared at the ornate display, so incongruous with the natural greenery of the surrounding trees. Silence hung thickly in the air, a sickly sweet kind of peace that spread over everything like molasses. The rain had slowed to a moderate drizzle, its rage beginning to quiet.
Fitting, really, since Harry's was just beginning.
“Did you know where I got the scar on my face?” he asked the tomb, letting the sound of his voice prod at the static stillness.
The marble had no reply, so Harry continued. “I wonder if you noticed it when you saw me again for the first time. I wonder if you saw my face and recognized my forehead and then looked at my cheek and did a double-take at the scar that ran across my tender skin.
“It was still pretty new, at that point. It wasn’t the first they’d given me, but the others were a bit more hidden. There’s a place on my back where he broke the skin with his belt, and when I snuck into the bathroom to clean it, I couldn’t reach. And there’s a burn mark on my leg, where she threw a pot of boiling water at me. Not to mention the fact that I still flinch when I hear the oven timer go off, and the smell of brandy makes my skin crawl. You don’t see those scars; no one does. That doesn't make them any less real.
“And I never knew what I did to deserve it. Never knew what my crime was, exactly. I tried to stay small and quiet. I tried to be as good as possible, to be of use to them, worth keeping around. Worthy of food, water. Worthy of life.”
Harry walked closer, watching raindrops slide down the smooth marble. He stared right at it, pretending he was looking straight into twinkling blue eyes.
“And I don’t know why you never seemed to notice me tugging down the sleeves of my robes for the first weeks of each school year. I don’t know why no one, other than my closest friends, seemed to care that I would eat ravenously for the first few days and that I’d start tucking non-perishable food into my pockets at the end-of-the-year banquet.
“You know, when I look back at that time, the difference between you and them becomes more and more blurred. Sure, they made me feel like shit most of the time. But at least they were honest,” he spat. “You lied to me. You acted like you cared about me, and now I realize that all you ever cared about was keeping me alive. Not happy, not fulfilled, not loved—alive.
“And now you’re gone, and I’m so full of grief. I’m grieving for Sirius—” Harry’s voice cracked, but he continued, “who you abandoned to rot in Azkaban. And for Remus. And my parents. And for myself, because you let me die, little by little, every day for 17 years until I was just broken enough to fix the world.
“I don’t miss you, but I mourn the fact that I’m having this one-sided conversation with a slab of fucking rock instead of with the coward buried underneath. I wish you were here, not because I want you in my life, but because I want the satisfaction of cutting you out of it forever.
“This,” he said, gesturing to the tomb, “is an altar to a false god. You weren’t the infallible, wise elder everyone wanted you to be. You were just as fragile and weak and dumb as the rest of us; you were just better at faking it.”
He reached into his pocket and pulled out a pack of cigarettes and a lighter. He slipped a cigarette between his lips and held the lighter to the other end, revealing the flame with a soft click. He let it ignite the end of the cigarette and tucked the lighter back into his pocket before he sat down on the long marble slab, leaning back on a hand as he studied the engraved words in front of him. He used his free hand to take a drag of the cigarette, blowing smoke right over the headstone.
“You told me to pity the living, and not the dead, and that all sounds very poetic and profound, but I’ve done both,” Harry said, before pausing to take another drag. “And I know this…life, post-war, is still going to get harder before it gets easier. But I’ll prove you wrong. Because I don’t need you to tell me fortune cookie truths about life. I value my friends and my family. And Draco, who knows the scars on my body and mind nearly as well as I do, and who makes me happy and fulfilled and loved.” He glared at the headstone with defiance. “I will make my life into something you can’t pity me for.”
With that, Harry leaned over and tapped the ashes of his cigarette against the headstone, letting them spill a bit before he crushed it against the slab and let it drop there, the last bits of smoke still curling into the humid air.
Chapter 173: Call Me, Beep Me
Chapter Text
Harry pounded at the door, feeling his cheeks flush with anger. His other hand was clenched in his pocket, crushing the bit of parchment that’d brought him to the flat, the door still closed and mocking him. As much as an innocuous wooden door could be mocking.
He growled under his breath and pounded on the door again, not stopping until his fist hit open air instead of wood.
“Potter, what the fuck? How did you get in?” Malfoy stood in the doorway, bewildered. The top two buttons of his orange uniform polo were undone.
Harry didn’t answer and pushed past him, striding into the flat. Malfoy scoffed and murmured something about “uncouth manners” before closing the door. Harry ignored it, glaring at him. “You know, if you didn’t want to see me, you could’ve just said so.”
Malfoy blinked. “I beg your pardon?”
“If you didn’t want to see me—”
“What are you talking about? You said you’d contact me when we went to the store! When we were walking back”
Harry sputtered in disbelief. “I did! You didn’t respond!”
“Really, Potter? Because I’ve heard absolutely nothing from you in days!”
“Then tell me why my Owl’s come back with this—” Harry took out the parchment in his pocket and thrust it in Malfoy’s face—"every day for the past week!“
Malfoy took the parchment with a frown, skimming it quickly. After a moment he looked up sharply at Harry, incredulous.
"Potter, you absolute imbecile! I live in a Muggle neighborhood! Did you really think an Owl would be able to find my flat, let alone be able to fly up to my windowsill and be let in without drawing any attention?”
“So you didn't—”
“Of course, I didn’t! Do you really think I’d have ignored a letter from you?!” Malfoy blushed, averting his eyes.
Harry’s shoulders the back of his neck as the anger drained from his body. “So you…didn’t get the letters?”
“No. I thought you’d forgotten. Or that you…were just being polite,” Malfoy mumbled.
Harry let the corner of his mouth quirk up into a brief, sheepish smile. “I didn’t. I wasn’t. I’m sorry, I wasn’t thinking.”
Malfoy snorted. “When are you ever?”
“I have my moments. Like now,” Harry said, taking the parchment from Malfoy’s hand and picking up a pen on a nearby side table. He wrote down some numbers and handed the parchment back to Malfoy. “That’s my number. You have a Muggle mobile, right?”
“Yes, I do.”
“And you know how to use it, right?”
Malfoy glared. “I’ve been in the muggle world for three years now and held steady employment for most of that time. Of course, I have a mobile.”
Harry held up his hands placatingly. “Well you said you hadn’t learned to drive yet, so I thought—”
“And surely operating a mobile is as complicated, dangerous, and time-consuming as driving a bloody car.”
“I’m sorry! Okay? I was just eager to—” Harry blushed. “To talk to you,”
Malfoy looked at him critically, and Harry’s cheeks reddened under the scrutiny. Finally, Malfoy sighed.
“Why don’t you go back to your own flat and I might send you a message.”
Harry bit back the relieved grin that threatened to take over his face. He opened his mouth to reply but Malfoy held up a hand. “Now if you’ll excuse me, Potter, I have to finish getting ready for work.” Harry tried not to stare at the hollow of the pale neck being covered up as nimble fingers began fastening the last of the buttons. Harry swallowed.
“Potter?” Harry’s eyes snapped up to meet gray eyes narrowed in suspicion. Malfoy raised an eyebrow. “You were on your way out?”
Harry shook himself. “Er, yes. Right. I’ll be going. Text me! Bye, Malfoy!” He said, quickly making his way out of the flat and shutting the door triumphantly behind him.
The drive back to Grimmauld Place was a blur, but when he finally burst through the door, he found his phone where he’d left it charging in his haste to confront Malfoy.
He picked it up with slightly shaking hands, grinning when he saw a message from an unknown number:
“Potter, maybe next time you decide to drop by unannounced, you’ll be able to text me first before you try to make a dent in my door.”
Chapter 174: Save Me
Chapter Text
Wait, let me get this straight.
You're breaking up with me. Because you want to protect me from yourself. And because you're afraid I'm only with you in order to save you?
And you say I have the savior complex?
Draco, love, not to dwell on the past, but I spent seven years on the run from a murderer. And for a good bit of that time, he was literally sharing my mind and my soul. Do you honestly think that I would spend a single second after what I endured for the first 18 years of my life doing anything other than exactly what I want?
But more than that. Do you really think that you've somehow conned me into this relationship? And now you've decided that you've got to foil your own nefarious plot?
Baby, you should know by now that no one gets to foil your nefarious plots except for me.
Draco, if you really want to end things between us...well. I was going to say 'that's fine.' And I guess it is, on some level, because it's not like I'd ever force you into staying with me. I would never let you go without a fight, but if you ever...truly wanted that. I'd let you go.
But I wouldn't be fine if you left. And it would take a while for me to be fine again.
So if your main goal in this is to ensure that you're doing what's best for me, then you have to trust me when I say that I had my own self-interests in mind when I decided to be with you. I decided that what was best for me was to share this—my heart, my life—with you.
You saved me, Draco—not by trying to break up with me, but by loving me, and letting me love you in return.
Stay, and we can save each other, over and over again.
Chapter 175: Ashes
Chapter Text
Parchment, when it burns, turns to filmy, carbon-blackened ash. But when the ash continues to burn, and the oxidation and heat are just right, the carbon burns and it turns white.
Draco knows this, because he spends every night writing his aching heart into letters, only to watch them burn, over and over again, until the black turns white.
He watches the flames consume his words and lets his eyes sting until he can't tell whether it's from the smoke or his tears.
Chapter 176: Good Life
Chapter Text
The vinyl danced under the needle of the record player, filling the air with music. Harry laughed and let his bare feet rub against the hardwood floor as he twirled Draco around just to see the way his blond hair fell perfectly into place each time.
He glanced at the tempus timer he’d magically fixed in the air—it would be a few more minutes until the roast was ready.
The song faded out and a new one began, this one slower. Harry pulled Draco closer and wrapped him into his arms. He nuzzled into the crook of Draco’s neck, dropping a chaste kiss under his ear to make him shiver just a bit.
The smell of the roast wafted into the kitchen. The music crackled with a slight static. Outside, the sun slid into an inky black sky.
Life was good.
Chapter 177: count down till the day my lies come true
Chapter Text
I ran through a lavender field in the south of France with Guillaume. I strolled the streets of Florence with Bernardo. I went cycling along Scottish trails with Malcolm—turns out bike riding isn't too different from flying. I went scuba diving with Manuel in Belize and went dancing with Diego in Argentina.
I wrote you letters. You must have gotten them out of order, in retrospect, seeing as I often had no choice but to rely on the Muggle postal service but still availed myself of Owls when I was able.
I pretended I was taunting you with my lovers, with the prospect of bringing one of them back as a permanent souvenir. I swore that each postcard would be the last. I dreamed of you finding me, of you following the clues and tracking me down and pulling me out of the arms of Guillaume or Bernardo or Malcolm or Manuel or Diego and saying, "Draco, you fool, what are you doing? Come home." I deluded myself into thinking that it was freeing, and not fleeing.
And I'll keep pretending that I don't know why you never wrote me back.
Chapter 178: Flutter
Chapter Text
“Shit!” Harry groaned as the snitch slipped just out of reach of his fingers and zoomed away in a blur. He whipped around, frantic, where could it be—
“Looking for something?” Malfoy drawled, holding the snitch tightly in his gloved fist.
The crowd roared, and the announcer confirmed Puddlemere’s win over the Arrows, but it all faded to white noise as Malfoy smirked and tossed the snitch at Harry, who caught it easily.
“See you in the locker room, Potter,” Malfoy said with a wink before he shot away down the pitch, leaving Harry’s heartbeat fluttering like the golden wings that tickled his palm.
Chapter 179: all these things that i've done
Chapter Text
Draco clutched Harry's hand like a lifeline; he could feel him trying to squeeze back but unable to under the tight grip.
He watched the Weasleys gathered around the table, each of them regarding Draco with blank, thoughtful expressions. "Sorry we're late," Harry said with a small smile. "Room for two more?"
The silence was thick. Draco swallowed, and tried to will his feet to carry him briskly out of the Burrow, but this time it was Harry who held his hand too tightly to move, anchoring him to the moment, to his inevitable fate. Draco steeled himself and tried to focus on the blinking Christmas lights, the red and green decorations that filled the cozy home.
He cleared his throat. "I wouldn't want to intrude—"
"Who's here—Oh!" A woman who Draco recognized as the matriarch of the house strode into the room, carrying a large tray filled with steaming slices of turkey. "Harry," she said with a bright grin, and Draco braced himself as she set down the tray on the table and approached them where they stood at the door. "You're looking much too hungry, my dear, and you!" She turned to Draco, who clenched his jaw. "I'm afraid you'll simply blow away!" She tsked, shaking her head. "We'll simply have to change that, won't we? Come in and eat! And close that door before the chill ruins my food, will you, Harry dear? Draco, I've saved you a seat next to me—" as she rambled, she took Draco's hand with a smile and led him toward the table.
Draco started after her and looked at Harry over his shoulder, bewildered and slightly frightened. Harry grinned in return, moving to close the door before he caught up to Draco and the woman, who insisted on being called 'Molly,' sat them down at the table. The rest of the family had started conversing lowly, stirring with the low hum of small talk.
Draco sat between Harry and Molly, the former reaching under the table to squeeze his hand again as the latter began serving him heaps of turkey and mashed potatoes and stuffing and cranberry sauce. The table had erupted into loud, bright conversation, laughter and warmth filling the air.
Draco looked at Harry, who smiled at him again and leaned next to him, whispering, "See? Not so bad."
Draco nodded, allowing himself a shaky smile. "No," he whispered back. "Not so bad."
Chapter 180: On The Way Down
Chapter Text
Draco'd begged his mother, pleaded with her to let him spend his probationary final year at Beauxbatons. He'd be speaking easy French and enjoying some degree of respite from the hell he knew would await him here, even if he knew he deserved it.
But his mother wouldn't have it. "You cannot hide, my son. You must be brave," she'd said, a hand on his cheek. "You must show them all who you are, and not just who your fath—who we raised you to be."
So Draco'd stood there, fiddling nervously with the handle of his trunk and trying not to hyperventilate in the middle of the train station.
Until Harry, dashing and kind, had waved off his friends as he strode toward him and extended his hand, unfazed by his instinctual flinch and soft, sharp gasp. He'd let Draco recover, let him see there was no danger; let him shake his hand.
Draco was proud of himself. He was proud of how far he's come, of the fact that he managed, despite it all, to get an apprenticeship; of the fact that Harry and he were going to figure it out, would make it work, including the questions they didn't know the answers to yet.
But part of him couldn't help but feel the deep, aching melancholy of being on the precipice of change. He didn't expect to find his place at Hogwarts, at least not the way he did this year. He hadn't didn't expect it to be with Harry, by his side. He didn't expect to end this year with part of him cursing time for giving him a taste of what he might've had all these years if he'd only known at 11 what he knew now; what Harry'd known all along.
Draco worked so hard to make sure that when he left, he'd be giving himself the best possible shot at happiness. But now, as he faced the impending, inevitable end of this chapter of his life and the start of a new one, he couldn't help but wish for just a bit more time to enjoy it. To reap the benefits of his hard work and revel in the fact that he made it.
He was terrified of what comes next. But he found comfort in knowing that Harry was there with him, that he was standing next to him on the edge of the cliff.
The fall wasn't as scary, knowing he'd get to hold his hand on the way down.
Chapter 181: Do You?
Chapter Text
Do you remember when you walked into the common room earlier this year, and you were laughing with your friends? And you just happened to glance at me, where I was on the other side of the room, frozen with my book in my lap, trying to decide whether to make myself small and unnoticeable, or retreat inconspicuously to the safety of my dorm room?
Do you remember smiling at me? Just the barest hint of your lips curving upward?
Do you know how much that—how much it meant to me? Do you know how much hope, pure and bright and miraculous, I found in you in that moment? That the slightest movement of your mouth from across the room had my heart pounding? Do you know how often I replayed that moment over and over again in my head after it happened?
Do you know how much I cursed myself for ever making you frown and scowl when all that time I could have been graced with the gift of your smile?
Do you know I would do anything—anything—to get you to look at me that way again?
Do you?
Chapter 182: Seasonal
Chapter Text
Scorching kisses, sultry glances, ‘You make my heart warm,’ the slide of sweat-slick skin—the sweet symphony of summer nights.
Freezing out, icy glares over cold shoulders, ‘We’re cool,’ shivering in the dark—the silent inevitability of winter.
Chapter 183: Down The Aisle
Chapter Text
“Draco, love, what are you doing?” Harry asked wearily.
Draco didn’t look at him. He just continued methodically putting family-sized bags of various flavors of chips into the basket. “I’m stocking up.”
“By turning our pantry into a FritoLay factory?”
Draco paused to glare at him, pointedly dropping a bag of sour cream and onion Lays into the cart. “My healer exams are coming up, and I need sustenance if I am to study properly.“
Harry raised an eyebrow, picking up a bag of chips from the cart. "And you think Doritos count as sustenance?”
Draco slapped the bag out of Harry’s hands, making it land in the cart. “I didn’t say anything about the empty soda cans you left lying on the carpet when you studied for your cursebreaker exams,” he said pointing an accusatory finger at Harry. “Now let me buy my exam comfort foods without judgment.”
Harry held up his hands placatingly. “Alright, but we should at least get you something more substantial. Maybe with protein.”
“You’ll have to catch me first!” Draco said with a smirk. He quickly lifted one foot up onto the bottom bar of the cart and used the other foot to push off behind him, rolling away rapidly with a bright cackle tossed over his shoulder.
Harry huffed and allowed himself a moment of fond exasperation before chasing Draco down the aisle.
Chapter 184: Grow
Notes:
Rated M!
Chapter Text
I love the way you blush now, but I can’t wait to see it develop over the coming years, that rosy flush against laugh lines and soft wrinkles. Our skin will change, but my love of seeing you flustered never will.
I love driving you crazy, in every way. I love getting you all riled up and indignant, and I love seeing heat flash in your eyes as I imagine what we both know is happening in your body. Because of me. For me.
I love how intimately, how deeply I know you, and how you’ve learned me the same way. I have you memorized, from the sound and meaning of every sigh, to the birthmark on your back, to the spot on your neck that makes you keen when I kiss it and shudder when I gently brush it with my fingers.
I love our talks, the sound of your voice. I love when we sit in silence, too, because it says a lot when we don’t need to constantly fill the space with words.
I love that every single moment since I’ve known you, I’ve fallen a little bit more in love. Yes—even then. Even when I hated you, every single day I was one step closer to falling for you, until I landed safely in your arms.
I love that I get to love you, and like you, all at once.
Chapter 185: Sorry
Notes:
CW: heavy angst, toxic/emotionally abusive relationship, unhappy ending
Chapter Text
I’m so sorry to have disappointed you.
Truly, I’m sorry, Draco, to have not met your expectations of what I should be. I’m sorry for trying to love you while trying to figure out what exactly that means. I’m sorry that the confession of my feelings, the breathy way I let the words fade from my tongue like smoke, was a burden for you to carry, the guilt of needing but not loving me heavy on your back.
I’m sorry that my career worries you, that the currency of my life is at risk for you to lose. I’m sorry that I’m interested in saving people other than you, that my attention might sometimes be needed elsewhere. I’m sorry that I can’t be everything to everyone and to you at the same time.
I’m sorry that you’re not the only broken one in this relationship, that I might request a bit of your empathy, your comfort. I’m sorry that your jokes and insults sound the same; that I’m too dense to tell the difference.
I’m sorry that I’m sad. That sometimes I’m a bit pathetic. That I mope and snark and need space and can’t always look at your Mark. That I died and came back as someone different. That I didn’t live up to the idea you had of me, whoever he was.
I’m sorry, Draco, that what we have isn’t enough for you, and that I’m too weak to leave you. I’m sorry that some twisted part of me probably likes it, gains satisfaction from being self-sacrificial now that I escaped death, unlike the real martyrs, the ones who deserve the veneration I get. There’s something bizarrely alluring about loving someone who refuses to return it, this sort of patience and enduring hope that it’ll get better, that you’ll change. That everyone deserves love, and I have enough for the both of us, as long as you let me pretend that willingly sharing a space means that you feel it for me, too.
I’m sorry for the things that are my fault, and the things that aren’t. I’m sorry that I let you down, but I’m also sorry to myself, because I’m as trapped, as lonely, as sad as I’ve ever been. And this time, as you like to remind me, I’ve no one but myself to blame.
Chapter 186: got my dark side leanin on the fuse
Chapter Text
Traffic lights blink at me and remind me of you—your eyes, your House; but this is what I get for trying to drive away from my own brain. I used to think that speeding down the motorway at night, music blaring, was the best kind of escape. Now I know it was being with you that made me feel free.
Fuck. I thought this would be easier.
You don't cross my mind, so much as you've settled there like a thick fog that won't dissipate. I left you, and yet you've stayed in my consciousness ever since. I try to shake myself, to push you from my mind, to find refuge—to drive in search of clearer skies. And yet the haze remains.
Pansy says it'll get easier, that time heals. But this persistent grief screams for urgency, for immediate relief, and I have to grip the wheel tightly to keep myself from speeding toward the nearest exit and not taking my foot off the gas pedal until I'm in front of your house.
Would you open the door? Would you roll your eyes and say, "Took you long enough, you git," and make me a cup of tea? Would you let me back into your life? Clear the fog and look for funny shapes in the clouds with me instead?
Maybe one day I'll gather the courage. I'll reach out and find your hand ready to hold onto mine, pressing the keys into my palm. And we can drive away together.
Chapter 187: Burn
Chapter Text
“I’m sorry, it’s something I have to do,” you say, dropping the cigarette onto the ground, letting it burn there while you kiss me, acidic like the tobacco on your tongue.
You drive away, and I watch the cigarette start to smolder, the last of you fading with the wind.
Chapter 188: Small Gestures
Chapter Text
Harry rubbed a hand over his eyes, not caring that his glasses were now askew on his face. He let out a heavy sigh, which was apparently the last straw for Ron, who glared at him from across the office.
“Mate, I don’t like being here this late any more than you do, but if you sigh like that one more time I’m going to hex you.”
“Sor-” Harry started, the rest of the word getting lost in a yawn. Ron rolled his eyes but said nothing, only grumbled and went back to scribbling away at the case report.
Harry blinked wearily down at the paperwork in front of him, clearing the exhaustion from his watery eyes. The form, along with his own messy handwriting, was still a bit blurry, and he held back another sigh as he forced himself to add another sentence.
Just then, the sound of the door slamming open made him and Ron both jump in their chairs. “Potter, what time do you call—” Draco nearly shouted as he strode in, the last word, “this,” said quietly when he saw Harry at his desk.
Concern quickly washed over Draco’s face. He strode quickly over to Harry, running a soothing hand through his hair and bringing his head against his chest. Harry let himself close his eyes and nuzzle into Draco with a small, contented smile.
“Are you alright, love?” Draco murmured, creating just enough distance to look Harry in the eye. He tsked. “Darling, your glasses, they’re all—here,” he said, sliding the frames from Harry’s face, leaving everything temporarily blurry before carefully sliding them back onto Harry’s nose and tucking his curls around where the temple tip rested on his ear. “There you are,” Draco whispered. “Now you can see properly, silly.”
Harry’s chest was full-to-bursting with love and the kind of affection that comes with being bone-tired and a bit delirious. Suddenly, the paperwork wasn’t quite the priority it had been a few minutes ago, and he rose from his seat, kissing Draco on the nose. “Thank you, love. Let’s go home.” He turned to Ron, who’d put down his quill in favor of watching their interaction with a thoughtful, if slightly stunned expression. “We can finish the rest Monday, right? Robards can shove his deadlines.”
Ron shrugged. “Fine by me, but I’m not talking him down if he goes off again,” he said, standing from his chair and putting on his coat.
Harry smiled and took Draco’s hand, kissing him on the cheek. “Shall we?”
The three of them walked out of the office in comfortable silence. Draco stepped into the Floo first, disappearing into green flames. Just as Harry was about to enter the fireplace, Ron stopped him with a gentle hand on his shoulder.
“Hey, mate, remember, dinner Sunday. Mum’s making roast.”
Harry nodded. “Yeah, ‘course,” he said, grabbing a fistful of powder and stepping into the fireplace.
Ron held his gaze. “Invite Malfoy, too, would you?”
Harry blinked before letting a slow smile take over his face. “Really?”
Ron nodded. “Yeah. He’s good for you. And mum wants to meet him.”
“Yeah, alright,” Harry grinned. “Thanks, mate.”
Ron waved him off. “Don’t mention it. Now get out of here before he comes after you again.”
Harry chuckled and shouted his destination, letting the powder fall from his hand and take him home.
Chapter 189: Takes One to Know One
Notes:
Rated M for implied/non-explicit smut. Also very angsty
Chapter Text
The first time it happened, I could chalk it up to coincidence.
That we'd both be at the same gala, drinking the same cheap rose and plastering the same false smiles on our faces, stealing secret scowls at one another—it had to be the worst kind of serendipity, a karmic irony.
The grift I'd planned, the scheme that my every move had been leading up to for months was out the window the moment I saw you.
What I couldn't have expected, though, was the way we stumbled into bed, clumsy and fierce and competitive. And, come to find out, that we'd been there for the same reason.
"I'm tired of those arseholes pretending they give a shit and then not doing anything about it," you'd said before taking a drag of your cigarette. It was, at that point, the most surreal form of pillow talk I'd ever experienced. "Plus, they kept inviting me to those fucking things, so I figure I might as well get something out of them."
"How noble," I'd mused.
You'd snorted. "You're doing the same. I've seen the donation records at Hogwarts."
I'd looked at you sharply. "You have no evidence th—"
You'd chuckled. "Come off it, Malfoy. I know for a fact that between the reparations your family paid after the war, and the fact that you earn an average Ministry salary, you couldn't possibly have gotten all that money on your own."
It had made me speechless, so I scowled instead. You just laughed again, because you're an insufferable git for whom my hatred knows no bounds.
"We could team up," you'd said, eyes calculating. "My status and your legilimancy."
I'd merely reached over and plucked the cigarette from your fingers, twisting it thoughtfully between my thumb and forefinger, lips pursed. I took a drag, letting the smoke billow from my lips before passing it back to you.
"Thanks for the offer, Potter, I'm flattered," I'd said, rising from your bed and slipping into my now rumpled clothes. "But I work alone."
You'd hummed, golden skin looking warm against the white sheets, limbs spread out insouciantly on the bed. I willed my eyes not to glance down at the way the sheet was slightly tented between your legs. "Ah, well. I suppose I'll see you next time, Malfoy."
I'd huffed. "Don't count on it, Potter."
This, tonight, was the fifth time we'd run into each other at one of these farcical events. I felt your presence before I heard or saw you. I knew you were there; sensed you, like I've always done. I was starting to suspect you were stalking me, and I told you as much, murmuring my accusations when you appeared beside me at the bar.
You'd smirked. "I don't think I'd be able to find you if you didn't want to be found."
Tonight, sticky and sated, you roll off of me with a groan. I bask in the afterglow, trying to memorize the sight of you in my bed, the way your hair and skin look against my sheets, my pillowcases.
You let out a contented sigh. "You were right."
"To which instance of my being right are you referring? There are so many possibilities."
You scoff, a short and halfhearted thing. "About us not working together. It's better this way. Keeps things simple."
I grunt in answer, nonplussed at the sudden wave of hurt that washes over me. I feel vulnerable, somehow; exposed. And I hate it so viscerally, so instantly.
So, I say, "About time for you to head out now, isn't it, Potter?"
You raise your eyebrows. "Kicking me out, Malfoy?"
I shrug cooly. "You fulfilled your purpose here. You're a decent fuck, but I'm tired, now. So," I wave a hand. "Shoo."
You roll your eyes, seemingly unfazed, and it makes me even angrier, so I kick at you until you slide out of bed with an irritated, "Okay, okay, jeez."
You dress, and I feel your gaze on me the entire time, even as I turn onto my side, my back to you, and demand that you "turn out the lights on your way out, Potter."
You slip out the door, the hinges closing so softly it might as well have been the wind.
Chapter 190: Enjoy the Moment
Chapter Text
They swayed together, Harry's head pressed against Draco's chest. Draco wondered if Harry could hear or feel his heart beneath his sternum, clenching with a fierce surge of I-can't-believe-I-get-to-love-you that no amount of time will abate; the fact that Draco wouldn't rid himself of that marveling disbelief even if he could is a matter of its own.
Draco wasn't sure how long ago the music stopped playing from the speaker inside the house, and when they started to rock back and forth to their own melody. It was likely sometime after the sunset washed the sky in purple-pink hues and before the moon ascended to its perch above them, shining down in approval.
For once, he didn't ruminate on how they'd gotten there, the struggle it had been to get to that point. He didn't look down at the messy black hair inches below his chin and feel the warm body wrapped around his own and wonder whether or not he deserved this. He didn't stew in anxiety about the future or wallow in their painful past.
For that moment, all Draco had to do was love.
Chapter 191: Eat It Too
Summary:
Draco sat at the table by window and opened the plastic container, feeling the lid pop up and off.
Chapter Text
Draco sat at the table by window and opened the plastic container, feeling the lid pop up and off.
The cupcake was still mostly intact, much to his delight. He’d been worried about it getting smushed in transit, but except for a bit of icing rubbing off, it looked just as delicious as it had in the shop.
Carefully, he lifted the cupcake from its holder and marveled at the thick spiral of cream cheese icing, and the red cake peeking out from underneath.
This was still one of the strangest and most exciting parts about being an adult. That he could stop off at a bakery after work and buy himself a cupcake with no one to tell him to save his appetite or that he’d already had too much sugar. Yes, the age came with responsibility and stress—but this was part of it, too. He was an adult, with a job and a flat and everything, and he would buy himself a cupcake if he damn well pleased.
He carefully peeled away the paper liner and admired the cupcake once more before sinking his teeth into it, taking in a mouthful of icing and cake in the perfect ratio. It tasted, above all else, like freedom.
Chapter 192: cologne
Chapter Text
The citrusy scent clings to the sheets, the pillow case the way I should've held onto you before you left this morning. It's driving me mad, inhaling remnants of you without you being here for me to smell it on your skin.
Come home soon, so I can breathe again.
Chapter 193: it would've been fun, if you would've been the one
Chapter Text
I think about you more than I should. Not just when things remind me of you—no, I let myself remember you. Let myself listen to songs and read stories and look at pictures that make me think immediately, solely of you.
There's no guilt, really, on my end. I don't think I did anything wrong, nor do I think there must be malfeasance in order to end a...thing—if that's what we were. A thing.
Whatever it was, it was ours. And no one, not even you, can take that from me.
I just don't want to chalk it up to what if we'd been a bit braver? What if I'd cared less about what my friends might think, or you about the press? What if we'd trusted each other and ourselves to learn how to fight the right way—without wands or fists?
Is it weird that there's satisfaction in this? In poking my bruised heart to see if it still hurts? If it's still tender to the touch?
I know we wouldn't have made sense outside of our bubble, shiny and temporary and fragile. Our worlds are too different to be compatible, no matter how much we wanted to believe that our feelings for one another could overcome that.
But is it weird that I keep half expecting you to show up, one day, and say, "I'm back. I'm sorry. I'm ready if you are?" And I don't even know if I want you to, or if I just want to hope that I'm not the only one who needs the constant reminder that it was real, even if it fades a little more every day, memories crinkling at the edges.
All I ask, Draco, is just—please don't forget about me. Don't pretend I was a mistake or an anomaly. Who's that woman your mother wants you to court? Marry her, marry—whoever you want, as long as you're happy, but please don't let me be the only one who wondered then, and even now, what forever would look like for us.
I'm okay, I really am. I'm doing great, really, despite—well, all of the above. And this letter is going to stay tucked in the back of my desk drawer because it's more for me than for you.
But I hope somewhere, out there, you think of me every once in a while and it makes you a little warm and a little sad. It's selfish, I know, to hope that you've carved out a space in your heart that'll always be mine, that I'll always be a bit special to you the way you are to me.
Because you are, and you always will be.
Chapter 194: we sang along to the start of forever
Chapter Text
Maybe it was a stomach full of sweet red wine and hot home-cooked food. Maybe it was the flush of my cheeks lingering from the laughter. Maybe it was the way the moonlight hit your cheek as if even it was desperate to touch your skin through the car window. Maybe it was the high of the unexpected success of tonight, the way your family embraced me with a warmth that I used to think was a weakness but that I now know as strength, through and through. I am fairly certain that, after you and Hermione, Molly Weasley is perhaps the strongest person I've ever met.
Anyway, I don't know what, if any, of those factors was the one that made me say it, or if it was a combination of all of the above. But either way, the words left my lips before I could stop them.
It wasn't my fault. I couldn't help it. I was filled to the brim with it. And, really, you're at least partially to blame, with the way you smiled brilliantly and turned up the wireless when your favorite song started playing through the speakers and it just struck me that there had never been a more perfect moment in the history of time, than right now. And that I was certainly the luckiest human ever born, because I got to watch you, uninhibitedly joyous.
There was nowhere else for it to go, the potency of my love for you, other than from my heart to my lips and into the space between us, through my voice.
And you—lovely, solid, and unshakable you—weren't fazed in the least. In fact, I realized in retrospect that I never had to feel the panic that would've ensued had you not responded milliseconds later with your own, "I love you too, Draco," like it was easy.
I took your hand where it rested on top of the gearshift, and we sang along to the wireless the rest of the way home like it was easy. Because it was.
Chapter 195: I'll Take It
Chapter Text
"My mind is like...an island. Drifting through the ocean. Ya know?" Harry was lying on his back but he craned his neck to look at Draco.
Draco shook his head, amused. He plucked at the blades of grass beneath his crossed legs. "Was that supposed to sound intellectual?"
"Depends—did it work?"
Draco chuckled. "Not quite. But you're cute."
Harry grinned. "I'll take it."
Chapter 196: Announcement
Chapter Text
“Listen up everyone!” Harry stepped up onto the bench, of the 8th year dining table, testing its balance with one foot before using the other to hoist himself up easily. He looked out calmly over the sea of confused and curious faces in the Great Hall.
“Mr. Potter—“ McGonagall started.
“Professor, this will only take a second,” Harry said. “I just have a quick announcement. Draco here—love, will you stand up with me?”
Silence. Draco looked up at Harry like he’d gone absolutely mad, and Harry knew there was a small chance he had. Still, Draco dutifully stood, and Harry’s heart grew three sizes—along with his certainty he’d made the right choice.
“I just want to say that Draco, here, is my boyfriend. We’re in love. So you can all quit wondering—though I honestly don’t quite get why you all care. Live your own lives and be decent to each other. That’s what it should be about. I intend to spend this year—and, well, the foreseeable future really—working on what i enjoy and snogging Draco any chance I get. Speaking of which—“
Harry pulled Draco slightly toward him, bringing their lips together in a powerful, mind-melting kiss that nearly had his knees turning to jelly before he remembered they were standing on a slightly unstable bench.
They pulled apart for air, and Harry grinned at Draco’s satisfied flush. “Anyway—“ he said, addressing the students but not taking his eyes off Draco’s. “Draco and I are going to go make out somewhere.” He hopped down from the bench and offered a hand to Draco, who took it, bewildered and amused and embarrassed all at once.
They held hands as they ran out of the great hall together. The sound of thunderous applause rang out behind them—but they didn’t look back.
Chapter 197: Grow Again
Chapter Text
The bouquet smelled fresh when he brought it home and set it down on the counter with a twinge of guilt, admiring the vase Potter had gifted along with it. Draco would wait until the flowers died to end things, if Potter didn’t come to his senses before then. Still, he was just selfish enough to enjoy them for now, before his world returned to grayscale.
A couple weeks later, the petals had shriveled up and lost their vibrant color, browned at the edges. The water was nearly all gone from the vase. Another leaf fell from the stem.
But it didn’t matter; not as he leaned over and pressed the dried seeds into damp soil. He wiped his brow as he sat back on the grass, tilting his head back with closed eyes to welcome the sun.
Chapter 198: Deserving
Chapter Text
Harry deserves soft things. Soft sheets, soft clothes, soft words. He deserves soft hair, soft blankets and pillows. Hands soothed by lotion.
He deserves warmth. Warm soup, warm hugs, warm fires in the fireplace. Warm kisses and summer nights. He deserves mug-warmed hands and a ring of chocolate residue on his lips from cocoa.
He deserves big things. Space to exist, and excess. He deserves room for his feelings, his thoughts. His beliefs and opinions. Lots of bountiful air to breathe, to exhale. Large areas to lounge, limbs sprawled and tangled with Draco's, skin against skin.
He deserves quiet. Hushed conversations, calm nights of restful sleep. Slow mornings with streaming sunlight and slow-waking muscles.
He deserves excitement. Fast-paced quidditch games, sitting on the edge of his seat, hiking that fills his lungs with fresh air. He deserves the shock of cool water on his heated, sweaty skin to make his pulse jump.
He deserves joy. To give and receive laughter. To revel in pleasure—not as an indulgence, or a rarity, but as a given. To take things for granted—not people, and not selfishly, but also not to worry whether it'll still be there the next day, or even the next hour.
And Draco will be there—when things are hard and cold and small, and loud and dull and sad. He will cover their bed in the most exquisite sheets, and fill their mugs with the richest drinking chocolate. He'll charm every last one of Harry's dress robes to feel like pajamas against his skin. He'll help Harry clear out Grimmauld Place, rid it of musty old furniture and cobwebs and grime.
He'll make time at the end of every day to sit outside together and look at the stars, or in recliners in front of the fireplace, to just be together. He'll gently coax Harry to bed each night he stays up hunched over his desk and let him sleep as long as possible in the mornings.
But above all, Draco will remind Harry each and every day of what he deserves.
Chapter 199: On the Run
Chapter Text
"POTTER!"
Harry startled and banged his head on the roof of his car before turning to see a frantic Draco Malfoy sprinting down the sidewalk.
The shock hardly registered before Malfoy was hurtling himself into the passenger's seat. Harry climbed in frantically, meeting Malfoy's wild eyes with an incredulous look of his own.
"Malfoy what the fuck are you—" it was then that Harry noticed a large, wiggling mass under Malfoy's coat. "Wait. What is that?"
Malfoy grunted as he kept whatever it was under his coat. "None of your business. Now, step on it, would you? Get us out of here."
"Hold on—I'm not a fucking taxi. What on earth are you doing?"
"I'll explain later, just—"
"No! You don't get to just climb into my car uninvited and insist I drive you somewhere without telling me why!"
Malfoy sighed, opening the flaps of his coat to reveal—
"Oh my god—" Harry closed his eyes. "Where did you get that?"
"From this horrid place. How dare they call themselves a shelter. They were going to—" Draco placed his hands over the puppy's ears. "They were going to put him down," he whispered.
Harry's stomach dropped. "That's terrible. But then how—"
"Look, I'll answer the rest of your interrogation later, but for now can we get the fuck out of here before they realize Reginald is gone?"
Harry snorted. "They named it Reginald?"
Malfoy frowned. "I did. It's dignified and—no. I've not got time to argue with you over this. Either step on it or tell me now so I can figure out another way from this Muggle neighborhood without also breaking the Statute."
Harry sighed. "Fine." He started the car, put it in drive, and took off down the road.
He noticed Malfoy visibly relax next to him. "Thank you, Potter."
"No problem. Just—where are we going?"
Malfoy bit his lip. "Just keep driving," he said. "I'll figure it out."
Chapter 200: i still got love for you
Chapter Text
"But father! He's my friend!" Draco tried not to whine. Malfoy's don't whine.
Father scowled—a nasty curl of his lip that made Draco want to flinch before he remembered himself; Malfoy's don't flinch.
"'He' is imaginary, Draco," his father snapped. "You've never met the Potter boy, and if you ever do, you are not permitted to befriend his kind. You will stop this nonsense at once!"
And Draco swallowed his tears—because Malfoys definitely, absolutely, did not cry.
_______
"I used to—this is silly, but," Harry smiles, this sweet little lift of his lips that makes Draco's heart skip. "I had this imaginary friend when I was little and Dudley would get the other kids to bully me. He'd keep me company in my—my room. And everything. Then, of course, it stopped once I met Ron and Hermione. It was silly, but—I dunno. It made me feel a little less alone. Did you ever have something like that?"
Draco settles into Harry's side, resting his head in the crook of his neck. He sighs contentedly as Harry's arm comes up to hug him closer.
"Yes," Draco says. "Something like that."
Chapter 201: Heart of Gold
Chapter Text
Draco wonders when Harry will figure it out.
There will come a day, Draco knows, when Harry will come to his senses and realize that Draco—even at his best—isn't nearly good enough for him.
That idea is still somewhat foreign to Draco, still—this notion that being "good enough" can't be measured by a figure in a bank account, but is an imaginary value altogether that Draco has yet to calculate for himself. And yet he knows, viscerally, that on the hierarchy of Goodness, he is several rungs below Harry—shiny, smiling, giving, warm-hearted Harry.
Harry gives to charity at the supermarket. He holds the door for people. He picks up litter on the street. He volunteers at the animal shelter once a month. He has a smile for everyone and genuinely tries his best in everything he does.
Draco brushes past people handing out flyers on the street. He shamelessly takes the last muffin at work without asking if anyone wants it. He's selfish and he can be callous. He lets his anxiety and the urge to stay in his comfort zone overpower the shreds of a moral compass he's holding together in his soul with duct tape.
But more than that, Draco—deep down—still struggles to unlearn the lessons of his youth. He loves Harry—deeply, irrevocably and forever—and yet he still, constantly, has to swallow the instinctual judgment and prejudiced fear he was taught to internalize for so long. He doesn't act on it; he pushes the thoughts back down with all his might. But part of him hates himself a little every time it happens. He hates himself a little for knowing he doesn't measure up to what Harry deserves.
And, selfishly, he'll hold on to Harry–to this sacred love—for as long as he can.
______
Harry wishes Draco knew.
He sees it, sometimes; the flicker of self-flagellation in Draco's expression. Harry didn't know what it meant, in the beginning, but now he sees it for what it is—knows that it's Draco giving himself a mental slap for some imagined or arbitrary transgression.
Harry wonders if Draco knows it's okay to be imperfect—that he hasn't used up his chances in life to be wrong, to make mistakes and bad choices. He wonders if Draco will start to see that the best thing a person can do is try to do their best, each day.
He wants, so badly, to tell Draco all this. He could wax poetic about his love for Draco until he turns blue in the face; he could offer platitudes and comfort and reassurances. He could talk about how proud he is of Draco and how far they've come. He could tell Draco that everyone has thoughts they're not proud of—ones that make them cringe and scold themselves—but that what's important is how we act and treat others. And how we treat ourselves—with education and forgiveness.
But he knows words won't do what time can. Nothing will prove to Draco that Harry wants to be with him other than doing it. Living it out. Harry wants to give him forever, and that's a gift he can give every day, even if Draco doesn't see it at first.
And that's okay. Harry will give him time—as long as he needs—to figure it out.
Chapter 202: What Ever Major Loser
Chapter Text
Malfoy rolls his eyes. He tucks his pinky beneath his thumb and brings the other three fingers to his forehead. “What. Ever. Major. Loser.” He taunts, moving the fingers clockwise to form a W, E, M and L against his forehead. Behind him, Crabbe and Goyle snicker and jeer.
“Oh yeah?” Harry glares. “Don’t make me snap my fingers in a Z-formation,” he snaps his fingers across his body. “Exclamation—” up-and-down—“booty rotation,” gyrating his hips. Then palm out—“Talk to the hand,” waves it away—“flick of the wrist.” Smirk. “Omg, you just got dissed.”
“OOOHHHHH!!!” Ron, Dean, and Seamus bellow, elbowing each other in excitement and clapping Harry on the shoulder. Goyle and Crabbe stare Harry down, but neither of them can match the deadly glare from Malfoy.
Malfoy steps forward and into Harry’s face, which nearly makes Harry’s breath catch before he stops it. Malfoy falters for a moment, eyes flickering down at Harry’s lips as if considering—no. His face shutters back into a sneer. “This isn’t over, Potter,” Malfoy spits before turning and stomping away. Goyle and Crabbe try to be intimidating by walking backward and punching their fists threateningly into their palms before they turn and follow Malfoy out of the courtyard.
Ron grins and wraps a victorious arm around Harry’s shoulders. “Nice one, mate.”
“Thanks,” he says, watching Malfoy stride away with his goons at his heels. As Malfoy is about to turn the corner, he gives him one last searing glance, and Harry can’t resist forming his fingers into an ‘L’ against his forehead and then pointing at Malfoy—whose face reddens before he disappears from sight.
Chapter 203: i'll watch your life in pictures like i used to watch you sleep
Chapter Text
Draco'd thought, when he'd swiped the thing, it would be something Harry would come back for. If not for him, surely Harry'd come back for his sweater. He'd come back and pick up the thing he'd forgotten, only to see Draco wearing it and realize he had to take Draco with him. That he'd left more than one thing behind.
Instead, days and weeks went by—and nothing. Draco would wake up and rush to the window to see if, maybe, there was an Owl pecking insistently at his window clutching a note in its talons that said "I'm coming home." He'd constantly check the peephole in his door, to see if Harry was walking down the hall, holding a bouquet of flowers. He imagined yanking the bouquet from Harry's grip and flinging himself into warm, strong arms, and feeling himself start to be okay again.
Draco cried the day he lifted the neck of the sweater to his nose and smelled himself, his own grief, instead of Harry's cologne. He broke down sobbing when an Owl finally did come, this time holding a copy of the Prophet that featured Harry, grinning on the front page.
The Owls kept coming, each day, with newspapers full of Harry's life, and Draco read the articles until his head hurt. He saved every story, clipped every photograph. He collected them in a box kept under his bed, watching from a distance, the moments of a life lived without him.
Chapter 204: Mad Love
Chapter Text
“Draco! Stop this nonsense at once! You would betray your own flesh and blood for—”
The rest of the words were cut off, garbled and distorted from the quick Incendio that burned through the Howler. Draco pursed his lips at the mess of ashes left on the table and flicked his fingers to vanish them.
Arms, warm and solid, snaked around his waist, a firm chest at his back. Draco immediately relaxed into Harry’s gentle hold, offering the side of his neck for a kiss that made his eyes flutter briefly closed.
“Another one?” Harry murmured.
Draco nodded. “He’s getting desperate.”
“Is that what happens when you don’t have money to throw at a problem?”
Draco snorted. “It’s what happens when you realize love can’t be bought, so you try to force it instead. Doesn’t work. I should know—I tried it, once.”
Harry hummed, the rumble vibrating against Draco’s back. “Didn’t work out?”
Draco shrugged. “Not at first. Eventually, though.”
“What changed?”
Draco smiled to himself and turned around in Harry’s arms, pressing his head against his chest. “I realized that flesh and blood don’t mean very much without the heart.” He looked up at shining green eyes. “And I’ve followed it ever since.”
Chapter 205: Stereo Hearts
Chapter Text
"I want you to hear something," Harry said, lifting an arm that had been wrapped around Draco on the couch and flicking his fingers vaguely at the CD player in the corner of the living room.
Draco furrowed his eyebrows. "What is—"
"Just—trust me. Listen to the words." Harry's voice was so soft and solemn that Draco fell silent, and let the music wash over him.
The world around them faded away. For Draco, there was only Harry, and the song filling the room, the space between them. The lyrics wrapped around his heart, tying it in a neat bow.
As the song drew to a close, Draco reached over and clasped Harry's hand where it rested on his stomach.
"Well?" Harry asked, looking at Draco with hopeful green eyes.
Draco maneuvered himself up slightly, moving to rest the side of his head snugly against Harry's chest.
With a contented sigh, Draco closed his eyes. "I can hear it."
Chapter 206: Move On to Live
Chapter Text
The differences are slight, but conspicuous enough that Harry is unable to fully appreciate the nostalgia of being back at Hogwarts after so many years, too wrapped up in comparing his hazy memories to the grounds in front of him. Was that portrait in the hallway of the Transfiguration classroom new? Or was it one of those things that used to be so familiar that he never really noticed it?
He's also not sure why he's so needled by the fact that Flitwick moved classrooms, or that the restricted section of the Library was finally cleared out. He just can't process the idea that everything isn't where it was when he left. The Hogwarts he knew is not the one that faces him now, the one that his kids will know. He'd been astonished when he'd first arrived back on campus and pulled out the Marauder's Map, whispering the code and tapping the old parchment with his wand only to find that the map was off.
He'd panicked, at first, thinking that the map's magic was faulty, but as he walked with the group of other parents touring the school, he was filled with a simultaneous relief that the map was still working properly, and a growing sense of dread that Hogwarts—his first real home—had changed without him.
He lets McGonagall lead the rest of the group down another corridor, slipping away and at first walking before finally breaking out into a run across the grounds, not stopping until he reached the Black Lake.
The momentum of suddenly stopping his run nearly makes him trip before he catches himself, hands on his knees, panting. His ears are full of static. He gulps in the humid air, feeling at least some relief that the weather, if anything, is still familiar.
He nearly jumps out of his skin when he feels a warm hand along his spine. "You're not as young as you once were, Potter. You shouldn't run like that. "
Harry's heart rate starts to calm and his ears take in sound again. He wipes at his forehead and upper lip, both of which he finds to be uncomfortably sweaty. He stands upright as the hand slips off his back, turning around to see sharp cheekbones, stormy eyes, and a smirk that fills him with deja vu, the image of a sneering eleven-year-old briefly filling his mind.
Harry pushes the memory out of his mind and raises an eyebrow. "Like what?"
"Like you're sprinting for your life," Draco says, stepping forward to stand next to Harry.
Harry sighs. "I wasn't sprinting for my life. I was—well. I needed some air."
"So you took off in the middle of the tour without telling anyone where you were going?" Draco replies, and Harry can hear the undercurrent of hurt in his voice, the unspoken, 'You didn't tell me where you were going.'
"Yeah. 'M sorry," Harry mumbles, pulling Draco into his arms. "I panicked. I just. I couldn't deal with how...everything's different. It doesn't feel like home anymore."
Draco pulls back slightly to look at him. "It's not."
Harry swallows and looks away. "I know that."
"And it's not...supposed to be. You're supposed to move on, and so is Hogwarts. But that doesn't mean it didn't mean anything—"
Harry feels the tears break through, then, in full and sudden force, his chest nearly spasming with it. Draco's hold tightens immediately, one hand rubbing soothing circles into his back while he whispers, "It's okay, you're okay. You're safe. I've got you," on a loop as Harry crumples.
A few minutes later, Harry's head aches, his cheeks feel puffy, and he's sniffling, but he's better, and Draco is a solid and warm comfort pressed against him.
"I'm sorry, love," Draco says, pressing a kiss into Harry's hair. "I didn't mean to upset you. Of course, Hogwarts is your home, and—"
Harry shakes his head. "No, it's not—well, maybe it was for a while. But it's not my home anymore." He reaches up and presses a kiss to Draco's cheek. "You are."
Chapter 207: glitter
Chapter Text
Harry chuckled softly, swiping the makeup wipe across Draco’s eyelashes, his cheekbones, erasing the glittery makeup and grime from the club.
“There you are,” Harry murmured, thumbing softly over Draco’s cheek.
Draco hummed sleepily, pressing a kiss to the fingertip.
Chapter 208: Starfish
Chapter Text
Teddy ran up to where Harry lay on the plastic beach lounge chair and held something out in offering. “Here.”
Harry accepted it with a furrowed brow. “Wh—“
“It’s a starfish!” Teddy exclaimed. “I could only find one. So you’ll have to share with Uncle Draco.”
Harry sighed, pointedly not looking over at where Draco stood talking with Andy. “Teds, Malfoy and I—we don’t get along.”
“I know, but I thought this might help. Miss Natasha makes Sammy and Josh share when they don’t get along.”
Harry smiled regretfully. “Sorry Teddy, but I don’t think it works like that with grownups.”
Teddy cocked his head to the side. “Why not?”
“It’s just not that easy,” Harry said with a shake of his head. “But thanks for the starfish, bud.”
“No. You have to share with Uncle Draco. Or I’m giving it to Grandma.” Teddy crossed his arms and glared in a way that reminded Harry viscerally of Tonks. He glanced over at Malfoy and the uninhibited way he threw his head back and laughed with Andy, the way the sunlight glimmered in his hair. And the way he caught Harry’s eye, his grin dimming before he glanced away again.
Harry sighed again. “Okay Teds. I’ll try.”
Chapter 209: Daffodils
Chapter Text
Leaves crunched under Harry’s feet, reminding him suddenly of tissue paper. He recalled, back on Privet Drive, picking up the tatters of thin paper Dudley had left behind after shredding through it to reach the presents Petunia had meticulously wrapped. He would crush the flimsy stuff in his fist so it wrinkled before he put it in the bin. He’d always secretly looked forward to that particular chore; since it meant he was often alone in the house while his relatives were out to lunch or dinner to celebrate. And it meant Harry got some time to himself, to tear at the paper himself if he wanted.
It was usually satisfying to listen to the snap of browned leaves; to be destructive of something inanimate and insignificant. But he couldn’t appreciate it much, feeling anxious as he walked around and around and around the forest. Looking for the damned spot. For some mark left behind. He resisted the urge to clear the leaves and study the dirt, looking for tracks in the ground—footprints, perhaps, leading to where he’d stood that day.
He searched. Kicked at leaves and dirt. Glared at the sky and cursed whatever was beyond it.
Finally weary, he sat upon a large nearby rock and pressed his eyes into the heels of his palms. When he blinked back into focus, he finally noticed the pink tinge of the clouds and the retreating sun. How long had he been out here? He could’ve cast a Tempus and—he noticed as his tailbone protested—he’d forgotten a cushioning charm on the rock. Still, he didn’t bother with either. Sometimes he needed to be a Muggle.
Suddenly, there was a crack, and then—
“Harry, it’s getting late.” Draco’s eyes were full of concern—a look Harry was still struggling to distinguish from pity, no matter how many times Draco insisted it was the former.
“What time is it?” Harry mumbled. He sniffed, nose cold in the crisp autumn air.
Draco sat next to him on the rock, casting a spell to soften it. “Close to dinner. Can you continue the search tomorrow?”
“I’ve got to grade papers tomorrow,” Harry bent over, elbows on his knees, running his hands over his hair.
Draco hummed. “So do I. But then, such is the wonder of a weekend. Free time is generally more flexible.”
“I haven’t found it yet.” Harry glanced at Draco. “I thought I’d know it the minute I walked in here again, but I can’t find it.”
“Why do you want to?”
“Do I need a reason?”
“No, but you’ve got one.”
Harry picked at his fingernails. “I died, Draco. I died here, somewhere.”
Draco nodded. “And then you came back.”
“Yeah, but—I still died. And when people die, they get something that…To acknowledge it. I don’t want a funeral, or like, a grave or whatever. But I want…something.”
“You died,” Draco said softly. “There’s nothing wrong with wanting to acknowledge that. But you also have to live your life at the same time. We can look for it together, as much and as long as you want until we find it, but there’s no rush. You’ve been out here for hours and it’s time for dinner. So. Are you ready to go?”
Harry sighed and nodded. “Yes, let’s go.” He let Draco pull him to his feet, keeping their hands clasped as they walked.
Harry shivered, and Draco tsked, casting a light warming charm over them both. “Honestly, Potter, you might’ve defeated a megalomaniacal wizard but you are not immune to colds.”
Harry chuckled. “I’m just—” he cut himself off, stopping in his tracks as a sense of deja vu washed over him. He looked down at his feet and then turned around to face toward the forest. His breath caught, and Draco looked at him quizzically.
“This is it,” Harry swallowed against the lump in his throat. “I don't—I don’t know what to…”
“I’ve got an idea,” Draco offered. At Harry’s nod, he drew his wand and whispered an incantation. Harry gasped as daffodils grew up around his feet, and he jumped back to let them grow where he’d been standing. He moved next to Draco, watching the other man cast two more spells.
“Why did you—I mean, not that I’m complaining, it’s just—”
“Daffodils symbolize rebirth.” Draco cleared his throat. “New beginnings. The preservation and protective charms should let them live forever and not be picked or ripped up from the ground. It’s not a headstone, exactly, but it’s…Something.”
Harry felt his eyes prickle with tears. He grasped Draco’s hand again and gave him a wobbly smile. “Thank you,” he whispered. “It’s perfect.”
Chapter 210: like the leaves
Summary:
They’re called leaves because they’re never supposed to stay.
Notes:
For the drarry microfic prompt: falling
Chapter Text
They’re called leaves because they’re never supposed to stay.
They dry up; show their true colors. They break off in a gentle snap and let the wind carry them. The evergreens are the lucky ones. Soulmates. The rest of us have to brace for the inevitable fall.
I wait here, bare and cold; shivering in the air that took you and wondering if it could ever defy nature to bring you back to me.
Chapter 211: All of the Above
Summary:
“Wow,” Harry panted, flopping back onto the pillow next to Draco, making the mattress shake slightly. “That was incredible.”
Chapter Text
“Wow,” Harry panted, flopping back onto the pillow next to Draco, making the mattress shake slightly. “That was incredible.”
Draco turned over onto his side to face Harry with a smirk. “Isn’t it always?”
Harry rolled his eyes and smiled indulgently. “Yes, you smug bastard.” He pulled Draco close to him, naked, sweaty skin on skin. “Our sex is—“
“Mind-blowing? Life-affirming? Sublime?” Draco said expectantly, eyebrow raised.
Harry pressed a kiss to Draco’s forehead. “All of the above.”
Chapter 212: In the Wings
Summary:
Eight shows a week is quite a way to get to know someone you once hated.
Chapter Text
Eight shows a week is quite a way to get to know someone you once hated. Especially when you’re forced to hold hands and make doe eyes on stage.
How it is you go from stilted and forced politeness to passionate snogging in the wings, is beyond your comprehension. But you can’t be arsed to care at this moment, because he’s done that thing with his tongue that turns your brain to jelly.
You know your cue is coming up, but for now you toss your head back against the curtain and suppress a sigh when his lips meet that spot below your ear. The show must go on, after all, and you’re a captive audience.
Chapter 213: At The End of the Day
Summary:
Draco held the slip of parchment in slightly shaking hands.
Chapter Text
Draco held the slip of parchment in slightly shaking hands. Just breathe. They wouldn’t have asked you if you couldn’t handle this. I’m rooting for you. Knock ‘em dead, love. -H
Draco read the note once more and then put it back in his pocket. He opened the heavy door to the grand building, calmed by thoughts of the man who’d be waiting for him at home at the end of the day.
Chapter 214: Crown
Summary:
It was a Weasley family tradition.
Chapter Text
It was a Weasley family tradition: on your birthday, you wear the plastic crown and tell Molly what flavor of cake you want.
On June 5, 2005, Draco and Harry walked into the Burrow and were greeted by a grinning, rosy-cheeked Molly. “Hello you two!” she said, giving Harry and then Draco a tight hug. “Red velvet and cream cheese icing, as promised! I’ve got it under a stasis for after dinner. Oh! I nearly forgot.” She reached over and plucked the crown from a nearby table, setting it snugly on Draco’s head while he smiled warmly. “There we are,” she said with sparkling eyes. “Happy Birthday, dearest.”
Chapter 215: To Be Alone With You
Notes:
For Joy (ihopeyoubothstaysafefromharm)'s fandom anniversary.
Chapter Text
Thunk thunk thunk!
Draco turned over in bed, legs tangled with the sheets. He wanted to sleep, damn it. It was pouring rain outside, which was prime sleeping weather for Draco. It was too early for Mrs. Pattersworth to be knocking on his door, anyhow. It was time the woman learned boundaries, no matter how delicious her apple tartlets tasted.
Thunk thunk thunk thunk thunk!
Draco groaned, but resolutely burrowed himself into his bed, keeping his eyes shut. Whoever this audacious interloper was—they could bloody well come back later.
Thunk thunk thunk "MALFOY OPEN THE DOOR!"
"Fucking—!" Draco exclaimed and clenched the sheets in his fist. With a frustrated sigh, he opened his heavy eyes and dragged himself out of bed, shivering as the cold air hit his bed-warmed skin. Scowling, he snatched his dressing gown from the antique chair in the living room and knotted it securely around his body before he approached the door, where someone was still knocking quite loudly.
With an indignant growl, Draco opened the door, a sharp "What!" dying on his lips at the sight of Harry Potter standing in front of him.
"Er, hello," Harry said, suddenly sheepish.
Draco didn't have much of a response, just then. He was in too much shock to do much else other than stare at the other man. Potter was dripping wet, absolutely soaked. His leather jacket was clinging to his arms, his white t-shirt sodden underneath. His hair was matted and sticking to his forehead, and he shivered.
"Come in," Draco sighed, "Mrs. Pattersworth will throw a fit if I let you drip out in the hallway."
Harry frowned. "Who's Mrs. Pattersworth?" He asked while he walked inside, letting Draco shut the door behind him.
"My landlord," Draco replied. "But the much more pressing question is, what the hell are you doing here?"
Harry's eyes turned big, bright and determined. "I'm here for you."
Draco let out an incredulous laugh. "You couldn't send a letter?"
"This was faster."
"How?"
"I don't have an Owl, and Muggle mail to America is slow."
"The Ministry has Owls, you know," Draco raised an eyebrow. "As does, likely, everyone else in your life."
Harry shrugged. "I just had to see you. Apparating was the only way."
Draco gaped. "You seriously Apparated here? Merlin, that's got to be at least 20 stops! Why not use a portkey?"
Harry looked sheepish again. "The office was closed when I tried to get one."
"Right, because you had to come here at—what time is it?" Draco looked at the clock and laughed in disbelief. "Three in the morning. Of course."
Harry glanced at the clock and winced. "In my defense, I forgot about the time difference."
"Right," Draco rolled his eyes. "Because in your incredibly diligent plan to Apparate across the fucking planet just to see me, I'm quite certain the time difference is the biggest issue at hand. Not, perhaps, the fact your wife might be wondering where you are?"
Harry's jaw hardened. "I didn't leave my wife, Draco. She's not my wife."
Draco snorted. "I distinctly remember being quite unable to avoid Prophet headlines about the 'Chosen One's Chosen One' during my last two days in London."
Harry sighed. "A lot's happened since you left."
"Oh?" Draco raised an eyebrow. "Do tell, and cast a drying charm on yourself while you do, if you don't mind."
Harry flushed and dutifully cast the spell. "We tried, Ginny and I. But it didn't work out. We gave it a little over a year before we realized we weren't 17 and terrified anymore. And we figured out that we can't give each other what we each want."
Draco crossed his arms. "You finally know what you want, then?"
Harry nodded. "I do."
"And what would that be?"
"You."
Draco stared at him for a moment, silent, letting the word ring in the air between them.
Harry let out a noise between a laugh and a scoff. "You can't be that surprised, Malfoy. I Apparated, like, twenty times and ran ten blocks in the rain to get here."
Draco frowned. "My flat is two blocks from the Apparation point."
Harry glanced away. "I got lost."
"The streets are numbered, you know," Draco smirked. "How'd you get so lost? And—wait, how did you know where I live? Stalking me again?" Draco narrowed his eyes.
Harry huffed. "When you mailed me back the records I gave you, I saved the return address."
Draco blinked. "I can't decide if that's creepy or romantic."
Harry gave him a small smile. "Can we go with romantic?"
Draco started to smile despite himself. "If we must—but Harry, that doesn't change anything."
Harry looked at Draco straight on. "I don't want to change the past, Draco. I want to give us a better future. I don't regret marrying Ginny."
Draco snorted. "How romantic," he deadpanned.
Harry looked slightly exasperated. "It's true! I would make a different choice if I could go back in time with what I know now, but I don't regret it. It wasn't wasted time. I loved her, just not the way I should have," Harry said. "Not the way I love you."
Draco swallowed. "Loved."
"What?"
"You meant—the way you loved me," he said, his voice slightly hoarse. "You said—"
"'Love you.' Yeah, I do," Harry said. "I still love you."
Draco let out a long breath and just looked at Harry in complete awe before realization washed over him. An incredulous laugh bubbled up and escaped his chest. He grinned, and then laughed again.
Harry raised his eyebrows. "What?"
Draco snorted. "I've gone mad. There's no way this is real. I must actually be dreaming. Of course I am," he chuckled. "This is exactly the kind of fantastical dream my subconscious would cook up." He looked at Harry and shrugged. "You're not real. None of this is."
It was Harry's turn to laugh. "I know it's a bit insane, but this is happening, Draco. This isn't a dream."
Draco rolled his eyes. "You think I'm going to fall for that one?"
Harry's face fell. "How can I convince you? How can I show you I'm serious? That this is real?"
Draco studied him for a moment; his earnest expression, his disheveled clothes and hair—worse than usual—and his pleading eyes.
Draco sighed. "Be here in the morning," he said finally. "Come on. It's late and I need sleep—assuming I'm not currently in a deep and bizarre slumber—and so do you, from the looks of you."
Harry raised an eyebrow. "Really?"
"Yes, Potter, you can sleep in my bed with me. Just sleeping. And if—when you're not next to me in the morning when I wake up, I'll know I'm right."
Harry stepped forward and laced their fingers together—Draco noticed Potter's hand feeling surprisingly warm and solid for being a figment of his imagination—and grinned. "And I'll be so glad to prove you wrong."
Chapter 216: Bones
Summary:
Harry sagged into the solid comfort of Draco's arms within seconds of walking in the door.
Chapter Text
Harry sagged into the solid comfort of Draco's arms within seconds of walking in the door. The tension whooshed out of his bones like a deflating balloon.
Draco chuckled and stroked Harry's head. "How are you, love?"
Harry closed his eyes and tightened his hold on Draco, burying his head into his neck. "Better now."
Chapter 217: Grow Up Together
Summary:
Draco kept the pantry stocked with all kinds of Muggle sodas, crisps, candies and biscuits.
Chapter Text
Draco kept the pantry stocked with all kinds of Muggle sodas, crisps, candies and biscuits. He tracked down the exact brand of chocolates Harry was denied—the ones he was forced to watch his cousin eat before picking up torn and crumpled shiny wrappers off the carpet. And Draco never said a word when Harry wanted to wake up early on the weekends to watch cartoons on the telly.
Harry bought two of the latest Nimbus brooms and challenged Draco to a race over the mountains. He asked Ron for a list of all the children’s books he grew up reading, since Draco spent his early years learning to read books that managed to make magic utterly boring. And he bought one of everything from Wheezes and spent an afternoon trying them all with Draco, signing in relief when the squirrel tail finally vanished.
They grew old—and up again—together.
Chapter 218: Don't
Summary:
He lifted the veil from over her face and tossed the gossamer fabric to fall back over her long auburn hair.
Chapter Text
He lifted the veil from over her face and tossed the gossamer fabric to fall back over her long auburn hair.
She blinked up at him with bright blue eyes and a soft smile. She was radiant in white; everything Draco had been promised was his birthright.
His father’s voice in his head whispered, “Go on, son. Do it. Don’t you want to make me proud for once in your life?”
Draco looked into the audience, stared right into green eyes boring into his own, and said, “I don’t.”
Chapter 219: Even Then
Chapter Text
When you kiss me a bit too hard. When you tickle me. When you leave your dirty socks on our bedroom floor. When you get the wrong brand of biscuits at the supermarket. When you turn down the volume on your music after I ask—only to turn it back up again a few minutes later. When you hog the blankets. When you’ve not showered in a day or so. When you accidentally ruined my favorite jumper. When you’re needlessly reckless at work. When you get sick, and then get me sick. When you drink too much. When you’re hungover. When you insist on apparition rather than taking the Floo. When you lose your temper. When you have nightmares. When you work late and forget to tell me. When your jokes go a little too far. When you’re annoyed with me. When you’re angry with me. When we fight. When we make up. When you’re sad. When you’re anxious and don’t know why; and also when you do know. When you say the wrong thing. When we’re out of sync. When you’re wrong. When I’m wrong. When everything’s wrong. When it’s bad. When it doesn’t feel easy.
Even then, I love you.
Chapter 220: never knew lovin' could hurt this good
Notes:
cw: mentions of cigarettes/smoking
Chapter Text
You corner me in the Ministry atrium. "I know a place," you say, holding up an arm. It reminds me of the gentlemen from the period pieces Pansy's always going on about, how they always make a show of escorting the ladies they're courting, helping them down staircases and off of carriages.
But you're no gentleman. Not with your cigarettes and your insouciant smirk, your leather jacket. Not with the wand and holster you keep strapped to your waist, which you admit is "more for decoration" than function because you've found that being a cursebreaker who can do your job without a wand tends to make people "jumpy."
My hand moves of its own accord, grasping the proffered arm and allowing the world around us to swirl, my stomach twisting along with it, and the realization that we're apparating directly out of the ministry makes itself known somewhere in the back of my mind, but when we land directly at an apparition point in a secluded alleyway of a bustling city I've yet to recognize, I'm more concerned with the more pressing question, "What the actual fuck do you think you're doing?"
You grin—sharp and sure. "You looked stressed. Thought this would help."
"You thought apparating us to a surprise city—"
"It's not really a secret, we're in New York—"
"—And then—wait, you apparated us overseas? Potter just how powerful are you?" I tried to sound indignant, but it comes out all breathy and awestruck and I try to clear it from my throat
You shrug, still smiling too widely for my comfort. "I've got some game. I can take us back if you want, but I think this'll be more fun together."
"Why?"
"Because I don't think either of us is much for roast chicken and reading by the fire and going to bed at 10 p.m.," You walk forward slowly, starting to back me against the wall of the alleyway. "Because I think you'll look gorgeous in the city lights. Because I want to press you against every streetlamp and kiss you in every way I know how until I figure out what makes you whimper and moan and weak in the knees." You have my back flat up against the wall now, eyes boring into mine, one hand pressed against the brick next to my head as you lean into me.
I'm too hypnotized by the moment to be embarrassed by the sharp gasp I let slip as you cup my cheek; I retaliate by grabbing the lapels of your jacket and pulling our faces closer.
"Sounds like you've got it all worked out, then, Potter."
"Might've thought about it a bit."
I lean in further and let our lips brush, smirking slightly when your breath shudders.
My voice turns low; husky but smooth. "Well then, what are you waiting for?"
Chapter 221: Delicate
Summary:
They knew they were making their robes damp, but it was worth it for the view at their feet of the moonlight spilled on the Black Lake. It was quiet, save for the chirping insects Harry couldn’t identify by sound alone.
Notes:
Prompt: "Delicate" by Taylor Swift
Chapter Text
Raindrops clung to the grass beneath their limbs. They were propping themselves up on their forearms, legs stretched out in front of them. They knew they were making their robes damp, but it was worth it for the view at their feet of the moonlight spilled on the Black Lake. It was quiet, save for the chirping insects Harry couldn’t identify by sound alone.
“Harry, I—“ Draco hesitated, and suddenly pressed his lips together, glancing away.
Harry turned onto his side to face Draco. “What?”
“I—just wanted to know what you thought of Binns’ lecture today.”
Harry rolled his eyes. “You know you and Hermione are the only ones who don’t nap during his class. What were you going to say?”
Draco closed his eyes a moment, seeming to collect himself before he spoke again. “I think we should talk. About tomorrow.”
Harry frowned. “Graduation? Did you forget what McGonagall said during rehearsal? She’ll call us up, we get our diploma, and sit down. Pretty standard, I think.”
Draco gave him a flat look. “Not the ceremony, you dolt. What happens after.”
“The reception?”
“Are you being dense on purpose?”
Harry huffed. “No! I’m just confused as to why you’re being all intense about this.”
Draco signed, tilting his head back, his Adam’s apple bobbing. Harry’s eyes were drawn to it for a moment before flickering back up to Draco’s face. “I’m asking about what happens after we graduate. With us,” Draco gestured between the two of them.
Harry froze. They hadn’t talked about this. He hadn’t thought about it, if he was honest with himself. He’d been too wrapped up in enjoying Hogwarts without worrying about imminent death, and falling into this—thing—with Draco to think about his future beyond deciding not to decide. He had Grimmauld Place and a regular mind healer—so he’d figured he at least had the bare minimum covered. He just assumed Draco would fit in there, somewhere, in the hazy picture of the rest of his life.
“What do you want?” Harry asked.
Draco looked away again, eyes pointed at the lake in front of them. “I was hoping you’d go first. I’m not good at this type of thing.”
Harry chuckled. “You think I’m much better?”
“Well you’re a Gryffindor, aren’t you? At least Slytherins are known for saving face. Are you telling me you can be brave enough to consistently tell death to fuck off—but not to have a vulnerable conversation?”
Harry smiled, amused. “Pretty much, yeah.”
Draco huffed. “That bodes well for this, then. Glad I brought it up.”
Harry let out a laugh. “Well, since you were brave enough to start this, I guess it’s only fair I continue it.”
Draco nodded. “Yes. Go on.”
“Give me a minute! So impatient.” Harry grinned at Draco’s eye roll.
They say in silence for a few moments while Harry thought, and Draco was clearly trying to appear nonchalant while he waited. Harry was surprised that it didn’t take long to decide what to say, but he gave it just a second longer—seeing Draco try and fail to be subtle was too much fun.
When he spoke, the words came out as easily as if he’d been planning them for months.
“I think we’ve come a long way. Both in the time we’ve known each other, and just in the last year. I know we’ve known each other all that time but I don’t think I ever really knew you until we stopped hating each other.
“I enjoy you, Draco. I like you; I like knowing you. I like being with you. I liked being your friend at first. I really like being more. I like that our close friends know, but that we got to explore this with some privacy. I like what we have, and—“ Harry reached over and took Draco’s hand, which gave his a light squeeze— “I don’t want it to end just because we’re going into the real world. I don’t know what I want to do other than renovate Grimmauld, keep going to therapy, and spend time with the people who are important to me. And that includes you.”
Harry let his words hang in the air a minute; let Draco take it in. Wide gray eyes studied him, and Harry tried not to blush under the scrutiny.
“Er, your turn,” Harry stammered, retracting his hand, suddenly shy.
Draco didn’t respond for a long moment, looking at Harry blankly.
“Well! Say something!” Harry huffed.
Draco swallowed. “Do you want—are you saying—”
“I’m saying I want to be with you. Properly. I want to hold your hand in public. Take you on dates. Go to the cinema—”
“What’s a cinnamona?”
“It’s—it’s fun, trust me. I want to show you so much. I want you to show me things, in return. I want us to be together. As adults.” Harry shrugged. “Just us.”
Draco let out a shaky breath. “I—Harry, I’m not…I’m not good enough for you. You’ve got to know that. Being together in public would bring you immense backlash. It would be—”
“Worth it,” Harry said, making his eyes meet Draco’s. “Absolutely worth it. The angry letters would make great paper to potty train our Crup.”
Draco let out a laugh. “Oh, we’ve got a Crup now?”
Harry nodded, grinning. “Yes we do. His name is Mr. Fluffsworth.”
Draco laughed again, a bit softer. “How are we to have a Crup if we don’t li—” he cut himself off, cheeks flushing.
“If we—oh,” Harry trailed off, letting silence settle between them. But it didn’t take long for the words to come, for honey-sweet certainty to flood his body. “Move in with me.”
Draco looked at him, stunned. “W-what did you just say?”
“Move in with me. We did well enough sharing a dorm; we’ll have a whole house now. And it’s not like we’ve got to pay rent, since it’s already m-mine,” Harry cleared his throat against the surge of grief and pressed on. “Move in with me.”
Draco swallowed. “How can you be so sure?”
“I just am. Draco you make me so happy it scares me,” Harry said. “But in a good way! The best way. I’ve never been so happy to be so terrified, I—”
Draco reached over and cupped Harry’s jaw. “You’re rambling, love. It’s alright. I understand.”
Harry sagged in relief. “See? You see what you do for me? Move in with me. Please. Please say yes.”
Draco stared for a long moment, as if trying to find something in Harry’s face, and then laughed again. “You are the strangest person I’ve ever met.”
Harry quirked a small, hopeful smile. “That’s not a ‘No.’”
Draco laughed, grin growing as he said, “Yes, yes, you absolute maniac, I’ll move in with you!”
Harry grinned and tackled Draco into his back, kissing him breathlessly. They finally pulled apart for air, but stayed close, foreheads pressed together.
“On one condition,” Draco whispered. Harry felt his chest seize with momentary panic before he saw the smile on Draco’s lips and in his eyes.
“Anything.”
“I get to name the Crup.”
Chapter 222: A Letter at Dinner
Summary:
He carefully brought the fork to his mouth, parting his lips to take the perfect bite—
A loud thunk sounded against the window.
Notes:
Based on a prompt I saw on tumblr here
Chapter Text
Harry bit his lip, focused on steadying the food perfectly on his fork using his fingertips. Molly would scold him for touching his food with his hands, but she wasn't there, and Harry would be damned if the perfect bite was ruined by gravity. He had the nugget balanced perfectly atop the macaroni and cheese, blackened ranch and sweet heat sauce coating the golden-fried chicken. It was just as he'd seen in the video. He'd waited all day for this; dreamt of it while doing paperwork at his desk, wondering if Robards or the other aurors would notice him sneaking out of the office with his cloak.
But he knew it would be worth the wait—to be in his comfortable chair, in front of the television, and sitting with a food tray on his lap. The tray had been one of his first purchases as an adult, after years of enviously watching from his cupboard while the Dursleys ate their dinners on trays in front of the telly. Except now, instead of watching some crappy film Petunia had picked through the crack in the door, Harry had the screen all to himself.
He carefully brought the fork to his mouth, parting his lips to take the perfect bite—
A loud thunk sounded against the window. Harry startled, dropping the bite of food onto his lap. The sauces and mac and cheese taunted him on his lap, while the chicken nugget fell tragically to the floor.
"Shit," Harry muttered to himself. He vanished the small mess and very carefully set his dinner aside. With a huff, he rose from the chair and walked into the kitchen, where he immediately noticed an Owl fluttering at the window.
He moved quickly to let it in, and the owl swooped inside with gusto, dropping a small scroll onto the counter and perching on the table, its talons surely scratching the finish Harry'd just used on it.
Harry looked at the strange owl in exasperation. It only cocked its head expectantly, as if Harry was the one without manners. Harry shook his head and summoned a box of treats, giving the owl a handful.
While the owl pecked away, Harry reached for the scroll. He recognized the parchment immediately. Only Ministry-official parchment had this sort of feel to it; firm and thick. When he unscrolled it, however, his stomach dropped at the seal of Azkaban at the top, rather than the Auror symbol.
Mr. Potter,
I am quite certain I am perhaps the last person on the planet with whom you expected or wished to communicate. Trust me when I convey that the feeling is entirely mutual. I had no plans to contact you again after we last saw each other, but I'm afraid I've become rather desperate.
You see, my life here in Azkaban affords me few pleasures. Other than overhearing the occasional conversation between guards, or drowning in my own mind, there is little to do other than simply exist. But I feel fortunate that I am allowed a daily visitor. Seeing my son is the only thing keeping me from toppling over the brink into madness.
Of course, my son is an adult. He cannot visit me each and every day without fail. When he must cancel or does not show up to a visit, he sends an owl. He always has; for every missed meeting over the last 13 years of my sentence.
The last time I saw him, he told me he'd be back in two days' time.
The last time I saw or heard from him was nearly six months ago.
The guards don't believe me, when I tell them he must be in trouble. They mock me, call me a foolish old woman and say he's come to his senses and abandoned me—as if I do not know my son.
My son is better than his father and I raised him to be. I thank Merlin for that—and you, I suppose. I believe he must've learned loyalty from somewhere, and with how much he spoke of you all those years, I've come to believe he learned it watching you. And as much as I loathed his obsession with you at the time, I am grateful your enemyhood served to show him what I never learned myself.
And it is with that in mind that I humbly ask, Mr. Potter, that you give an old woman some peace of mind. Find my son. Reassure me of his safety. And if he truly stayed away from me out of choice, please convey my regrets for whatever I've done to keep him from me.
But I do not believe he has avoided me all this time out of his own desires. I know less now of the world than I thought I did at any point in my life, but I know my son. And you know him, too.
You brought my son back to me once, Mr. Potter. I believe you are the only one who can do it again.
Anxiously awaiting your reply,
Narcissa Malfoy.
Harry read the letter once more. Then, he let the owl out of the kitchen, sat back down at the table, and read it again, dinner forgotten in the living room.
Chapter 223: Paris
Summary:
Your clothes are a bit drier now, but your hair remains an absolute disaster; I bite my tongue to keep from telling you so, held back only by the fear that my own state isn’t much better.
Notes:
Based on "Paris" by Taylor Swift
Chapter Text
Your clothes are a bit drier now, but your hair remains an absolute disaster; I bite my tongue to keep from telling you so, held back only by the fear that my own state isn’t much better.
We could come out from under the overhang now that the rain’s stopped, but instead we’re still here. You’ve got that wild look in your eyes—the one that used to drive me crazy, and still does, but in an entirely different way; or, perhaps it’s the same, but I no longer confuse attraction for anger. You take a swig of champagne—the one you bought from the little bistro after requesting their most expensive bottle, sparing me a proud little smile, like you’d been waiting to impress me. I didn’t have the heart to tell you, at that moment, that it gives me a headache.
I notice a stray drop of champagne on the corner of your lips, and I bend down slightly to kiss it away. You hand me the bottle, and I take a big sip, closing my eyes and tilting my head back, and when I look at you again, your eyes are traveling over my face like you’re trying to memorize it.
I roll my eyes, grab your hand, and start down the path in front of us, the bottle dangling from between the fingers of my other hand. The cobblestones glisten with the aftermath of the rain, and I keep my footsteps steady against the slippery rocks.
We stop a moment, and you pull me in, and I think you’re reaching for the bottle, but you reach for me instead. You taste like champagne and summer rain, and my happiness makes me feel drunker than any wine or liquor ever has.
We pull back, panting. You grin at me with a tug on my wrist and say, “Let’s go.” And I’ve got no clue where you’re taking me, but I let you pull me all the same, over the cobblestones and into the night.
Chapter 224: Tuned
Summary:
There he was, in all his ripped jeans, messy-haired glory.
Chapter Text
There he was, in all his ripped jeans, messy-haired glory. Harry Potter sat on the wooden chair in his dressing room, seemingly unaware of Draco standing breathlessly in the doorway.
Potter was replacing broken string on his guitar; Draco remembered when it had snapped during the show. Potter just kept right on playing as if it didn't matter. The crowd didn't seem to care, and neither did Potter, and Draco certainly didn't. Not when Potter looked like a god on stage; all glistening sweat and bunched muscles and bitten lips and—
"In or out, Malfoy?" Potter asked without looking up from his guitar. He was tightening the new string around the turning key. "I've got to work on this string, but you can do your interview while I do this, right?"
Right. The interview. Draco swallowed thickly. Be professional, he reminded himself. It's just Potter.
"Malfoy?" Potter finally looked up, bemused. "In or out?"
Draco steeled himself and shut the door behind him with his foot. "In."
Chapter 225: Show, Don't Tell
Summary:
“Truth or dare, Harry?” Hermione had That Look in her eye. The one that meant Harry would be an utter fool to say—
“Truth.”
Chapter Text
“Truth or dare, Harry?” Hermione had That Look in her eye. The one that meant Harry would be an utter fool to say—
“Truth.”
But he did. And by the smirk on Hermione’s face, Harry knew trying to backtrack would only make it worse. Which is why he braced himself for her to command him to—
“Tell Draco what you told me earlier.”
Harry, at this point, buried his head in his hands. So he only heard the whispers erupt around him, and Draco’s voice above it all—"Tell me what?“
Harry could hear the smirk in her voice. "I’ll let Harry take it from here. Harry?”
Harry groaned and lifted his head, sparing Hermione a vicious glare before forcing himself to look at Draco’s eyes—narrowed in suspicion, but if Harry looked closer he knew he’d see a glimmer of vulnerability that no amount of squinting could fully conceal.
Harry sighed and looked at Hermione imploringly. “Do I really have to?”
Hermione shrugged. “You could forfeit. But I don’t think you want to do that.”
“Potter, what is going on?” Draco was frowning, and looking hurt, and Harry’s stomach twisted and he couldn’t have that.
So he glanced back at Hermione, and ignored the eyes of the others in the circle when he said, “Can I show him instead?”
Hermione’s eyes softened. “Yes, I’ll allow it.”
Draco scoffed, but then seemed to still as Harry took a fortifying breath and crawled toward him across the circle. The other students were silent as they watched, but Harry kept his eyes on Draco.
They were a foot away, until Harry moved even closer, cupping Draco’s face with one hand and bracing himself on the floor with the other. Up close, Draco’s eyes were so wide, with surprise and growing understanding, and Harry waited there, unmoving, waiting.
Draco let out a soft, barely audible, “Oh. Okay,” before Harry captured his lips.
When they pulled back for air, panting, Harry was still looking at Draco’s lips. He barely registered Draco whispering, “Is that all you have to show me?”
Harry shook his head. “I’m not quite done yet,” he whispered back, leaning in once more.
Chapter 226: To the Ground
Chapter Text
"Don't let your Father bother you, darling," Mother would say, wiping Draco's tears from his cheeks. "You're only as upset as you let it make you."
What a load of horseshit.
Draco loved his Mother, he really did. But her particular strategy of swallowing pain and resentment in order to save face was no longer useful to him. He wasn't sure it ever really was.
And besides, she wasn't there to tell him to quell his anger, having fucked off to France the moment her probation ended. The Manor hadn't been Draco's house for two years—and it had ceased to be his home even before then; Harry had seen to that. So it was Father—and only Father—who would miss the house, and he wouldn't be able to do a thing about it.
This—this was what Draco needed. The crackle of a wandless Incendio at his fingertips; the knowledge that his Father—all the way in Azkaban— would feel his magical Head of House bond to the Manor unravel within him as Draco's flames ate through the centuries-old structure.
The living room, where Draco learned to still his quivering lip and sit straight-backed and stoic. The dining room, where he was berated for spilled water glasses and told of his many shortcomings and deficits. His bedroom, where he muffled his tears into his pillow and immersed himself in storybooks to pretend his world was another. The walls and high ceilings, and how they echoed when his name was bellowed angrily through the house.
Draco watched with aching, brilliant relief as his childhood home finally succumbed to the fire.
Chapter 227: Art
Summary:
“Thhss ishhnnt fnehhh!” Lucius lips cracked open enough to be heard, and if Draco were feeling generous, he might’ve stifled his laughter.
Chapter Text
“Thhss ishhnnt fnehhh!” Lucius lips cracked open enough to be heard, and if Draco were feeling generous, he might’ve stifled his laughter. Or even removed the crayon scribbles obscuring his Father’s mouth, courtesy of a giggling Scorpius.
But instead Draco shrugged at his Father. “I think it’s wonderful that Scorp is showing artistic inclinations at such a young age, don’t you agree, Harry?”
Harry grinned, leaning down slightly to ruffle Scorpius’ hair affectionately. “Absolutely. And he knew to color on canvas rather than the walls! Our son is very bright.”
“Indeed,” Draco said, leaning in to kiss Harry, only deepening it at the sound of outraged, muffled shouts from the portrait. When they broke apart, Draco cast a silencing spell at the frame, watching with plain amusement as Lucius continued to rant soundlessly. “That’s better. Now, Harry darling, I had been thinking we’d simply burn Walburga’s portrait, but I think our Scorpius could lend his budding skills to her canvas.”
Harry let out a laugh. “And I have just the tool for him. Have you ever heard of a sharpie?”
Chapter 228: Kind
Summary:
"I hate leaving you when you’re like this. But I also knew we needed reinforcements. So I headed straight for the ice cream section.”
“Ice cream?”
“Mmhm. Your favorite kind, too.”
Chapter Text
“Hey, babe, sorry I came back as soon as I could but the supermarket was packed.” Harry sat down on the couch next to Draco, leaned over, and pressed a kiss to Draco’s lips before he flicked his fingers and sent the groceries to put themselves away in the kitchen. After six months of living together, and seven months of dating before that, Draco was still in awe of Harry’s casual displays of powerful magic.
“It’s alright,” Draco sniffed and rubbed at his still-damp cheek. His eyes felt heavy, exhausted from crying.
Harry hummed. “Still. I hate leaving you when you’re like this. But I also knew we needed reinforcements. So I headed straight for the ice cream section.”
“Ice cream?”
“Mmhm. Your favorite kind, too.”
Draco felt himself start to smile. “Dellucci’s mint chip ice cream?”
Harry nodded. “That’s the one.”
“And fudge sauce?”
Harry looked affronted, pressing a hand to his chest. “Draco Malfoy. I would never present you with fudge sauce-less ice cream in your hour of need. I would climb mountains, traverse oceans—kill Dark Lords again before I allow your ice cream to be eaten sans fudge topping!”
Draco chuckled despite himself, and Harry grinned proudly. “Come on, love,” Harry said, rising from the couch and pulling Draco with him. “I was thinking we’d watch that Meg Ryan movie you love so much while we eat. How’s that sound?” He tucked Draco into his side, wrapping an arm around him and dropping a kiss onto his head.
Draco pressed into Harry as they walked to the kitchen. “Sounds perfect.”
Chapter 229: Open Book
Summary:
Draco was in the attic for ten minutes before he found it, in a box within a box, under a pile of clothes that likely hadn't seen the light of day in a decade.
Chapter Text
Draco was in the attic for ten minutes before he found it, in a box within a box, under a pile of clothes that likely hadn't seen the light of day in a decade. He flipped through the diary's slightly faded pages, stopping to read bits that made him chuckle, tear up, and ache with sympathy for his younger self.
Finally, Draco shut the diary and tucked it under his arm before he started trotting quickly down the stairs, He reached the living room to find Harry still there, fidgeting and wide-eyed.
"I know part of you is worried that what I said last night was just impulsive and in the heat of the moment. So, here," Draco said, tossing the diary toward Harry, who caught it easily. "Proof that I've been trying to figure out a way to tell you I love you for years. So if you can't believe me," he nodded at the diary in Harry's hands, "maybe you'll believe him."
Chapter 230: it would've been fun, if you would've been the one
Summary:
I think about you more than I should.
Chapter Text
I think about you more than I should. Not just when things remind me of you—no, I let myself remember you. Let myself listen to songs and read stories and look at pictures that make me think immediately, solely of you.
There's no guilt, really, on my end. I don't think I did anything wrong, nor do I think there must be malfeasance in order to end a...thing—if that's what we were. A thing.
Whatever it was, it was ours. And no one, not even you, can take that from me.
I just don't want to chalk it up to what if we'd been a bit braver? What if I'd cared less about what my friends might think, or you about the press? What if we'd trusted each other and ourselves to learn how to fight the right way—without wands or fists?
Is it weird that there's satisfaction in this? In poking my bruised heart to see if it still hurts? If it's still tender to the touch?
I know we wouldn't have made sense outside of our bubble, shiny and temporary and fragile. Our worlds are too different to be compatible, no matter how much we wanted to believe that our feelings for one another could overcome that.
But is it weird that I keep half expecting you to show up, one day, and say, "I'm back. I'm sorry. I'm ready if you are?" And I don't even know if I want you to, or if I just want to hope that I'm not the only one who needs the constant reminder that it was real, even if it fades a little more every day, memories crinkling at the edges.
All I ask, Draco, is just—please don't forget about me. Don't pretend I was a mistake or an anomaly. Who's that woman your mother wants you to court? Marry her, marry—whoever you want, as long as you're happy, but please don't let me be the only one who wondered then, and even now, what forever would look like for us.
I'm okay, I really am. I'm doing great, really, despite—well, all of the above. And this letter is going to stay tucked in the back of my desk drawer because it's more for me than for you.
But I hope somewhere, out there, you think of me every once in a while and it makes you a little warm and a little sad. It's selfish, I know, to hope that you've carved out a space in your heart that'll always be mine, that I'll always be a bit special to you the way you are to me.
Because you are, and you always will be.
Chapter 231: Full Moon
Summary:
Did you know that the full moon only lasts for an instant?
Chapter Text
Did you know that the full moon only lasts for an instant?
It's true, technically. I know you didn't pay much attention in Astronomy, so I'll remind you that a full moon happens when gravity siutates the planets such that Earth is located directly between the Sun and the Moon. The Moon is constantly revolving around the Earth, so it doesn't take long to go on to the next phase. We humans, of course, can see our side of the Moon illuminated in the sky for a few days, blissfully unaware that the universe has already moved on.
The calendar said yesterday was a full moon. Apparently, they can occur at any time of day, but I'm fairly certain I know exactly when it happened just hours ago.
It was last night. We were sitting on a picnic blanket underneath the stars, our bellies full of sandwiches and minds hazy with that disgusting ale you love, and you'd thrown your head back in a hearty laugh at something I'd said.
In that instant—the Earth was being hugged by the Sun and the Moon, and by the same force of gravity, I fell in love with you.
Chapter 232: crunchy and smooth
Summary:
Harry spread the thick peanut butter over the bread, careful not to tear it with the knife.
Chapter Text
Harry spread the thick peanut butter over the bread, careful not to tear it with the knife. He dipped it back into the jar and added another layer, meeting every corner and crevice. He remembered their fierce debate in the supermarket over the superior form of peanut butter. 'The answer is clearly smooth, Potter,' to which Harry had retorted. 'Smooth is fine, but crunchy is just objectively better.'
They'd bickered on like that for a while until Harry finally put a jar of each into the cart and then dropped his arms at his sides. Draco considered them for a moment, shrugged, and then traipsed over toward the cheese section. Harry very nearly used crunchy in this sandwich, just to prove the git wrong, but he'd reached for the smooth instead.
Next, was the jam. Homemade by Molly; they had six jars of the stuff, so Harry figured this was as good a use for it as any. It stuck to the second piece of bread and took a bit of maneuvering, but soon enough Harry was looking at a fairly even, generous coating of jam.
He brought the two halves together, making sure to meet the corners just so, until they stuck together—peanut butter and jam.
He fumbled around in a nearby drawer until he found a plastic bag and slipped the sandwich inside. He put it in the refrigerator, knowing Draco would question him about it tomorrow—'So why not just use a preservation charm?'—but Harry would just shrug and let him discover during his lunch break the wonders of a PB & J that's had time to meld overnight in the fridge.
Harry quietly crept back into bed with Draco a few minutes later. His husband had fallen asleep about an hour ago, exhausted from the day's work, and forgotten to make his lunch. And Harry knew Draco would likely skip the meal altogether if he didn't bring something with him.
Harry pulled Draco into his arms, feeling the way their bodies slotted together perfectly in the embrace. He thought of the look of surprise, relief and gratitude Draco would have tomorrow morning when he saw his pre-made lunch. But best of all, the knowledge that Draco would work the latter half of his day with a full stomach was enough to justify staying up a bit later.
And with that, Harry drifted off to sleep.
Chapter 233: like a river flows, surely to the sea
Summary:
Draco was once told that he would be the master of his own fate. That there was no future, no lifestyle that couldn't be bought, or forced, or realized in some way. Happiness had a price tag, and his family had gold to spare.
Chapter Text
Draco was once told that he would be the master of his own fate. That there was no future, no lifestyle that couldn't be bought, or forced, or realized in some way. Happiness had a price tag, and his family had gold to spare.
But when he looked back at his life, even in the twenty or so years he'd been alive so far, there was little about it that had been his own choice.
Every detail of Draco's life—his school, his clothes, his hobbies, his values—had been dictated by his father. His friends, too, were a result of his parents' social circles; filled with children of their allies and exclusive of their enemies.
And for so long, the only thing he thought he had any control over was his relationship with Harry Potter.
At eleven, Draco watched Harry Potter reject his friendship—reject him—and knew he would hate him forever.
At twelve, Draco dueled Harry Potter and felt the world around him melt away.
At thirteen, Draco watched Harry Potter catch the origami bird in his hand and open the note, and wondered why it didn't feel as funny anymore.
At fourteen, Draco watched Harry Potter from a treetop and saw the way the sunlight hit his hair just so.
At fifteen, Draco watched Harry Potter be questioned by Umbridge, and began to wonder if it was too late.
At sixteen, he watched Harry Potter standing over him as he lay bleeding on the bathroom floor, and knew it for a fact.
At seventeen, he watched Harry Potter come back to life, and thought—for the first time in over a year—that everything would be okay.
At eighteen, he shook Harry Potter's hand in friendship, and would let it pull him into a kiss a few months later; and realized his hatred never stood a chance.
Chapter 234: When It Changed
Notes:
For the drarry prompt: changes. And for my darling friend Rowan
Chapter Text
I can’t really tell you the moment it actually changed for me—it’s all sort of a blur in my head—but I remember the moment I realized it.
We were in bed. You were fast asleep and I was on the verge of getting there myself when, all of a sudden, you yanked the covers toward yourself, pulling them off me almost completely. You let out a sigh and burrowed further into your pillows.
I was annoyed. I considered waking you or pulling the covers back, but I couldn’t bring myself to do it. So I summoned the old comforter from the closet and wrapped around myself. And I looked over at you, so warm and cozy sleeping next to me, it occurred to me that no amount of blanket stealing could make me want to sleep anywhere other than right next to you.
Chapter 235: Yours to Keep, Yours to Lose
Notes:
Rated M
Chapter Text
Love bites. It bruises and marks. But Draco wouldn’t have it any other way. He squirms at the ache of his arse; he unconsciously brings his hands to his waist. His fingertips ghost over where Potter had held him, pressed him against the wall and taken him apart.
Draco snaps himself out of it. This is hardly the place for such reminiscences. He forces his eyes away from the other side of the room, where Potter is chatting with Weasley and Longbottom near the break room.
He counts to thirty before he dares to look over again, and when he does, Potter’s already staring back at him, his friends talking obliviously beside him.
Potter’s smirk is far too smug and knowing for Draco’s liking, so he decides to take the bait. He brings a hand up to rub a finger absently along his neck and collarbone, where he’d not allowed Potter to leave any marks.
Potter looks outwardly calm as ever, but Draco knows the wild spark in his eyes better than most. He follows a new wild impulse and rises from his seat, swaying his hips slightly while walking in Potter’s direction.
He approaches Potter, whose eyes are trained on him like he’s the only thing worth looking at.
Draco smirks, and just as he passes Potter, just inches from him, he lets his breath hitch just slightly; only loud enough for Potter to hear. He noticed Potter’s jaw tense, his fists draw tight and then unclench.
Draco merely chuckles and continues walking down the hallway, feeling the piercing stare follow him the whole way.
Chapter 236: You Did A Number On Me
Notes:
Sequel to "Yours to Keep, Yours to Lose"
Chapter Text
Harry is a patient man.
He'd had to be, growing up, because holding out hope for someday and some time was what kept him going. He'd learned the best things in life came with time. Magic, friends, independence, being free of a sadistic genocidal maniac—he'd waited for it all. And now, he was reaping the rewards.
As much as Harry's known for rushing into things (i.e. danger), he's actually rather resilient when it comes to delayed gratification. He saves his treacle tart for dessert. He doesn't skip ahead to the end of his books. He does the dishes before sitting in front of the telly. He's learned not to immediately throw himself into whatever reward or gift is right in front of him; he's grown to love the moments before, too, nearly as much as the thing he desires. The one, two, three right before he dives in.
But even after years of learning to restrain himself from taking exactly what he wants when he wants it, it takes everything in him not to seize Draco by his sashaying hips, press him against the wall right there in the Ministry hallway, and reduce him to the gorgeous mess he'd made him the night before, onlookers be damned.
Instead, Harry tightens his jaw, clenches his fists, and lets Draco slip away.
He doesn't make himself wait too long, though. Coming up with a plan is easy enough. Just a quick pop over to the Quidditch shop across the street, and a dimpled smile at the secretary in the Department of Magical Transportation. Soon enough, he was sending the snitch-turned-Portkey to Draco's office with a short note:
My turn. -H.
Harry arrives back at his flat soon after. He sheds his robes but leaves on the Muggle clothes underneath: a white button-down and black trousers. And now, all he can do is wait. After settling into his favorite armchair, he lights the fireplace with a wave of his hands and pours himself a glass of fire whiskey with the other; not enough to dull his senses, but he likes to take the edge off on nights like these.
A sudden, short knock at the door announces Draco's arrival. "It's open!" Harry calls, his heart picking up.
Draco enters, shutting the door softly. His gaze finds Harry, traveling up his legs, his waist, his chest, and landing on his eyes; it feels warm, approving. Harry tries to hide the shiver.
Harry's starting to forget what he'd imagined when he'd invited Draco here in the first place. All he can think of is striding across the room and closing any and all distance between them.
But before he can throw out his plans, Draco raises an eyebrow and drawls, "Well, Potter, are you going to do something? Or just sit there and gawk?"
Harry comes back to himself and gives Draco a half-hearted glare. Then he rises from his seat and walks over, taking satisfaction in the way Draco flushes. He walks them back against the wall, remembering having Draco in that very position not even twenty-four hours ago.
He brings himself within inches of Draco, so close he can see the freckles dotting Draco's cheeks. Draco looks at him beneath hooded eyes, and Harry has to restrain himself once more from snapping.
Instead, he brings a hand to Draco's face, cupping his cheek. He runs a thumb over his lips, which part easily at the touch. Harry can feel Draco's quick breaths against the pad of his thumb.
"Here," Harry murmurs. "I'll start here."
Draco's forehead creases in a small, confused frown. "What?"
Harry moves his hand, trailing his fingertips down Draco's neck. "Then here," he continues, rubbing small circles over the dip where his neck meets his shoulders. "And here." He reaches up a bit, to the space along Draco's jaw just below his ear. "And here," he says with a knowing smirk as Draco's breath hitches.
"Harry, what—"
"Then I'll undo these—" Harry's voice is getting gruff now as he runs his fingers gently down the buttons of Draco's shirt, barely plucking at them "—one by one."
Draco's frozen, his eyes now wide and enraptured. He watches as Harry's hands dance lightly at the waist of Draco's trousers before Harry drops to his knees and moves his hands to rub soothingly along Draco's trousered legs.
"Then here, I think," Harry says, smirking up at Draco. "This is where I'll go next."
Draco huffs, frustrated and impatient, and Harry lets himself chuckle. He stands again, running his fingertips up up up up Draco's legs until he reaches—
"Here's where I'll end, I think," Harry nearly whispers. He moves his hand a bit further back. "And here, of course," he smirks. "Definitely here."
Draco's eyes are half-closed, his breathing heavy. He starts to reach for Harry—who promptly steps back, chuckling as Draco whines in protest.
"Wha—come back." Draco's gone breathy, which Harry knows means he just needs a little push.
"I will, baby," Harry murmurs. "You know what to say. I know how good you can be. But it's your turn now."
Draco bites his lip, nervous and overthinking it. That's okay. Harry can wait.
Finally, it comes.
"Please."
One two three.
Chapter 237: Hair Care
Chapter Text
Draco picked up the brush and gently ran it through the strands to untangle any knots in the thick, dark waves cascading down Harry’s back. Harry leaned back in his chair, eyes shut in contentment, and barely frowned when Draco’s brush caught on a stubborn spot.
Draco traded the brush for the ribbon, silk but strong, and used his other hand to gather the hair together. He brought the ribbon underneath, tied the ends into a lovely knot and bow, and adjusted the length to make sure the ends rested evenly on Harry’s head.
Draco leaned down and pressed a kiss to Harry’s forehead. “There you are, my love.”
Chapter 238: Oath
Chapter Text
“I said in my vows that I’d do everything in my power to make you happy,” Ginny whispers. Harry watches with a lump in his throat as she slides the ring off her finger and sets it between them on the table. “Including letting you go.”
Chapter 239: I Want To Hear You Say It
Chapter Text
Potter’s back is against the rain-damp wall, but Draco still feels cornered, even standing feet in front of him.
Potter takes a puff of his cigarette, letting it dangle carelessly from his smirking lips. Draco watches a small, glowing ember fall, and thinks the rain puddles at their feet could be gasoline; just a spark away from an inferno.
“I’m waiting,” Potter says, voice low and amused.
Draco arches an eyebrow. “For?”
“For you to let me give you what you want.”
Draco scowls and resents the blush that crawls across his cheeks. “I’m not holding you back Potter. You’re the one delaying things.“
Potter holds Draco’s gaze. “I want you to say it.”
Draco scoffs. “Potter—”
“Humor me. All you have to do is ask, Malfoy, and I’ll give it to you.”
Draco hesitates, feeling the blush on his cheeks darken. “I—“
“Tell me, Malfoy. Draco. Let me give you what we both want. Let yourself go.”
Draco sees Potter’s intent expression and glittering eyes, and knows he never stood a chance. He collects himself, gathering every ounce of courage he can.
“I want you, Potter.”
Chapter 240: Dark Side
Chapter Text
“I told you not to come.” Harry sounds exhausted; like he’s been trying to sleep for hours but hasn’t quite been able to fall. Draco moves to sit on the edge of the bed, careful to avoid Harry’s legs stretched out under the comforter.
The room smells musty—like body odor and a little like cum; the dirty clothes and used tissues on the ground answer Draco’s question, even though a thousand others pop up in his mind. Draco notices Harry’s flinch when he opens his mouth, sees how he braces for Draco to lecture him, to acknowledge what Harry’s tried to keep hidden.
Instead, Draco reaches over and takes Harry’s hand from under the blanket. “I’m here anyway.”
Chapter 241: Forever and Ever
Chapter Text
They’re sticky, sweaty and sated, legs tangled in rumpled sheets as they hold one another. They share a grin, and a huffed laugh, and Draco admires new ring on his finger with awe.
Harry takes Draco’s hand and presses a kiss to his knuckles. Forever, he thinks. I get to have this forever.
Chapter 242: Fresh
Chapter Text
I was walking out of a restaurant today with my takeaway when I looked up and saw that ice cream shop we went to on our fourth date.
We flirted, which isn't normally in my skillset, but it was easy with you. I still remember the way your eyes trailed over me, with heat and reverence, and made me blush. I remember laughing and talking together, with hardly an awkward pause, trying not to be too loud. I remember when we realized we had a shared hatred of bananas, of all things, and you placed your hands over mine and said, with false gravity, "I love you," and we giggled some more.
I remember when you kissed me in the parking lot, and I felt it to the tips of my fingers and toes. And then you said, "Well now I really don't want to go," your hands lingering on my waist.
I thought about going into the ice cream shop. Maybe I could gain some clarity; could finally understand where it all went wrong. Or I could replace the memory of you with something new; to create fresh footprints on the floor, without yours next to mine.
But instead, I walked away without turning back, taking my footsteps out of the past.
Chapter 243: Small Comforts
Chapter Text
Things had been moving quite normally up until then: Harry and Draco had returned to Harry's flat from their date, laughing and talking. Normally, they'd gone back to Draco's place after their dates, since he lived closer to the city, but this time, Harry gathered the courage to ask, "Do you want to come to mine for a drink?" And his heart fluttered at Draco's wide grin and excited reply, "I'd love to."
Then, fumbling with the keys until they made it inside. Draco looked around, interested and observant, asking the right questions. Harry gave him the grand tour: kitchen, living room, bathroom, and then—
"Is this your bedroom, then?" Draco walked in and considered the space: reasonably tidy, comfortable and not too small. Harry stood in the doorway, giddy at the sight of Draco in his bedroom, finally, when his eyes flickered to his own bed, and his stomach dropped.
Harry heard himself shout "No!" before he launched himself onto the bed, diving on top of the sheets and curling his arms around one of his deepest secrets.
"Harry!" Draco exclaimed. "What happened? Are you alright?"
Harry cringed into his pillow. "I'm fine! Just—don't look, okay?"
He could hear the confusion in Draco's voice. "Look at what?"
"Just—close your eyes a second."
"Okay..."
Harry looked over his shoulder to see Draco complying, with a slight frown. His heart squeezed, realizing how startled and confused Draco must be feeling after his outburst.
Resigned, Harry sighed. "Oh, fine. You can look. I guess this was inevitable."
Draco opened his eyes, gaze flitting across Harry's face and down to the owl plushie in his hands. "Oh," he said. "What's this?" Draco sounded curious—as nonchalant as he'd been when he'd asked about the coffee table or the rug in the living room.
Harry let out a shaky breath. "I know it's a bit pathetic. A grown man sleeping with a stuffie. I didn't used to, you know. I never had one as a kid, but after..." Harry felt his throat tighten in a small surge of grief. "After I lost my owl, it got harder to sleep. And Hermione said it would help me, so..." he trailed off, shrugging and not meeting Draco's eyes.
He felt the bed dip slightly next to him as Draco sat down. A hand came up to gently lift his chin, bringing his gaze to meet Draco's.
"That's alright, Harry," Draco's voice was nearly as soft as his smile. "You've got nothing to be embarrassed about."
Harry huffed a laugh. "Feels pretty pathetic, actually."
"Harry, no," Draco's tone turned firmer, but just as kind. "Plenty of adults sleep with stuffies, and even if they didn't, finding little, easy ways to make your life better is a good thing. I'm glad you've found a way to give yourself some comfort. I never want you to feel ashamed about that, do you understand?"
Harry nodded silently and tucked his head in the crook of Draco's neck.
Later that night, Harry fell asleep in the safety and warmth of Draco's arms, leaving the stuffie perched on the nightstand.
Chapter 244: Potter's Hand
Notes:
Rated M
Chapter Text
Potter’s hand is resolutely clenched at his side, refusing to meet Draco’s proffered palm.
Potter’s hand is gripping his broom as he twists and turns in the wind, breezing past Draco and less attainable than the snitch.
Potter’s hand is holding the Weaslette’s while they stroll down the corridor, the sight making Draco shake with irrational hurt and anger.
Potter’s hand is moving his wand in a spell Draco’s never heard of, before searing pain takes over Draco’s senses.
Potter’s hand is pulling the wands from Draco’s grip without resistance, surprise flashing briefly in bright green eyes.
Potter’s hand is reaching through the flames, pulling Draco to safety.
Potter’s hand is on the door to the potions room, holding it open for Draco.
Potter’s hand is passing Draco the jug of pumpkin juice at breakfast.
Potter’s hand is high-fiving Draco’s after winning a Quidditch scrimmage.
Potter’s hand is spinning the bottle in the middle of the circle, eyes boring intently into Draco’s.
Potter’s hand is pushing into Draco with a slight twist as two of his fingers unerringly press right there.
Potter’s hand is holding the key to their first flat.
Potter’s hand is in Draco’s as he slips the golden ring they picked onto his finger.
Potter’s hand wipes his tears. It pulls him into searing kisses. It conjures magic without a wand. It’s warm and calloused and soft. It’s familiar and faded and aged.
And best of all, it fits perfectly with Draco’s.
Chapter 245: To Come Back
Chapter Text
Harry returns as the edges of the day melt into night. Draco can hear the crunch of his well-worn boots on the grass, and it makes his stomach flip, the sound like a song he’d not heard in so long he thought he’d made it up. The footsteps stop in the open doorway, but Draco doesn’t turn around. He stands at the counter, palms flat against the surface. He breathes; fights the way his senses sing with bone-deep awareness. He’s back.
Harry clears his throat. “Sorry I’m late,” he says.
Draco doesn’t turn around. “You’ve got a lot of nerve, Potter.”
“I know.”
It’s the crack in Harry’s voice that gets Draco to turn around, and what he sees nearly knocks the breath from his chest; Harry standing there, the sight so familiar it’s as if he’d never left, except for the damning suitcase slung over his shoulder. He’s in the same stone-washed jeans he insists on wearing in the summer, despite the heat, and an old t-shirt they’d gotten at a little shop nearly a year ago; it hugs his frame a bit too tight now, but in ways that only accentuate his arms and broad shoulders. Harry’s eyes are so wide and sincere that Draco’s knees nearly buckle.
“Two years, we were together,” Draco presses on. “Then we had one fight, which is hardly new for us, except I woke up the next morning to an empty cabin, and only a three-sentence note. Now I’ve spent nearly four months alone, and your opening line when you deign to come back is ‘Sorry I’m late?’”
“I know,” Harry sighed. “But I can explain. If you let me.”
Draco studied him for a moment, silent. Then, he crossed his arms. “I’m listening.”
Chapter 246: To Come Back (Part 2)
Notes:
A sequel to "To Come Back"
Chapter Text
“I know,” Harry sighs. “But I can explain. If you let me.”
Draco studies him for a moment, silent. Then, he crosses his arms. “I’m listening.”
Harry lets out a breath. “Can I come in? I can make tea.”
Draco allows it; even moves out of the way to grant him access, but waves of both hurt and hope wash over him at watching Harry move easily through the kitchen. He tries to blink back the tears welling in his eyes, but Harry turns to him while the water heats.
Draco catches the moment Harry sees his anguish, watches him move toward Draco on instinct, concern and guilt twisting his features, and Draco can’t.
Harry’s closer now, his hands coming up to offer comfort; a hug, most likely, but Draco swats them away. Pushes him off. Steps back.
“Don’t.” Draco forces through the emotion thick in his throat. “I’ll hear you out, but you don’t get to just—I’m not yours to—“ he takes a shaky breath.
Harry jolts back slightly like he’s been slapped. “Not mine?” he nearly whispers. “Draco, I know how this looks—”
“How it looks!?” Draco shouts. “You can have your reasons for what happened, Potter, but don’t you dare tell me it’s only how it looks. Don’t you fucking dare. It’s been my life for four months!”
“It’s not like I’ve been on holiday!” Harry finally bursts out. “I came as soon as I could! I did the best I could given the circumstances—please, Draco, I’m sure it was hell for you but you don’t know everything so could you please let me explain before you—”
The kettle whistles, startling them both. Draco wonders if Harry will keep talking, but Harry sighs, anger seemingly deflated. “I’ll get it.”
In short minutes, they’re sitting on the couch, steaming mugs on the coffee table. Draco nervously fiddles with his fingers, and he notices Harry nearly reach out, to soothe him, and Draco half wishes he would. But Harry drops his hands into his lap.
“So,” Draco says. “Talk.”
“The night I left,” Harry starts, “I was up in the kitchen making tea because I couldn’t sleep.”
Draco frowned. “You should’ve woken me up if you were having nightmares.”
Harry shrugs. “It wasn’t that bad. I didn’t want to spoil your sleep over it. I knew I just needed a cuppa and I’d be fine. Except while I waited for it to steep, Robards’s Patronus came through the window.”
Draco scowls. “I thought we talked about this!”
Harry looks at him flatly. “We fought about this, you mean. We hadn’t come to an agreement.”
“We didn’t get the chance to,” Draco replies. “Not before you decided to throw yourself into danger without telling me. Again.”
Harry has the decency to look sheepish, fiddling with the end of the couch cushion. “I know,” he says softly. “You were right. You are right. But if you let me finish, I think you’ll like how the story ends.”
Draco feels something settle in his chest. He nods, and Harry continues.
“He told me it would just be a quick mission. In and out in under 24 hours. But he said to pack a bag just in case. So I left.”
“But your note said—“
“I know what it said.” Harry glances away. “I haven’t forgotten.”
“It said ‘I’m leaving. Sorry. Talk later. -H.’” Draco huffs. “Little did I know how much later it would be.”
“It’s not like I knew, either,” Harry mutters. “I was hiding out in an abandoned warehouse on the other side of the fucking planet waiting for this idiot potions smuggler to show up, only for him to arrive four months after he was expected. I couldn’t Owl or send a Patronus because either could be traced back, and the mission would’ve been blown. I don’t even know if Ron and Hermione knew where I was,” his voice cracks a bit.
“They didn’t know,” Draco says softly. “I realize that now. I asked them, at the time, but I thought they weren’t telling me. I thought you’d run off and told them to keep me from knowing where to find you.” He closes his eyes, feeling a hot tear run down his cheek.
“Baby, no,” Harry nearly whispers, reaching up to gently wipe the stray tears from Draco’s face. “I was in hell, missing you like crazy. I was exhausted, frustrated, and, worst of all, far away from home. From you.”
Draco watches breathlessly as Harry closes his eyes and settles himself before he speaks again, his voice tight.
“The only thing that kept me going for that long was knowing it would be the last time I do this. The last time I choose this job over you.” He shakes his head. “Never again.”
Draco frowns. “You say that. But what about the next time you get another call in the middle of the night?”
“I’m telling you, it won’t happen again.”
“But you don’t know—“
“The moment I got back to the Ministry, I handed Robards my resignation letter and my badge. Then I came straight here.”
Draco gapes. “What?”
“I quit. I’m done. So fucking done.” He reaches for Draco’s hands, and Draco gives them willingly, even as he trembles. “I’m sorry, Draco. I’m so sorry for what I put you through—what I put us both through. I can’t undo the last four months, but I can tell you that I spent every night dreaming of what I’d do when I came back to you.“
Harry holds out an arm and mutters a quiet Accio, summoning a small box from the pocket of his bag. He lets go of Draco’s hands for a moment and opens the box with a quiet snap. He presents it to Draco, who gasps at the silver ring propped up inside.
"We’ll never have that time back. But if you give me this—the gift of your hand, your heart, your time for the rest of our lives—I promise to never let you wake up to a note and an empty house ever again.”
Harry reaches for his hand again, and Draco lets him have it easily, watching in awe as Harry presses a kiss to his knuckles. “Marry me,” he murmurs against Draco’s skin. “Please.”
Draco manages to wrench out a tight-voiced “Yes!” from his throat. Harry’s face melts with joy and relief as he slips the ring onto Draco’s finger and pulls him into a bone-crushing hug. They pull back only a few inches to slot their lips together, holding onto each other like the other might slip away.
It’s far from their first kiss, but something about it feels pivotal and permanent. Draco lets himself sink into it, lets time tick away and their tea get cold, while outside, the last of the purple-pink sunset melts into the night.
Chapter 247: if i could fall into the sky
Notes:
Takes place in the universe of "this is me trying"
Chapter Text
This was one of the best parts of his day, the walk to the tube station after work. When Draco first got the job, he tried to make the entire journey back to his flat on foot, but he was cursing himself for going on a twenty-minute walk before and after a several-hour shift on his feet. But the tube station was a solid five minutes away from the diner, and figuring out the transit system wasn't too daunting once he figured out the few routes he needed to know.
Riding the tube felt like a cross between the Hogwarts Express and the Knight Bus. Besides, he quite enjoyed the commute once Lindsey showed him how to get music on the little device she'd made him buy once she'd realized he was utterly clueless about popular culture—at least, her kind.
And Draco's kind, now, too.
As he clicked the headphones around his neck, easily accessible once he boarded the tube, he wondered whether Potter had one of these; f he carried music with him wherever he went. If he, too, needed to quiet the voices in his head with someone else's.
He scowled to himself. Fucking Potter.
One of the bright points of his de facto exile from the Wizarding World was the fact that he'd thought he might not ever have to see Potter again. Draco was more than happy with the cool politeness they'd maintained in the last year at Hogwarts. He'd left the school flooded with relief that he and Potter were finally, blessedly, neutral.
And he felt he'd earned it, too. He'd done his best. He'd paid reparation, tried to read about and experience parts of the world he'd never known or considered before. He was working at a Muggle diner and went to Muggle university for fucks sake. The diner was frustrating work—certainly not the kind of job he'd ever expected to hold, but still gave him a strange sense of satisfaction at the end of each shift. Certainly not the kind of rush he got during his classes during the day, but it was enough.
He was fucking proud of himself, truth be told.
Until Potter had shown up at the diner the previous night and seen Draco in his uniform, and Draco absolutely could not handle it.
So he'd fled, hoping Potter would get the message that Draco did not want to see him at all. That he simply wanted to live his life. To move on.
When Potter arrived again tonight, Draco'd thought Potter either could not seem to comprehend that Draco wanted nothing to do with him, or didn't care. He'd worked his shift half distracted trying to figure out whether Potter was malicious, or just plain stupid.
Neither, as it turned out, or so it seemed. Potter seemed to take a genuine interest in Draco, and that could bring nothing but chaos into the life Draco had so carefully crafted for himself. With his small flat, his job, and his writing classes, Draco was sure his posh, sneering Father would have a heart attack if he knew.
Draco had never felt richer in his life.
His past and present were separated; starkly different. Draco had been careful to carve his new life away from the Wizarding World. Leave no trace behind.
And then Potter—with his crooked smile and impossible hair and startlingly green eyes—just had to blur the lines. He had to mess with the boundaries and walls Draco had put in place.
But then—Potter had seemed so deeply earnest. He’d looked at Draco with that same spark of determination he had when they were kids—but this time with an open hand instead of a clenched fist. Draco shivered at the memory of it; at the feeling of Potter’s eyes on him in that burning, almost predatory gaze. His childhood fantasies were nothing compared to the visceral lived experience of being on the receiving end of Potter’s tenacity.
It hit Draco then, as he neared the tube station, the moon staring knowingly at his back, that he couldn’t wait to feel it again.
Chapter 248: When This Is Over
Chapter Text
I don't care which china patterns we use; I'm sure you'll choose something delicate and ridiculously expensive and you'll insist on keeping it forever despite the fact that you'll also never let us use it again, let alone allow anyone else to touch it except for you. But it'll make you smile, and that's enough of a reason for me.
I'm going to wear dress robes, which you'll no doubt pick out for me. I don't know or have much of a preference as to what you'll wear, but I know you'll look gorgeous because when I see you wearing that outfit for the first time it'll be when you're walking down the aisle to meet me, and it'll be the best thing I've ever seen.
All I really care about for the planning, other than inviting all our friends and family, is serving good food and dancing to good music. I want us both to know every single song that the DJ plays, and can we please for the love of Merlin ask whoever we hire not to adlib or make commentary during the songs? It's so annoying when they do that. I want to listen to the song, not some stranger stopping the music to scream "WHAT" and "PUT YOUR HANDS IN THE AIR" intermittently into the microphone. And if I hear one—and I mean ONE—strangely upbeat or techno remix of a gorgeous ballad, I'm firing the DJ and plugging in my phone and playing music myself. I was scarred from the guy at Dean and Seamus's wedding who played a remix of "My Heart Will Go On." Scarred, I tell you, which is saying a lot for someone who is literally scarred in several places, and would probably be a prime test subject for a team of psychologists.
Anyway, where was I? Oh, yes, the wedding. As for rings, we're going to pick them out together. There's a jewelry shop in Diagon—well, there was before; I hope it'll still be there when this is all over. But if it's gone we can go somewhere else.
It's weird; everyone's talking about how we need to "make sacrifices" if we're going to defeat Him. But I don't think anyone understands that more than you and me. You sacrificed everything to show up to the Order headquarters, alone and asking for help, for forgiveness. And me—well. I haven't had much of a choice in what I've sacrificed. You did, though, and that's pretty damn impressive.
When this is over, I don't want to make a single compromise that impacts the grand scheme of my life. I want to be greedy; I want to be selfish. I want to grab happiness by the balls and never let it slip through my fingers.
I want to travel the world together. To lie on a beach until my skin grows flushed; hike up a mountain and feel my lungs burn. I want to feel my shirt stick to my skin from how much I'm sweating while we dance in a packed club, in a city where we don't speak the language; you'll move in close and grind your arse against me, throwing your head back against my shoulder to demand, through hot panted breaths, to take you home. I will, immediately, because of all the things I want for the rest of my life, you're at the top of the list.
I don't care where we are, or what we're doing, when this is all over. As long as I'm with you.
Chapter 249: a crooked love in a straight line down
Chapter Text
Harry's gotten very good at existing.
He gets up and goes to work each day. He smiles at his co-workers, laughs with Ron and Hermione over lunch at the Ministry cafeteria, and turns in his paperwork on time.
He leaves the office each day and floos home, where there's little to distract him from the heartbreak on the periphery of his attention. He's gotten good at blocking it out during the day; Harry's a master at suppressing his emotions when there's a job to do or someone to hide from, but when he's alone, there's nothing to stop the anguish from washing over him, hot tears running down his cheeks.
It's his own fault, too. He's kept the flat largely the same since Draco left, off to an exciting new potions research position in Canada. Harry tells himself it's because he hasn't had the time to get rid of it all; he's been busy, after all, and it's only been six weeks.
But that doesn't explain why he keeps buying Draco's favorite tea. Why he sleeps in the pajamas Draco bought for him. Why he hasn't thrown out Draco's hair brush or even moved it from its spot on the counter.
He should wipe the flat clear of anything that reminds him of Draco and find someone new. He should stop avoiding pub nights with his friends in favor of wallowing in his flat.
Maybe then he'll finally stop missing Draco with a bone-deep ache that leaves him breathless. Maybe he'll stop being so pathetic, crying and curled up on the sofa like he is now, wearing a t-shirt Draco left behind. Maybe he'll finally move on like Draco surely has with some fit Canadian man who speaks French and probably has a mustache.
Not that Harry's thought about it.
There's a knock at the door. Harry groans to himself, wondering why the world is interrupting his scheduled wallowing time. He turns over onto his stomach, grabbing a pillow and holding it over his head. The knocking turns more insistent, so with a grunt, he forces himself off the couch and over to the door, wiping his cheeks and running a hand through his hair, ready to tell whoever this is to leave him the fuck alone.
He opens the door. "What do you wa—nt?" Harry's voice cracks. "Draco," he breathes. He blinks back the tears already starting to well up again.
Draco looks infuriatingly good, wearing pressed trousers and a button-down shirt with a long trench coat. Harry resents his own joggers and the t-shirt, cheeks heating as he remembers who it belongs to.
"Hi, Harry," Draco says softly. "How are you?"
Harry crosses his arms. "I'm fine," he says, trying to keep his voice even. "What are you doing here?"
Draco bites his lip. "May I come in?"
Harry considers closing the door; he thinks about telling Draco 'no' and shutting him out of his life for good. He thinks about creating his own closure, earning back a scintilla of pride.
He also thinks about stepping aside to let Draco in. He thinks about Draco looking around as he enters, taking in every detail. Harry can see him cataloging every detail, searching for ways it's changed since he left. Harry hates him for it a little, even in his own imagination.
Instead, he says, "Answer my question first. What are you doing here?"
Draco swallows. "I hated Canada."
Harry frowns. "Why?"
Draco runs a hand through his hair, beginning to pace on the small doorway. "I thought that was what I wanted. That's one of the most prestigious potions programs in the bloody world, and they accepted me, and I—I thought I had no choice but to go."
"But you did," Harry says, not caring how bitter he sounds. "You had every choice in the world."
"Yes, I did," Draco mutters. "I did have a choice. I left, and I broke both our hearts in the process. I was an idiot. I could've tried getting over us, but I realized I just don't want to. It took spending six agonizing weeks on the other side of the world to realize that no job, no opportunity," he says the word with disdain, "is worth losing you." He looks at Harry with wide, pleading eyes. "I'm sorry, and I love you," he whispers. "I'm here. I'm home. If you'll have me."
Harry's gripping the doorframe for support, his eyes welling up with tears of relief; a release of anger and hope and love all in one. He doesn't stop one from sliding down his cheek, watching as Draco's own eyes grow teary.
Harry steps back, leaving room for Draco to walk through the threshold. Heart in his throat, he says, "Welcome home."
Chapter 250: Exhale
Chapter Text
Draco pushed with all his might against the heavy oak doors, the pressure in his chest easing slightly as the hinges creaked open. Go go go.
The door relented and Draco sprinted out of the castle and into the cool night, still humid from the rain earlier that day. While he ran, Draco gasped lungfuls of the air; maybe if he held his breath, the oxygen would make his body light enough, while his feet picked up speed, and he would finally float away.
He felt himself starting to fall before realizing why. He landed on damp soil and grass with a grunt, grimacing at the pain in his twisted ankle. He rolled over onto his back, chest heaving, and let silent, hot tears fall behind closed eyelids.
He shouldn’t have been surprised at the sound of footsteps approaching. He didn’t even open his eyes; he didn’t need to.
“You’re getting your clothes all dirty, you know. Your hair, too.”
Draco cracked an eye open. “You really want to give hair advice, Potter?”
Harry shrugged. “It’s not advice as much as an observation. But—it’s your hair, and I couldn’t care less. What I am concerned about though is why you bolted out of there.”
“I hate the food here.”
“Malfoy.”
“Really—it’s so bad, I decided to protest.”
“Alone. By running out of the great hall in the middle of dinner.”
“Exactly.”
Harry was silent for a moment, and then he sighed. Draco expected him to turn and leave, but to his surprise Harry laid down next to him, their arms close enough to almost touch.
“You don’t have to tell me,” Harry whispered. “But that doesn’t mean I can’t be there for you,”
“B-but I—”
“Shhh,” Harry moved his hand slightly, placing his finger just over Draco’s. “Let’s just be here, okay? Nothing else has to matter.”
And with Harry’s fingers nearly tangled with Draco’s own, the cool breeze against his skin, and the ground beneath his back, Draco let himself breathe out.
Chapter 251: Even Asleep
Chapter Text
Sometimes, late at night when they’re in bed and Draco’s still awake, he likes to try to move out of the tight circle of Harry’s arms around him. Not too far, and not roughly enough to wake Harry, but enough that the hold around him loosens.
Because every time, without fail, a soft whine comes from the bottom of Harry’s throat and Draco is pulled back against the solid warmth of his boyfriend, wrapped tight in his embrace.
And knowing that Harry wants him—even in slumber—will quiet the restless voices in Draco’s mind enough to let him drift off to sleep, lips curled in a soft smile.
Chapter 252: In and Out
Chapter Text
Cool, dry fingers against a sweaty palm, clasping firmly.
Eyelids flutter closed on soft command, dark lashes fluttering.
"Imagine the ocean," he whispers. "Breathe like the waves."
In...and out.
In...and out.
"Good," he murmurs. "Wait—we can talk about it in a minute, Harry. For now, just breathe with me. Feel your chest expand and deflate. Go again."
In...and out.
In...and out.
In...and out.
"Alright, love. That was very good. Open your eyes for me? There we are. Gorgeous. Now, tell me what's wrong."
Chapter 253: Right Now
Chapter Text
They’re both fast asleep right now, on the couch. The telly is still glowing with the home screen of the film they’d been watching, the volume on mute so they don’t hear the score playing on repeat.
Harry is wrapped around Draco, a protective arm around his waist and their legs tangled together. They’re warm and safe, and while they had every intention of actually watching the film, this is better.
And eventually, they’ll wake up. Harry will sputter to get Draco’s hair out of his mouth, and they’ll bicker lightly as they clean up the flat, flirt while they make dinner, and get ready for the week ahead, with all its chaos.
But for now, they rest.
Chapter 254: Say It Anyway
Chapter Text
“So?” Harry looks at him underneath dark eyelashes. Draco wants to trace the flush of his cheeks with his lips. “Will you?”
“Harry,” Draco says with a soft laugh. He sets the pink card on the table in favor of taking Harry into his arms. “You don’t have to ask every year, you know. I’ll always be your valentine.”
“I know,” Harry replies, pressing a kiss to Draco’s lips. “But I like hearing you say yes anyway.”
Chapter 255: Next Year
Chapter Text
Next year, Draco and Harry will be in his flat, eating chocolate-covered strawberries and letting the tension build between them slowly, daring the other to finally snap and whisk them off to the bedroom.
Next year, Draco won’t steadfastly ignore the pink and white decor covering every inch of Diagon Alley and the Ministry. He won’t decline one of the chocolates being passed around the office. He won’t shoot a silencer at the wireless for playing love songs.
But right now, he doesn’t know any of that.
This year, Draco picks up his favorite meal on the way home from work. He eats it while watching that show on the telly his coworker recommended. He calls Pansy on his new mobile, and they talk for hours; they laugh until they cry and cry until they laugh once more.
This year, Draco falls asleep. Next year, Draco will fall in love.
Chapter 256: count down 'till the day my lies come true
Chapter Text
I ran through a lavender field in the south of France with Guillaume. I strolled the streets of Florence with Bernardo. I went cycling along Scottish trails with Malcolm—turns out bike riding isn't too different from flying. I went scuba diving with Manuel in Belize and went dancing with Diego in Argentina.
I wrote you letters. You must have gotten them out of order, in retrospect, seeing as I often had no choice but to rely on the Muggle postal service but still availed myself of Owls when I was able.
I pretended I was taunting you with my lovers, with the prospect of bringing one of them back as a permanent souvenir. I swore that each postcard would be the last. I dreamed of you finding me, of you following the clues and tracking me down and pulling me out of the arms of Guillaume or Bernardo or Malcolm or Manuel or Diego and saying, "Draco, you fool, what are you doing? Come home." I deluded myself into thinking that it was freeing, and not fleeing.
And I'll keep pretending that I don't know why you never wrote me back.
Chapter 257: Like That
Chapter Text
Draco was curled up in bed by the time Harry got home. His blond hair was splayed out messily against the pillow, and his eyelids fluttered in his sleep. Draco’s chest rose and fell, slow and steady, like the ocean waves greet the shore.
Harry quickly readied himself for bed and slipped in next to Draco. He drew him close, Draco moving easily into his waiting arms. Harry fell asleep counting the freckles on Draco’s neck, like they were stars in the sky.
Chapter 258: Do-Over
Chapter Text
Draco had no idea if it was normal to feel this nauseous after using a Time-Turner. But he was certain that sicking up on the front lawn of the Manor would be a bad idea.
He hasn’t realized how different the place used to look. Mother, bless her, had managed to keep the Manor in relatively strong condition given it was essentially a relic. But the house aged faster during the war, the dark magic putting strain the ancient architecture.
He made it inside, trying not to pause in the foyer at seeing all the old furniture, before it was moved into storage to make room for their unfortunate “guests.” He pressed on, jogging down the familiar corridor and stopping at the double wooden doors.
He took a breath, and knocked.
“Come in, if you must!” Draco braced himself and turned the knob to enter the study.
Father had always seemed so much more imposing when Draco was growing up. Here, he certainly looked younger, and healthier, than his modern counterpart. This Lucius Malfoy hadn’t seen a day in Azkaban; hadn’t considered the possibility of it. He was tall and well-dressed and carried authority. As a child, Draco thought that made his Father godlike. But here, Lucius was merely a man, frozen with terror.
“Wha—”
Draco moved quickly, pointing his wand at his Father, aiming right between wide, shocked eyes.
Draco hesitated, nearly let his wand slip from his fingers, but he gripped it tighter.
He knew it was the only way; to make sure none of Voldemort’s followers would be by his side. To stop the war before it started.
“Obliviate.”
Chapter 259: All Mine
Chapter Text
The jumper hangs off Draco’s shoulders, showing his collarbones and the soft slope of his neck. Harry wants to bury his face in the lovely dip there and press kisses and touches across every inch of skin he can until Draco falls apart in his arms.
But the best part, the part that sends warmth and tingles throughout his body, is the hand-sewn H in the center.
When Harry first got his very own Weasley sweater, it was one of the first real gifts he’d ever received. Molly’d give it to him with a kind smile; Here’s yours, Harry dear.
It was his. There was his initial on the front to prove it.
Even better than wearing it himself, he decided, was seeing Draco wear it. To see his boyfriend wrapped up and comfortable in something undeniably Harry’s, made possessiveness curl in his gut. That, combined with the way Draco looks all sleep-rumpled and gorgeous while he stands in Harry’s kitchen making tea, is nearly too much to handle.
Draco finally turns back around, holding two steaming cups of tea. He walks over, sets a mug into Harry’s waiting hands, and presses a kiss to his lips. “It looks lovely outside. Join me on the balcony?” He says before starting to move past and away from Harry to head outside.
Harry’s rooted to the spot for a moment, but he catches up soon enough, a hand resting over the soft fabric on Draco’s back.
Chapter 260: Rumor
Chapter Text
After the fourth group of people walked by their table, giggling and whispering and pointing at them, Harry had had enough.
“For fucks sake,” he muttered. He saw Draco frown in confusion, but comprehension dawned as Harry leaned in.
“I’m tired of hiding us,” Harry whispered. “Of lying and of the rumors. Can we just—”
Draco cut him off, reaching out and tugging the collar of Harry’s shirt to pull him into a kiss.
It was silent for a moment when they pulled back, but the cafeteria was buzzing shortly after. Harry blinked and sat back in his seat, staring at Draco.
Draco reached for his tea, bringing it to his lips as he said casually, “Happy now, Potter?”
Harry just smiled and reached across the table for Draco’s free hand, lacing their fingers together. “Very.”
Chapter 261: Bruise
Chapter Text
Heartbreak doesn’t leave a scar. It bruises.
It’s where I’m tender and black and blue. I can cover it with long sleeves or trousers. I can try to keep it from getting prodded or bumped by the world. But it won’t heal.
When I think about what we had—intense and secret and over too quickly—I find myself wondering if it was even real. But then I stumble, and my bruise throbs in protest, and I think for the hundredth time that no scar on my body hurt me the same way you did.
I press a kiss to my bruise, and I wonder if you can feel your own skin tingle in sympathy.
Chapter 262: Restless
Chapter Text
Draco frowns at nothing. His skin feels too tight; like he might burst out of it. He looks outside the window at the night-darkened cityscape below his flat and wants to open the door to a lush field, kick off his shoes, and run.
He feels his leg start to bounce where it lies tangled with the other one on the couch. He flexes his foot, to remind himself he’s still whole, as he bites at his chapped bottom lip.
Fuck.
A warm hand wraps around his wrist, and he startles, realizing suddenly that his fingers are threaded through his hair and clenching tightly. He also opens his eyes, which is another surprise since he hadn’t realized he’d closed them, but he blinks to find that warm hand on his wrist attached to Harry.
Draco lets go of his hair. Harry gently—so slowly and gently—brings both of Draco’s hands into his own and up to his lips.
Chapter 263: Caught
Chapter Text
I couldn't help it. You're like if the sun became a person. I'm the moon, because I'm colder, and I feel like I'm constantly chasing you, while you slip just out of my reach, leaving darkness in your wake.
But today, I finally caught up to you.
"I love you."
Chapter 264: Dew
Chapter Text
I used to slip out of the circle of your sleep-heavy arms and off of your bed. Soon I’d be walking home, hands warm in the pocket of my hoodie, and admire the way the dewy grass looked in the early morning light.
Now if I wake up before you, it’s to get your tea steeping so the mug is ready for me to press into your grabbing hands. But most mornings we wake up together to a world bathed in sun. On the weekends, we’ll head outside and have a picnic of fruit and cheese, feeling the dry grass between our toes.
Chapter 265: to make up for lost time
Chapter Text
Remember in school how McGonagall would make us write lines? To make sure we really learned our lesson during detention? I always thought it was ridiculous at the time but I'll give her some credit. I never did forget my promise that "I won't shove other students for walking slowly in front of me," and "I will not make fun of Granger's teeth." (Not that I really changed my behavior at the time. Turns out it took a war for me to realize I was being an asshole. But I digress).
You remember that, of course, you do. If the scar on your hand is any indication, it's a form of punishment you couldn't forget. Ever the hypocrite, I have quite a specific, burning hatred—loathing for that wretched Umbridge for the way she treated you back then and—no. I am once again diverging from the point.
Harry, to say that I have a lot of regrets about our past would be the understatement of the fucking century—the millennium. I know, I've apologized and gone to therapy and I earned your forgiveness and we got together—I was there for all that. I remember every painful, beautiful, cathartic moment. But if I didn't still regret hurting you, I wouldn't have really changed, now would I?
I look back on that time in my life and I recall every minute I spent hating you, and all the times I reminded you of it. And when I think of it something inside of me twists and contorts and burns with regret, with mortification, with anger. I've forgiven myself, sure, but whenever you tell me about someone who's hurt your feelings, in any way, and I feel that righteous, protective anger well up inside me at the villain, I am struck with the irony that I was once a source of pain, of suffering in your life. And I deflate.
All this to say, I'm making up for lost time. Harry, I love you. I love you I love you I love you I love you. I will tell you so each day. I will think it each hour, feel it each second, know it each heartbeat. I will love you for double—triple the times I ever said I hated you.
Oh, I have no doubt that I'll sometimes be frustrated—even angry with you. And please don't disabuse yourself of the notion that I will no longer be the "prickly," (to use your word—I personally prefer "endearingly stubborn") man you chose to marry. I will snipe at you. I will be grumpy before I've had my morning tea. And I will always—always—make fun of your hair.
But I will love you through it all, fiercely so. Loudly and without equivocation. I will say it. I will show it. And I'll write it, over and over. Not for my own lesson or punishment—but for you to remember, to know forever.
I love you.
I love you.
I love you.
I love you.
I love you.
I love you.
I love you.
I love you.
I love you.
I love you.
Chapter 266: Conspicuous
Notes:
Rated M
Chapter Text
It starts just the way it always does. We meet: eyes, hands, lips, hips. You say it’s best if we keep it quiet, and I don’t speak, but I answer with my mouth.
I want to know you down to every molecule. Under your skin; threaded through your follicles. On my way to your heart, even if it beats me.
We’re hidden in plain sight. Just the way we like it. Eye fucks, brushing hands, and just enough distance. I can’t keep from circling you like a vulture to a hunted lion. Mine for the taking.
Finally, I sway my hips as I walk past you. A mating call if there ever was one.
I hear your answering footsteps follow me down the hall.
Chapter 267: Unknown
Chapter Text
I live my days in bunched-up sheets, pulled from underneath the mattress by my sleep-restless feet. I try to tuck them underneath every morning, but after a while I give up and simply kick it below my feet so at least my skin doesn’t touch the bare mattress.
Oh, and the earth is melting. Or maybe we’ve been plopped into a planet-wide sauna. Either way, it’s fucking hot. But as much as I hate the heat, the feel of my thighs rubbing together is worse. So I wear jeans and walk quickly. Luckily the small parking lot at work makes for little time outside.
Yes, I have a job now. A Muggle one, if you couldn’t tell by the fact I mentioned a ‘parking lot.’ I make jewelry now, of all things. I actually really enjoy it. My boss is an arse, but it’s bearable. Mostly I’m in it for the paycheck, and to revel in the knowledge that I get to do something I love.
I wake up in an unmade bed. I sweat in the summer heat. I spend hours designing luxury jewelry. Sometimes I see a friend after work, or on the weekends. And I’m not as afraid of the unknown as I used to be, because fuck it. Just fuck it.
But mostly I spend my time wondering what you’d say, if you knew all this. If you knew the little intimate details about my life nowadays. I like to think you’d be proud that I’ve not wasted the life you saved.
I send this, not to pressure you, but to tell you that I’m living my life. I want you to know that I’m still taking up a corner of the universe, and that that’s because of you, Potter.
But I want to know what you’re doing now. Write me back, please, and come see the unknown with me.
Sincerely,
Draco Malfoy
Chapter 268: Best Friends Forever
Chapter Text
“You’re one of my best friends.” Harry says it when they’re lying on the floor of their flat late one night, on their sides facing one another. He’s playing with Draco’s fingers, gently fiddling with them in the short space between their bodies.
Draco swallows. “It’s a bit too late in our relationship to put me in the friend zone now, don’t you think?”
Harry chuckles. “I don’t think I could ever be just friends with you.”
“No?” Draco asks. “You seemed pretty sure I was one of your best friends a moment ago.”
Harry shrugs. “People marry their best friends all the time.”
“Yes but—we’re not married.”
“Hm. So we’re not. Care to change that?” Harry says, reaching into his pocket.
“Wh—” Draco cuts himself off as Harry pulls out a small velvet box, popping the lid open to reveal a silver band with emeralds and rubies.
“So what do you say?” Harry murmurs. “Best friends forever?”
Chapter 269: any way the wind blows
Chapter Text
I see your shadow. I walk toward it—and I blink—and it’s gone.
I hear your voice—your deep, amused tone—and I turn my head only to see the wrong smile, wrong hair, wrong face—wrong everything.
I smell your cologne. A saleswoman sees me stopped in my tracks and sets her sights on me for a sale. She approaches, armed with a lipstick grin and a flimsy piece of paper that smells like my long lost heart.
Your eyes are in the sky. Your hair is in the sun. Your laugh is in early morning birdsong. And I will feel you in the world until the wind brings you back to me, whole.
Chapter 270: All Our Nows
Notes:
Based on the Emily Dickinson poem "Forever — is composed of Nows."
CW: mentions of blood, brief mention of NSFW.
Chapter Text
We promised it to each other; vowed it, really. And I'd say we've each kept up our end of the bargain.
It could've started when I slipped the ring on your finger; like the sun, like a halo. Gold suits you.
It could've started even further back than that. Maybe our youthful hands weren't meant to touch, then. Maybe they needed callouses or blood—each other's, our own—before they could fit. But maybe it started when they finally slid into place, palms grasped firmly. You, in determination; me, for reassurance.
But we've kept it up since then. In trips to the supermarket. In films watched while we sat on that broken, too-small couch in my first flat. In surprise flowers. In home-cooked meals. In blown-out birthday candles. In Valentine's cards. In the slick slide of our lips, our bodies, against each other.
It's also in our fights. In our tears. In our nightmares. In grief. In trauma. In long-distance Floos during work trips. In tripped-over boundaries. In apologies. In forgiveness.
I give you my nows, all my tomorrows, and everything that comes with forever.
Chapter 271: Fight
Chapter Text
“I’ll never not fight with you.” Draco said, like they were in the middle of a conversation, and he hadn’t just knocked incessantly on Harry’s door until he answered it.
Harry blinked. “What?”
Draco huffed. “Will you invite me inside? I’d rather not do this in the hallway.”
Harry stepped aside in barely enough time for Draco to brush past him. He shut the door as the other man began to pace back and forth.
“I just think you didn’t fully think this through. I’m not an easy person to love. I’m going to push you and it might not always be pleasant. It certainly wouldn’t be easy.” He stopped pacing and looked at Harry. “You deserve something easy. I’m stubborn. I can be ornery. And you say you want that now, but eventually you’ll get tired of fighting with me.”
Harry took a steadying breath before he spoke again. “Draco, I don’t care if we fight. I care that we do it together. That we don’t pretend around each other. I want you to be fighting for me—for us—when you’re fighting with me.”
Harry ran a hand through his hair. “I meant what I said last night. I don’t regret it. And I’m glad you took the night to think it over. But let’s talk about this now. If we fight, we fight.”
Draco stated for a moment before nodding slowly. “Okay, Potter. Let’s talk.”
Chapter 272: Catch Up
Chapter Text
They were both too prideful to leave, on the first day. Draco’d been at the cafe first, well before Harry walked in, so he felt he shouldn’t have to go. And Harry, for his part, had only meant to get a coffee and leave, but he didn’t want Malfoy to think he was running away from him; backing down from the challenge. So he bought a coffee and—impulsively—a muffin, and sat at a table across the cafe.
Draco keeps going back because it’s one of the few Muggle places he knows how to navigate with relative ease. Harry goes back because no one insists on paying for him or sneaks a picture of him making a face as he burns his tongue on too-hot coffee.
Still, they’re able to avoid one another quite successfully for several weeks, sneaking glances without ever breaking the fragile peace. It’s enough for them to almost pretend they’re strangers, eyeing one another up to learn as much as they can about this new, interesting person from afar; and, to some extent, they don’t have to pretend.
But one day, Draco catches a cold that keeps him home for several days. It’s annoying to miss work, not to mention the ordeal of actually trying to get over the virus. But after a few days of routine doses of pepper-up, he’s recovered, and walking back into the cafe.
He gets through the door, only to be immediately confronted by a very emphatic Harry Potter.
“Malfoy! You’re back! Where the hell were you?”
Draco blinks. “Er, I was sick.”
Harry looks surprised. “Oh. I’m sorry to hear that. Are you feeling better?”
“I-yes, but are you feeling okay?”
Harry huffs. “Yes, why?”
Draco raises an eyebrow. “Because this is the first time we’ve said two words to each other in about five years, and instead of cursing or hexing me, you seemed genuinely worried about me. Which makes me wonder if you should be checked by a Healer.”
“You and my friends both.”
“What?”
“Nothing. Just—you’re right. It’s been a while, and I’m tired of seeing you here every day without talking to you. So,” Harry says, with a smile. “Want to catch up sometime?”
“I, er, I mean yes, yes I do,” Draco manages, stunned. “What did you have in mind?”
“Wanna get some coffee?”
Chapter 273: Changes
Chapter Text
His hair is different now. Where it was once cut short, Malfoy had now grown it out so it fell into his eyes; Harry wants to know if they’re still the same piercing gray he remembered from school. But there are other, more conspicuous differences. The leather jacket, the dragon hide boots, the quietly confident way he carries himself as he heads toward the bar. Harry grips his pint as he watches Malfoy chuckle at something the bartender says; Harry even thinks he can spot a dimple in the corner of Malfoy’s grin.
Next to Harry, Ron turns desperate eyes toward Hermione, and then at where Malfoy stands at the bar. “Not again,” Ron groans, burying his head in his hands.
Hermione shakes her head and sips her cocktail. “Some things never change.”
Chapter 274: The Simple Truth
Chapter Text
It took 13 years, seven months, five days, and a smile for Draco to realize it.
Potter, grinning at him from across the bar, waved him over to the table where they were meeting their other friends for a drink. Draco had watched when Potter turned his head toward the entrance to the pub. He saw his bright green eyes light up and his grin widen.
It was one of the most beautiful things Draco had ever seen.
Draco somehow forced his legs to move, walking in a daze as he was hit with a rush of memories: the teasing, the fixation, the constant attention-seeking antics, the late nights spent making badges and Dementor costumes. Hours upon hours of planning, complaining, and ruminating over Potter. It all came to one inevitable conclusion; one undeniable fact.
Draco was in love with Harry bloody Potter. It was as simple and terrifying as that.
Chapter 275: Reached for Me
Chapter Text
I saw you in smoke and ash. I reached for you, half blind and terrified. But you reached back for me.
You peer at me through the haze of smoke from the cigarette dangling between your fingers; I know what those feel like gripping my arms for dear life.
You flick the embers, letting them fall onto the rain-damp cobblestones as you stare at me; your eyes are assessing and unforgivingly gray.
Finally, you Vanish the cigarette. And you reach for me instead.
Chapter 276: Mirrorball
Summary:
I stare at my hardened chin.
Mirrored in porcelain.
They say it’s all for me, but I don’t think it is.
Notes:
This is a bit different from most of my fics. It's more of a poem, kinda. Written for the Cruel Summer Fic Fest on Tumblr.
CW: references to death, mental illness, and grief
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
I stare at my hardened chin.
Mirrored in porcelain.
They say it’s all for me, but I don’t think it is.
I went through the motions, though.
Beating my broken heart.
Mourning the dead to help me feel alive.
I am partial to the rain these days.
I can feel my body shiver.
Fingertips wrinkle, withered.
Then you join me there.
You, take my hand and tell me, “Listen.
Do you hear the sky is singing?”
Next thing that I know I’m spinning
Right into your arms.
Then, we’re next to your bathroom sink.
Plastic gloves stained with ink.
Watching my past go down the drain together.
And I looked at the scars that I never chose.
So I went to an artist and I left with new marks.
They remind me that I’m made of skin, not of armor.
We laugh at their double-takes.
Whispers and head shakes.
Finally time begins to crack their idol.
And I still sometimes wonder why you even try.
Most people gave up by now, and the rest of them died.
But you remain anyway.
You stayed with me in the storm.
You taught me how to dance.
And we both have our demons, have our ghost-filled dreams.
Maybe grief is our penance, what it costs to keep living.
But maybe we don’t need rain
And one day your wrinkled hand
Will spin me into your arms.
So they have their porcelain.
I look and see your grin.
You’d never say it’s true, but I know it’s for me.
Notes:
Kudos and comments make my heart sing!
Also find me on Tumblr! Phoebe-Delia
Chapter 277: I Don't Sleep These Days
Chapter Text
I've lost count of the nights that I've seen fade to light, and how many of them I spent thinking of you. I did try to stop, but maybe I just didn't want to.
No, Potter, I don't sleep a lot because whether or not I'm awake my mind always comes right back to you; and my thoughts can be managed, but dreams are deceiving.
Did you know that I got that big job I'd been wanting? And on my new commute are the places we haunted? I wonder if your love still feels the same like the sun shining after the rain.
Here I am fighting sleep like you're here in my bed, and we're talking all night about nothing, instead of me lying here, missing a life I can't ever live.
Maybe you were the one, maybe you got away, maybe we were an aberration of cruel fate. Or a God thought it might be a laugh if he granted the wish of a boy who would grow up to be a man who doesn't deserve it. Either way I hope you're sleeping better than me. I hope I make occasional stops in your dreams just to tell you I love you. And I always will, from sleepless sunset to sunrise, and back again.
Chapter 278: You Could Be The One That I Love
Notes:
Can be considered in the same universe as/an unofficial sequel for my fic "Holy Ground."
Written for Rowan.
Chapter Text
There’s a Harry on Draco’s doorstep at 7 a.m.
Draco sputters. “What on earth are you doing here?”
Harry has the temerity to look confused—as if Draco should know what’s going on. “What do you mean?”
Draco scrubs a hand over his face, trying to rub away the sleep in his eyes. “I mean—what on earth are you doing here?”
Harry reaches into his jacket pocket and pulls out a piece of paper. “I got your letter,” he says, holding it up.
“What lett—oh,” Draco’s stomach drops. “I sent that, did I?”
The frown on Harry’s face shifts to something close to amusement. “You sure did. Would you like to invite me in so you can know what you said?”
Draco cringes. “Oh, sure.” He steps aside, letting Harry stride into his flat.
Harry immediately unfolds the parchment and clears his throat. “Dear Harry—”
“Would you like some tea, or—” Draco starts and then lets himself trail off as Harry continues.
“I might be quite sloshed as I write this, but I’m rather tired of this whole long-distance dating situation. Either you move here, or I move back to London. At this point, I don’t much care, but if I don’t see your scruffy face in the next 24 hours I will simply lose it. Sincerely, Draco.” Harry folds the note back up and puts it in his pocket with a small smirk. “And I’d love some Earl Grey, thanks.”
Harry mercifully sits in the living room while Draco makes their tea in the kitchen and wills his cheeks to lose their crimson shade. He calms himself enough by the time he brings two steaming mugs and places them on the coffee table.
“Thanks. So,” Harry says while he reaches for his mug and settles back into the sofa. “London or New York?”
Draco sighs. “Harry, I understand if…” Then, comprehension dawns. “Wait, what?”
Harry chuckles. “Draco, I’m asking you to move in with me. You’re right. Dating long-distance sucks. And I want to be with you. So after I read your letter I got the first portkey available and came right here to ask you—which city—London or New York?”
Draco carefully takes the mug from Harry’s hands and sets it on the table. Then he launches himself across the sofa and into Harry’s arms. The kiss is messy and uncoordinated, and it’s the best kiss of Draco’s life.
“Either. Or neither. We can go anywhere—I just want to be with you,” Draco says, just above a whisper.
“Anywhere sounds great,” Harry says with a grin. Then he leans in again, and neither of them says anything for a little while.
Chapter 279: A Nice, Relaxing Night
Notes:
Written for l0vegl0wsinthedark.
Rated M
Chapter Text
"I don't see why we have to go," Harry said from their bedroom where—at least, Draco hoped—he was getting dressed. "Wouldn't you rather stay here and have a nice, relaxing night in?"
Draco huffed, rolling his eyes in the bathroom mirror. "We sent in the RSVP a month ago, Potter. We have to go. This is the last gala of the fundraising season. You'll be free soon enough." Draco held up two ties to his shirt, pursing his lips in indecision.
"Maybe the Ministry could give the money they spend on these galas to the organizations themselves," Harry argued. "Then, we can stay home, and money goes to the right places. Win-win."
Draco laughed. "I'm afraid these non-profits need more help than the Ministry's annual gala budget can provide. Besides, it's the best way to get donations from the stuffy old Pureblood crowd. They like to be wooed. Now, are you almost ready?"
"Almost."
"Potter," Draco huffed, knotting his tie. "The whole point in me laying out your outfit earlier was so you wouldn't have to spend all this time picking it out." He finished the knot, checked it in the mirror, and strode into the bedroom. "What's taking so lo-ong," he stammered, jaw dropping slightly.
Harry sat on the bed, leaning back with his arms propping himself up. His white button-down shirt was half undone, revealing his toned chest but obscuring the abs and stomach Draco knew was underneath. His trousers were just barely acceptable for polite company but showed a defined bulge that had Draco's mouth watering.
Harry looked downright edible. And from the look on his face, he knew it, too.
"Fuck me," Draco whispered.
Harry laughed. "Sorry? Didn't catch that. You'll have to come closer," he grinned, crooking a finger in a come-hither motion.
Draco felt himself moving—nearly floating—toward the bed and climbed into Harry's lap, resting his hands on sturdy shoulders. One look into glittering, knowing green eyes sealed his fate. "Perhaps we've attended our final gala for the year," Draco breathed.
Harry smirked up at him, wrapping his arms around Draco's waist. "But what about the party? We did RSVP after all."
Draco pouted. "But wouldn't you rather have a nice," he punctuated his words by grinding his hips in Harry's lap, causing the other man to toss his head back and shut his eyes, "relaxing night in?"
Draco watched in satisfaction and felt Harry twitch beneath him as he bit back a groan. "You make a good point," Harry said, his voice strained. He opened his eyes and smiled wickedly, making Draco shiver. "But whatever will those stuffy old Purebloods do without us there to woo them?"
"I'll show you wooing," Draco growled. He pushed Harry back onto the bed, pinned his fists to the mattress, and kissed him.
Chapter 280: Honey Sticks
Chapter Text
Harry placed two fingers at the bottom of the small plastic tube and squeezed while he moved them up, pushing the sweet honey toward his waiting lips pursed over the opening. A sticky sweetness burst on his tongue, the way Harry imagined the sun's rays would taste if he could lick them.
And he almost could, with how hot it was. The cooling charms he'd cast on his own beach chair were starting to wear off, but he didn't feel like summoning the energy to re-cast. He let the empty tube fall on the towel and turned onto his stomach, the sun beating down on his back.
He peered at the man in the lounge chair next to him, taking in flushed pale cheeks, a plush bottom lip pulled between teeth, and long nimble fingers holding a paperback novel in one hand. Draco always looked good, but Harry had a particular fondness for seeing Draco at the beach, with the sun casting his hair with a honey-golden glow.
Wordlessly, Harry reached over between their two chairs, finding Draco's free hand where it dangled off the side of his lounger. Draco glanced at him with a questioning, lifted eyebrow before lacing their fingers together.
Harry felt himself begin to relax, the tension releasing from his body. And under the watchful summer sun, he rested.
Chapter 281: Keep You Warm
Chapter Text
"Aww Draco, love," Harry chuckled warmly, squeezing him impossibly tighter against him on the couch.
Draco wiped away the tears welling in his eyes. He lifted his head slightly from its resting spot on Harry's chest to give him a half-hearted glare. "Don't make fun of me. You're the one who got me hooked on this Muggle show to begin with."
"Fair enough," Harry said, pressing a kiss to the top of Draco's head. He reached for the remote and paused the show as the episode credits rolled before the next one could start playing. "D'you want to take a minute?"
Draco rolled his eyes, despite allowing a small sniff. "I'm fine, Potter. But it's just...beautiful. It didn't make sense when they first got together; like it could've ruined their friendship. But when I think of it, he was always sort of in love with her, wasn't he? And—and maybe she didn't see it at first but he's made her happier than anyone. And now they're going to be together forever."
Harry couldn't stop the besotted grin that spread helplessly over his face. "They are," he agreed, hoping his warm tone didn't come across as too amused. "And it was a beautiful proposal."
Draco hummed. "True. I love that she initiated it, and he took over when she became overwhelmed. It was lovely, if a little out of character for her to set all those candles up. I mean—imagine the clean-up, not to mention the fire hazard."
Draco wrinkled his nose at the thought, and Harry huffed a laugh. "No candles," he said. "Good to know."
Draco stilled. He was silent for a moment, and Harry tried not to grin down at the top of his head. "Harry—what do you..." Draco trailed off, uncertain but not anxious.
"I'm saying it's good to know. For the future." Harry gave in to the urge to run his fingers gently through Draco's hair. "When I ask you to marry me."
Draco visibly swallowed. "Is that so?" he replied, clearly going for nonchalance and falling far from it.
Harry nodded. "Yes—I've got nothing planned in the immediate future. But you're it for me, Draco," he said softly. "Is that alright with you?"
Draco turned to face him fully. He studied Harry for a moment, then put his hands on Harry's chest, gaining enough leverage to slide up and press their lips together.
They kissed for a long moment, through several skipped heartbeats before Draco pulled back with a small, satisfied smile and said, just above a whisper, "I'm alright with that."
Chapter 282: This Thing Called Heartbreak
Chapter Text
It’s getting easier, this thing called heartbreak. Grief is an old friend. I can call upon it to fill any emotional void, reliable enough to make me feel empty in an entirely different way. I’d rather grieve than feel heartbroken; one, at least, is familiar. And there’s a hope in heartbreak that I can’t quite bear.
You faded like the fog of an exhaled breath in the dead of winter. I tried to breathe out again, to will you back, but like this metaphor it simply lost its power the more I tried to stretch it out.
Don’t take this the wrong way, Potter, but you’re the love of my life. My heart grew around you; shaped and stretched itself beyond its genetic predisposition in its stubborn pursuit of you; and now, it sags. It—I—will never be the same.
Chapter 283: Conditions
Chapter Text
You took my hands and you said “I love you.” And you said, “I wouldn’t change a thing about you.” And you said, “And there’s nothing that anyone can say, or think, that’s going to change the way I feel about you.”
Prove it, I thought. Prove it to me, and I’ll give you a love like no other. But I said nothing. Instead I nodded, and then pressed my lips to yours, kissing away the impulse on my tongue to defend myself against the onslaught of your affection.
Sometimes I wonder if you sensed the desperate wish I tried to hide that day. If you saw in me the raw longing I felt—I feel—for the kind of love you promised me. Because you proved it. Through nightmares and fights and struggles and all the things that’ve been dealbreakers in the past.
You bring me coffee in bed on the weekends. You take out the trash since you know the smell makes me gag. And on the rare days I have doubts, you bring me into your arms and say “I love you.” And that’s all the proof I need.
Chapter 284: You're Here
Chapter Text
I reach out, still mostly asleep but awake enough to fear my fingertips will meet cool sheets instead of warm skin.
I feel your bare back, the light sheen of sweat covers you like morning dew. I am triumphant; giddy that I get to tell that little voice in my head, “See? I told you so!” That it wasn’t a dream, after all.
I tug you close, so you’re solidly in my arms, just to make sure. But I know you’ll be there when I wake up again.
Chapter 285: holding hands while the walls come tumbling down
Chapter Text
There are still some burning piles, but most of the building is gone; magical architecture built hundreds of years ago now reduced to rubble. It’s a shame, Harry thinks, that it’s come to this. But he knows better than most that an evil that can’t be changed must be destroyed.
Later that night, Draco is snug and comfortable in Harry’s arms, their legs tangled in freshly washed sheets. A candle burns, low and lightly fragrant, on Draco’s bedside table. Harry admires the flickering shadows that dance across Draco’s skin.
“What now?” Draco whispers. “What happens now that we no longer have a Ministry?”
“Now,” Harry replies, “we build something better.”
Chapter 286: People You May Know
Chapter Text
@HarryPotter has requested to follow you.
Draco blinks at his phone, frowns, and then refreshes the page.
@HarryPotter has requested to follow you.
Fuck. Not a glitch, then.
Maybe it was a mistake. Maybe Potter doesn't know how to rescind a follow request. Maybe Draco showed up under 'People You May Know,' (or, more accurately, if you ask Draco, 'People You Don't Speak To Anymore But Instagram Knows You Have Their Number') and Potter clicked it by accident.
Or maybe not.
"Pansy?" Draco calls across their shared flat. "I need your help."
Chapter 287: Good
Chapter Text
I wasn’t taught to be good. I was required to be good at things. To get good grades. Be a good son. Have good taste. Wear good clothes. Marry a good pureblood girl and have a good reputation.
And then “good pureblood values” turned out to be bad. And then I was tasked with building myself back from the ground up into something—someone—truly good. Like you. Like you’ve always been.
It’s not been easy. I’m extraordinarily lucky you saw some good in me and decided it was worth pursuing, but in addition to unlearning my childhood prejudices I’m also trying to do what I’m good at.
Because that’s how you earn respect, right? That’s how you show people you’re good enough. If I’m not good at something, then what am I good for?
I’ve wrapped up my entire identity into figuring it out. For so long I felt like such a failure. I know, I had a funny way of showing it back then, what with my turned up nose and imperious attitude. But inside I was desperate to find something in which to bury my self-worth. To stick a flag in the ground and announce, “This is mine! No one else can claim it! And I will be the very best there ever was at it!”
But you make me feel good. You tell me the dinner I cooked was good, and that I had a good idea for what to give Teddy for his birthday. You say, “Good job love,” when I do things the Muggle way.
You show me all the good in my life and all the ways I don’t give myself credit for it. Because of you, I’m starting to see that I might be good enough after all.
Chapter 288: Getting Old
Chapter Text
I hope you never tire of hearing it. I want to tell you every day; every second. Yes, in part to make up for all the time I spent thinking and feeling the opposite, but also because sometimes I still can’t believe my luck.
It makes me giddy to say it aloud; to feel the words form in my mouth and hear them in my own voice, just for your ears. For your heart. For the smile that blooms across your face each time before you say it back to me.
“I love you.”
Saying it will never grow old, but I know we will, together.
Chapter 289: Spark
Chapter Text
“Got a light?” Draco asked with a small grin, as though telling a joke with a punchline only Harry could know. He spoke softly like they were in a crowded room instead of standing in an empty alley outside a Muggle club. His long, delicate fingers reached into his jeans pocket and pulled out a box of Camels.
Harry took a long look at him, slow and savoring, while he enjoyed a drag of his own cigarette, now nearly finished. “These’ll kill you, y’know?”
Draco raised an eyebrow. “What’s it to you?“
Harry shrugged, exhaling smoke through his nose. "Just warning you of the risks, Malfoy. These are a health hazard.”
“So are you, but that’s never stopped me, has it?” Draco took a step forward, eyes gleaming. He reached toward Harry, and for a moment it seemed like he might pull him forward, but instead, he took the lighter right from Harry’s front pocket.
“And why’s that?” Harry asked as he watched Draco light up with practiced ease. “Why not run while you can?”
Draco smirked, and Harry had the odd feeling he’d fallen into some sort of trap. Draco moved close to Harry once more, tucking the lighter back into his pocket.
“Because you might be the death of me,” Draco whispered, “but that’s a risk I’m more than willing to take.”
Chapter 290: Good Luck, Babe
Chapter Text
“I don’t think this is working.”
Draco’s fingers freeze in their task of buttoning up his shirt. He blinks at himself in the mirror once. Twice. “I’m sorry?”
His eyes shift to Harry in the reflection. Draco feels a bit disgusted with himself at the immediate rush of affection for him; for this man with his cotton shirt and boxers, now nervously running a hand through his sleep-mussed hair.
“I’ve had a great time with you these past few months,” Harry says. “But I don’t think this will work out. I’m sorry if that’s not what you want to hear, but you deserve the truth.”
Draco’s speechless for a long moment before he asks, “And what is the truth, Harry?”
Harry looks away, and Draco nearly snaps at him to at least have the decency to make eye contact while breaking his heart—but he doesn’t.
“The truth is that I don’t think this will work out,” Harry says carefully. “There are certain…responsibilities and considerations I have to make—”
Draco scoffs. “Bullshit. It’s because of her, isn’t it? You’re leaving for her.”
Harry flinches. “N-no. I just…”
“You’re a lot of things, Potter,” Draco says coldly, fingers moving quickly to finish buttoning his shirt, “but a coward hasn’t been one of them. Until now.”
“Draco, please—”
“Fuck off.” Draco grabs his wand and strides out of the bedroom.
He heads for the door, but Harry beats him to it, blocking his exit. “Just wait—”
“Get out of my way.”
“No, Draco, not until we talk about this.”
“What’s there to talk about? You already said this isn’t working. Why try to fix what you purposefully broke?” Draco spits the last word like poison, relishing the way Potter winces.
“I just want to explain.”
“No! You said I deserve the truth, but the truth is, I pity Ginevra,“ Draco sneers. "She’ll get your name and your ring. But she’s got no idea she’ll be marrying a man who closes his eyes and fucks her while thinking of men,” Draco’s sneer twists into a cruel smirk. “Of me.”
“But...I love her,” Harry whispers.
“You love her like a sister, Potter.” Draco reaches forward, using a finger to lift Harry’s chin until their eyes meet. “But she could never make you feel the way I do. No one can.”
Draco surges forward, capturing Harry’s lips in a heated kiss. Harry gives in immediately, and he barely seems to notice when Draco flips them around and presses himself against the door.
He pulls away, panting against Harry’s lips, and reaches one hand behind himself to grasp the door handle. “Have a good life, Potter. I hope you find whatever it is you’re looking for.”
With that, Draco opens the door behind himself and steps backward. He slams it shut, but the last thing he sees as the door closes is Harry, staying silent, but with one hand outstretched, reaching for him.
Chapter 291: Soulmates
Chapter Text
At six years old, Draco had read about fated love and wondered if it, like magic, was real.
“Soulmates are a myth,” his father had said, looking at Draco over his glasses. “You ought to spend your time on more productive matters instead of burying your head in those nonsense books your mother buys you.”
At sixteen, Draco learned how to brew love potions. He’d leaned over his cauldron to sniff the rising steam: fresh grass, broom polish, and treacle tart. He glanced over at Potter, who was whispering with his friends. A moment later Potter met his eyes, as if sensing Draco was staring, and scowled.
Draco knew his father had been right.
“Do you believe in soulmates?” Harry asks him one morning over breakfast.
He’s 26 years old. The engagement ring on his finger is new, from the previous day. He’d woken up to see Harry on one knee next to the bed, ring box open, asking simply, “Will you?”
Draco looks into Harry’s bright, loving eyes and thinks, as he often does, of the improbability of them. He thinks of hexes, shouting matches, threats, and pranks. Of stomping on Harry’s face. Of bleeding out on the bathroom floor. Of all-consuming, daily terror.
He remembers lying to his family, and Harry’s outstretched hand pulling him out of the fire.
He remembers forgiveness. Redemption. Conversations that left him raw and weeping. Apologies.
He remembers the smell of fresh grass, broom polish, and treacle tart, and he knows, without a doubt, that the smell would remain unchanged, ten years later.
“I can’t be sure,” Draco finally says. “But I do believe in us.”
Chapter 292: the first time ever i saw your face
Chapter Text
I wanted to punch you.
In my defense, you used to have a very punchable face you’d been an ass to the first friend I’d ever had. And, it’s not like I actually punched you. Not then, anyway.
I know we don’t talk about the war much nowadays. Not because we can’t; I think after all these years there’s practically nothing I wouldn’t tell you. But because we’ve talked it to death. We simply don’t need to anymore. It doesn’t linger over our heads like storm clouds.
But if there was any moment during the war that I felt hope, it was kneeling in front of you with my hexed face, my life in your hands, and knowing you would protect me.
I remember your ashen expression. Death was already an old friend of mine, and I could see her in your eyes. I still had anger and contempt for you, and it would take time for those feelings to evaporate like morning dew. But I also think it was the first time I truly saw you; I saw the boy who’d been brainwashed and broken down. That boy might’ve needed a punch in the face, and then a helping hand.
Now, your face is my lips’ favorite destination. Your face is handsome. It’s as expressive as ever, except now you imitate your old sneers to make me laugh. It wears its age with pride and grace. Your wrinkles and laugh lines are achievements, not flaws.
Yours are the cheeks I want to make blush. Yours is the smile I want to bring. Yours are the eyes in which I want to lose myself.
I see your face in our children. In the moon. In my dreams. And on the pillow next to mine.
I reach across our bed to pull you close. Your head is buried in my chest, so I press my lips to your forehead. I can’t look at your face in this position, but it’s no matter. I only need to close my eyes.
Chapter 293: The Best People in Life Are Free
Chapter Text
“I bet I’m faster than you.”
That’s all Draco says before he flashes Harry a wild grin and then sprints down the sidewalk like a madman, his arms spread wide as if he’s trying to hug the rain coming down around them. Harry groans to himself and starts after him, almost losing his balance on the slick path.
Draco’s clearly paying no mind to the irritated pedestrians who barely move out of his way in time, nor does he seem to be worried about the hazardously wet streets. The Malfoy that Harry knew growing up wouldn’t willingly be outside in this weather without an umbrella charm, let alone dashing gleefully through dirty puddles through the crowds in a major city.
But then again, Draco hasn’t been Malfoy in a long time.
Harry is relieved when Draco finally slows to a stop, sticking out his tongue to catch the raindrops. That lets Harry start to catch up to him, and for a brief moment, Harry fears that Draco will take off running again when he sees him.
Instead, he throws his arms around Harry’s neck and kisses him soundly, and Harry lets the rest of the world fade to white noise. The kiss is deep and exploratory, and Draco tastes like the rain, and Harry nearly forgets about the risk of slipping on the sidewalk.
His senses return to him once they pull apart. Draco grins like he’s won something hard-earned.
“What got into you? Aren’t you afraid of getting sick, standing in this? Have you gone mad?” Harry’s trying to scold but coming across far too fond.
“Mad for you, maybe,” Draco waggles his eyebrows. He leans down and gives Harry a soft, short peck on the lips.
But Harry doesn’t let it go so easily. “You’ve surely ruined your shoes, not to mention your socks. Why did you do that?”
“Because I can, Harry.” Draco’s expression sobers, and he lifts a hand to cup Harry’s cheek, thumb wiping away a raindrop. “Don’t you ever want to do things just because you can? Because no one can stop you?”
“I-” Harry starts to argue, and then he lets out a laugh that’s more of a huff. “Merlin, and I thought I was supposed to be the Gryffindor.”
“You are. That doesn’t mean I won’t still keep you on your toes, Potter,” Draco smirks.
The sound of thunder causes them both to startle a bit and look up at the storm, which picks up speed. Draco takes Harry’s hand. “Come on!” He takes off jogging down the sidewalk, pulling Harry with him.
“Draco, where are we going?” Harry nearly stumbles as he tries to match the pace but he doesn’t let go of Draco’s hand.
Draco looks over his shoulder and meets Harry’s gaze with sparkling eyes. “Anywhere we want.”
Chapter 294: Summer Love (Made Us One)
Chapter Text
Neither of them said it that afternoon, but they didn’t have to. It was thicker than the humid summer air, and Draco felt the impulse to say it surge through him every time Harry so much as smiled.
Instead, Draco plucked a geranium from the ground and tucked it behind Harry’s ear. He pressed a kiss to Harry’s cheek. They both blushed.
Chapter 295: Bring Him to Me
Chapter Text
The pages are yellowed and the spine is nearly disintegrating at Draco’s touch. He can almost taste the dust on the tome he found tucked away in the Department of Mysteries. Still, he’s glad to have finally found it; the perks of being an Unspeakable.
He skims through the spells, translated between Latin and hundreds of other languages, written in faint ink.
Until he finds it. He lets his fingertips brush over the words. In his other hand, he grips his wand like it’s a sword threatening an invisible foe.
“Afferte eum ad me”
Bring him to me.
Draco watches the words flash on the parchment and then fade quickly. All is quiet, and still.
He takes a deep breath.
And he waits.
Chapter 296: Frayed
Chapter Text
Draco keeps still; barely dares to breathe. He lets his fingers pluck the frayed edges of the comforter, but that’s all.
Potter’s snoring beside him, and Draco wishes he could reach into his mind, pull out the memories from last night, and put them in his own pocket. But sunlight, incriminating and intrusive, seeps through the curtains; his chance to slip away expired with the night.
It occurs to Draco that this is the first time he’s seen Potter’s face without his glasses; in daytime, at least. And as nervous as he is about Potter waking up, part of him can’t wait to see wide, unobstructed green eyes blinking awake into a new day and falling upon him. He wonders who Potter will see; Malfoy, from years past, or Draco, from last night.
Potter’s eyelids flutter. Draco takes a deep breath, tugs gently on another thread, and waits.
Chapter 297: Ice Breaker
Chapter Text
"Alright. I'm heading out." Ron stood from the table, leaving Harry and Draco looking at him bewildered.
"It's been five minutes, mate," Harry furrowed his brow.
"Yep! I'm leaving. You've been Parent Trapped." Ron grinned and did finger-guns at them. Harry groaned, his cheeks flushing.
Draco looked even more confused. "What does that mean?"
"It's a Muggle movie," Harry said, narrowing his eyes at Ron. "Mate, what the—"
"I'm tired of this." Ron hardened his jaw, placed both palms down on the table to lean over them, and tried to give them both his best Intimidating Auror look. "I hear you—" he pointed at Draco, who blushed—"pining and going on about him at work. And you—" he pointed at Harry, who blushed even more, "pining and going on about him outside of work and I can't take it anymore!" He huffed. "So. This is a date. I've broken the ice. You're both welcome. Goodbye."
With that, Ron turned and walked out of the pub, whistling happily, acting as if he was leaving Harry and Draco to their own devices.
Once he was outside, however, he ducked behind the windows, rushing around the side until he was certain he wouldn't be noticed. Then, he stayed crouching down but slowly rose up and peeked through the window.
It hadn't taken long. They were already smiling at one another. Harry slid his hand across the table and Draco laced their fingers together.
Ron grinned to himself, straightened up, and continued home. His work there was done.
Chapter 298: Be Thou a Knight
Notes:
Rated M
Chapter Text
Hundreds of eyes watch you kneel before him, your armor clanking against the marble floor. He stands in front of you, over you, resting a hand on the hilt of the sword sheathed at his hip. He keeps his expression smooth and stoic, belied only by the heat in his eyes.
This isn't your first time on your knees for him.
He grips the handle of the sword and pulls. The edges of the blade scrape against the scabbard, and the sound is nearly piercing, but it comes out in one long movement. He handles the sword like it's an extension of his limbs, with a grace that others might mistake for royal training but that you know, intimately, is all his own.
You bow your head reluctantly, wishing you could stare up at him while he does this. You feel him bring the tip of the blade to your right shoulder, steel on steel, the sharp edge inches from your neck. It's gone a moment later and then reappears on your left. You want it digging at the soft skin under your chin, want it forcing your gaze up to meet his. You wonder what you'd see; the same smoldering heat, or an inferno.
"Be thou a knight." His voice is low, but firm and clear. Then, thunderous applause nearly shakes the walls.
Finally, you raise your head, look into his eyes, and together, you burn.
Chapter 299: everything is easy 'cause of you
Chapter Text
They sign the papers and toast with the sparkling wine they never opened on New Year’s. Then, it takes weeks to pack their lives into boxes and change the Floo.
But when it’s all done, Draco laughs as Harry uproots the For Sale sign like it’s a mandrake.
“Welcome home.”
Chapter 300: That's His Name
Chapter Text
Lucius Malfoy is a proud man.
He’s always carried himself well, in his opinion. He married well. Produced an heir—though that didn’t end up being much use to him. Kept his vaults full and his reputation intact. For the most part. Sure, there were a few slight miscalculations, but he is only a human man, after all. How was he to know that the boy would overtake the Dark Lord?
But no matter. Lucius might be serving a life sentence in Azkaban, but he will do so while holding to the remains of his dignity.
He doesn’t have many friends here, though he isn’t sure he ever really has, considering most of those in his former social circle would’ve sold him out in a heartbeat if it served their own benefit.
His current social schedule consists of nodding at the guards who pass his cell or slide a plate of food under the bars. The faces change, more often than he’d have assumed. They get younger and younger, or perhaps Lucius himself is getting older.
The guards tend to speak freely around him, gossiping and laughing and talking like they’re not surrounded by caged criminals. At first, Lucius was affronted; how dare they act as if he doesn’t exist! But now he sort of enjoys it; one must get one’s entertainment from somewhere. So he listens in on their conversations, straining to hear the latest news about both strangers and long-forgotten names from distant memories.
He’s listening to one guard—a fresh-faced man who had to have just graduated Hogwarts—ramble on to his older counterpart about “the power couple of the century” and how “Harry and Draco Potter are going to—”
Wait.
“Excuse me?”
Lucius hears his own voice, growling and hoarse, booming through the prison. There’s silence, and then—
“Yes? Is there something you need?”
Lucius grasps the bars of his cell. “Come here, boy.”
The younger guard stands and walks, on slightly shaky legs, toward Lucius.
“Tell me what you just said. Repeat it.”
“I, er, said Harry and Draco Potter—”
“Draco POTTER!?” Lucius’ shout rings even in his own ears.
The guard’s eyes widen. “Y-yes?”
“His name is MALFOY. Draco MALFOY.”
“I-I don’t think so.”
“I would know, seeing as I NAMED HIM MYSELF YOU IMBECILE!!”
The other guard rises, placing a hand on his wand. “Sir, you need to calm down.”
Lucius wants to sneer, to spit, but he takes a deep shuddering breath and wills his temper to deflate. “My apologies. Allow me to rephrase. The man of whom you’re speaking is my son.”
The guard raises an eyebrow, unimpressed. “Sure. You’re Draco Potter’s father.“
Lucius is aghast. “Do you not believe me?”
The guard rolls his eyes. “I don’t really care either way, really. He’s been Draco Potter as long as I’ve been alive. He doesn’t go by any other name. At least not now.“
Lucius grits his teeth. “Malfoy. That’s his name. Draco Malfoy.”
“Right. Whatever you say, mate.” The guard turns and starts to walk away. “Whatever you say.”
Chapter 301: Gratitude
Chapter Text
The words get stuck in his throat every time he tries.
Thank you for saving the world.
Thank you for returning my wand.
Thank you for testifying at my trial.
Thank you for not letting me die.
No greeting card would do. No casual conversation would be enough.
But, pressed against the wall in an abandoned Hogwarts corridor, Potter’s lips moving against his, Draco finds another way to say it.
Chapter 302: i can go anywhere i want, just not home
Chapter Text
“I knew you weren’t dead.”
Draco smirked, triumphant, and waited for Potter to reply—to react. But he didn’t seem overly surprised to see Draco on his doorstep. He sighed and scratched at his beard. “Come in, I guess,” he grumbled, gesturing vaguely inside the small cabin in the middle of Tumbleweed, U.S.A.
There was tea, at least, even if it was served in a strange, thick yet lightweight cup. “Styrofoam,” Potter said when Draco just frowned at the offering. “It’s what I’ve got. It’s safe. Just drink it.”
So Draco did, sitting on a lumpy sofa, the red fabric torn in a few places and a bit frayed. He noticed some scratches on the small wooden coffee table in front of him; no doubt from Potter propping his feet up, shoes and all. Now, Potter opted for a brown faux leather recliner across from him, eyeing Draco over his own steaming cup.
“How’d you find me?”
“I was in the neighborhood.”
“In rural America?”
“Yes.”
“You?”
“Yes, Potter.”
“Why are you here?”
“I’ll tell you if you tell me why you want the world to think you’re dead.”
“Not everyone. Just most people. My friends know where I am, if that’s your concern.”
“Potter—”
“Fine,” Potter said with a sigh. “I left because I had to. The faking-my-death part was so no one would follow me.”
The silence stretched between them for long moments. Draco took another sip of tea.
“Your turn, Malfoy.”
Draco took another sip and set his cup down on the coffee table. “You’re not the only one running away.”
Potter scoffed. “Speak for yourself. I didn’t run away.”
“What do you call leaving abruptly and permanently without so much as a goodbye?”
“I call it none of your fucking business,” Potter nearly growled. “I left. I don’t owe you, of all people, an explanation.”
Draco leaned back against the couch, tilting his head as he considered Potter. “No, I suppose you don’t.” He then rose from his seat, vanished the cup, and nodded once. “Well, this has been great fun. Thanks for the tea.”
Draco took quick strides toward the door and was about to open—
“Wait!”
He paused, but he didn’t turn around. “Yes?”
“You never said—how did you find me?”
Draco chuckled. He opened the door and turned his head to look back over his shoulder at Potter.
“Like I said. I was in the neighborhood.”
“But why?”
Draco let his smirk stretch wide. “And that’s what I call: none of your fucking business.”
Chapter 303: His Hands
Chapter Text
Malfoy lowering his outstretched hand, hurt and anger flashing in his eyes. Malfoy leveling his wand at Harry’s chest with a sneer. Malfoy pressing creases into parchment until he’s got a paper crane ready to launch from his palm. Malfoy plucking the snitch from the air and waving it around triumphantly for all to see. Malfoy’s fingers pinning a badge to his robes, the words Potter Stinks flashing across the plastic. Malfoy’s fist flying into Harry’s face.
Malfoy’s palms flat on the marble floor where he kneels, stares, and “can’t be sure.” Malfoy’s loose hold on the wands Harry easily pries from his grasp. Malfoy pulling himself to safety onto Harry’s broom and gripping his waist for dear life as they narrowly escape the flames.
Malfoy visibly nervous when he offers a handshake yet again, except this time it’s outside Courtroom Ten and paired with gratitude and an apology. Harry accepts it all.
Draco gesturing wildly when he talks about magical theory with a gleam in his eye. Draco’s meticulous chopping and stirring in Potions, lip pulled between his teeth. Draco biting his thumbnail as he ponders his next chess move. Draco, so tactile in his affection, clapping Harry on the back after a hard-won Quidditch game. Draco twirling his wand before he casts a clever hex during a duel in DADA. Draco, who learns about Muggle thumb wrestling and challenges Harry whenever they’re bored in History of Magic.
Draco immediately running his fingers through Harry’s curls when Harry can’t take it anymore and finally kisses him. Draco taking Harry’s hand when they walk down the halls. Draco mapping every inch of Harry’s body with his hands, his lips, his tongue.
Draco sorting through the mail at the flat they rent next year. Draco swiping a finger through the icing on the spatula and licking it off to make sure Harry’s birthday cake is perfect.
Draco tearing up when Harry slides an engagement ring on his finger. Draco pulling Harry close when they dance at their wedding. Draco, with a towel draped over his shoulder, holding an infant James against him and patting his back. Draco massaging the knots out of Harry’s back after a long day. Draco tucking their kids in at night with bedtime stories and forehead kisses. Draco applauding the loudest at dance recitals and Quidditch games and graduations.
Draco flipping him off with a laugh when they bicker. Draco clenching his fists in determination. Draco, with wonder in his eyes, tracing Harry’s jaw and cupping his cheek like he still can’t believe he can have this.
Draco taking Harry’s hand and never, ever letting go.
Chapter 304: Ruined the Stars
Chapter Text
They're relaxed and naked under their silk dressing gowns, sweat clinging to their skin like morning dew. The night is their refuge; under the sun's scrutiny, they act like two magnets pushed together at the same poles, forced to repel.
But they don't hide from the moon. Feeling brave, they venture onto the balcony and admire it together. Draco stands in the circle of his arms, back to chest. Harry—it's always Harry when they're like this, never Your Highness—asks, quietly, "Are you mine, Draco?"
Draco turns to face him, this man who could have the world in his pocket should he desire it; who doesn't seem to realize that Draco wishes, with desperation stinging like lemon juice in his teeth, to be the one to give it to him.
"Darling," Draco breathes. "How could I not be?" He gestures toward the sky. "You've ruined the stars, you know. I look at them, and I only see you."
Harry blushes and ducks his head. "When you say such things, it only makes me want to take matters into my own hands. I'd relinquish the crown and the castle in a heartbeat."
Draco stills. "I would never ask—"
Harry quiets him with a quick kiss. "I know, I know. But a man can dream."
Draco reaches up and brings their lips together again, and Harry opens for it with a small, pleased gasp. The kiss is slow and sweet, but he reminds himself that dreams are only for the night.
Chapter 305: No Way
Chapter Text
Harry blinks. He holds the magazine closer to his face, inches from his glasses, to get a closer look at the smirking shirtless man featured on the cover of Witch Weekly’s Quidditch Cuties issue.
Because there’s absolutely no fucking way. No way that Draco Malfoy, Seeker for the Abbleby Arrows and frequent star of Harry’s sex dreams, has a lightning bolt tattooed over his heart.
It’s not—it’s not possible.
And yet.
Harry makes decision. He folds the magazine, puts it in his pocket, grabs his wand, and Apparates away with a crack.
There’s only one way to find out.
Chapter 306: Squeak
Chapter Text
“Draco, watch this.”
Harry pinches the end of the balloon and waits until he’s basking under the full attention of Draco’s curiosity. Satisfied, Harry brings the end of the balloon to his mouth, seals his lips around it, and sucks.
He nearly loses the first bit of helium he inhales when he catches the look of confusion and slight horror on Draco’s face, but he manages to take a deep breath. It’s noisy, and the helium immediately goes to his head, but when he’s ready, he flashes Draco a mischievous grin and says, high-pitched and squeaky, "Hello, Draco.”
Draco just glares at him and crosses his arms. “Potter, the party is in an hour. We don’t have time to rush you to St. Mungos because you decided to inhale some mystery gas.”
“It’s just helium, and it’s perfectly safe,” Harry replies, gratified that his voice isn’t yet back to normal. “It’s a Muggle thing.”
He notices Draco’s shoulders relax a bit and feels a small twinge of guilt for making him panic, even for a moment.
“How awfully juvenile,” Draco drawls. “Can we return to the task at hand?”
Awfully juvenile. Honestly, he’s so posh, Harry can’t help himself. “Don’t you want to try it?” His voice is normal now, which is helpful to back up the whole ‘perfectly safe’ thing.
Draco rolls his eyes. “No, in fact, I do not.”
Harry takes another hit of the balloon. “Scared, Malfoy?”
He bites back a crow of triumph when Draco strides across the room. He plucks the balloon from Harry’s hands, puts his own mouth around the end, inhales deeply, exhales, and says, “You wish.”
Chapter 307: Make Some History
Chapter Text
“It’s complete rubbish! No one cheated. It was an amicable breakup. But Gin’s getting Howler after Howler, and the Harpies have had to beef up security.” Harry tosses the newspaper onto Malfoy’s desk. “Skeeter can’t get away with this again. I want to sue her and the Prophet for slander.”
Malfoy shakes his head. “Actually, it’s libel.”
Harry blinks. “Isn’t that the same thing?”
Malfoy chuckles. “While I’d normally love to make a crack about your lack of intelligence, Potter, it’s actually a common misconception. Libel and slander are both types of defamation, but libel is published content, and slander is spoken, as in a speech or conversation.”
Harry hums. “Interesting. You really know your stuff.”
Malfoy scoffs. “I’m only one of the top defamation litigators in the Wizarding World.”
Harry leans back in his chair and props his feet up on Malfoy’s desk just to see if he’ll scowl. Which he does.
Harry smirks. “So, do you think we’d have a case?”
Malfoy snorts. “Well, it’ll take a lot more than a single conversation with you to actually determine that, not to mention that no one’s ever won a defamation suit against the Prophet. But,” he grins, wide and a bit unsettling, “that’s because they’ve never been sued by me.”
Harry swings his legs off the desk and leans forward toward Malfoy, holding out his hand. “So, you’ll do it?”
“Potter,” Malfoy says, taking Harry’s hand in a firm shake. “Let’s make some history.”
Chapter 308: just like our last—
Chapter Text
Step back. Head hits the rain-damp brick wall. Heart thumps with the bass, muffled from outside the club.
Hot, panting, shared air. Eyes closed. A quick brush of lips. Another. More pressure, deeper, memorizing. Fingers slide to your hair and grip.
Part with a gasp; lips first, then the rest. Your head aches. Some of your hair got caught on his ring. He pulls it free.
“I’m sorry” means that was the last time.
“I know.”
Chapter 309: Family Weekend
Chapter Text
The ‘Welcome Parents’ banner is lopsided, but that’s the least of Harry’s worries.
The most of them, however, walks into the Great Hall and makes a beeline for his carbon-copy son at the Slytherin table. Harry bites back a groan; he’d been hoping it’d be the boy’s mother. But, no such luck.
Harry has a perfect view of the Great Hall from his seat at the High Table. His eyes should be on his plate, or on Neville chatting with Padma about lesson plans. But his gaze is glued to the twin shocks of blond hair; he thinks he can see Malfoy throw his head back and laugh at something his son said.
Something molten and raw rises in Harry—rage, he thinks—and he wants to—
Just then, a gentle stinging hex hits him in the side. He yelps, though luckily only loud enough to draw brief, curious glances from Neville and Padma.
He frowns and looks around for the culprit. “What in the world—” he breaks off when he sees Hermione glaring at him from the Headmaster’s chair, twirling her wand in her hand. Behave, she mouths, looks pointedly at Malfoy, and then back at Harry.
Harry scowls. A blush creeps up his neck. He takes a spiteful bite of his food and huffs. It’s one weekend, he thinks. I can keep my distance from Malfoy for a weekend. I’ll show her. He even looks up from his plate to glance nonchalantly over at the Slytherin table, just to prove to himself how unaffected he is. Malfoy is just another parent among the sea of others visiting their children. Harry can look at him briefly and without incident.
He nearly jolts when he sees Malfoy staring back at him, smirk in full force, visible even from across the hall.
The raw-molten feeling resurges, and with it, two simultaneous realizations:
1. That’s not rage.
2. I’m completely fucked.
Chapter 310: since we were eighteen
Chapter Text
"Did—did you know?" Draco asks, eyes downcast like he’s talking to the sidewalk.
Harry's throat is tight. "No," he says. "I didn't."
Draco presses his lips together and nods. He still doesn't look at Harry. "I see."
It’s quiet in the dark alley behind the pub, but Harry’s ears are full of static. He knows he needs to talk more; needs to stop Draco from filling in the blanks of Harry’s silence with his own assumptions. He knows Draco's guard rises with each second he lets pass without saying some version of what he’s thinking, which is, ‘I didn't know. But god, I wish I had.'
"It was Eighth Year, for me, " Harry says instead.
At that, Draco looks up sharply. Their eyes meet, and Harry sees the flare of hope on Draco's face; feels it in his own chest. "What?" Draco whispers.
"That's when I realized. For me, I mean," Harry blushes. "I obviously didn't know about you until, er, now. Like I said."
Draco blinks. "You mean to tell me you've been—"
"Yes."
"So all this time we could've—"
"Yep."
Draco closes his eyes and looses a sigh. When his eyes open again, he looks at Harry like the snitch in a tied Quidditch game. "Can I—?" His voice breaks, and his eyes fall to Harry's lips, and that's all he needs to say.
Harry sucks in a breath, and nods. Draco strides towards him and pulls him into a bruising kiss.
When they finally pull apart, Draco presses their foreheads together. "Will you say it?" He whispers. "I said it. And I know you implied—but I need to hear—"
"I love you, too," Harry murmurs. He presses a kiss to Draco's parted lips. "I'm in love with you."
Chapter 311: Under the Stars
Chapter Text
“Can I take the blindfold off now, Draco”
“Honestly, Harry, just a few more steps we’re nearly there!”
Harry huffed and let himself be led slowly down what he assumed was some hallway. Draco had insisted on keeping their destination a surprise for as long as possible, holding the blindfold with a smirk. Harry had acquiesced, knowing that there was no use arguing when Draco had that playful, mischievous glint in his eyes.
Harry stopped when he felt Draco halt in front of him. He heard a door creak open, and Draco carefully brought them both forward, closing the door behind them.
He felt Draco quickly step behind him, untying the knot of the blindfold where it rested on the back of his neck.
“Alright, open your eyes, love.”
Harry blinked his eyes open and his breath caught.
A blanket of stars twinkled above them from where they stood on the stage. Empty seats surrounded them, shrouded in shadows, with the only brightness in the room coming from the lights on the ceiling and through the cracks of the doors on either far side of the room.
“You remembered?” Harry whispered. Draco chuckled softly.
“Of course I did. I know it’s not the same as the primary school field trip your Uncle made you miss, but at least this way you get your own private guide to the stars.”
“And that’s you, I assume?”
Draco held his hand to his chest in mock offense. “But of course! I was well educated in astronomy as a child, I will have you know.”
“Right, my mistake.”
“Exactly. Now, come sit down, Potter.”
Draco reached into a bag and pulled out a large blanket, spreading it out on the stage. Next, he revealed two juice boxes, which Harry acknowledged with a raised eyebrow.
“Cran-apple or cran-grape?” Draco held out the two small boxes.
“Are we actually in year five again? They do make fruit juice for adults, you know.”
“Hush, you. I’m trying to give you youthful memories on your birthday to distract from the existential dread of turning yet another year older. Pick a juice box.”
Harry smirked. “Cran-grape, please.”
Draco nodded, handing him the juice and settling down next to Harry.
“So, why did you choose a Muggle planetarium over the astronomy tower? I’m sure McGonagall would have let us visit.”
Draco flushed a little. “I…I know I didn’t make your childhood in the magical world any easier, but I thought that maybe I could help give you the Muggle experiences you never got to have.”
“Draco, you don’t owe me anything—”
“I know, and I’m not doing this out of guilt, Harry, I’m doing it out of—” Draco cut himself off, no longer meeting Harry’s eyes.
Harry’s heart swelled as he reached over and laced his fingers in Draco’s. “I love you, too.”
Draco smiled. “Strange, what desire will make foolish people do.”
Harry hummed and pulled Draco closer. “Yes, but you’re my fool. And I’m yours.”
Chapter 312: Catch Fire
Chapter Text
All my life/I’ve been waiting for moments to come/When I catch fire and wash over you like the sun/I will fight/to fix up and get things right/I can’t change the world/but maybe I’ll change your mind.
Draco knew he had no right.
No right to stare, to long, to pine; to burn.
A boy with a Marked arm, a disgraceful past, and a bleak future had no chance; he had nothing deserving of one of the most powerful, kindest, bravest wizards in the world–in history.
And yet, he still dreamed.
During the day, the eighth-year students walked to and from their classes, letting their laughter and footsteps fill the corridors of the building Draco had almost let crumble; he kept his head down. He spoke to Blaise and Pansy and nodded to students in the hallways, but he let his general silence be conspicuous, obvious. He’d sent apology letters over the summer, and despite the few forgiving responses he’d received–including from the Golden Trio itself–he was under no delusions of friendship with any of them.
But at night, when he had no control, no say in the matter, his mind let him live in a world where the ghosts of survivor’s guilt didn’t haunt him.
He dreamed of laughing with Potter, of seeing that eye-crinkled grin directed at him. He imagined Seekers games and heart-pounding banter and soft lips and warm fingers laced with his.
He dreamed of realizing his childhood hopes of befriending Potter; of proving he was worth saving from the Feindfyre, from the Wizengamot, from himself.
When he woke, when the freezing chill of reality wrapped around his skin, he paid his penance.
But every now and then, when he’d look up and see kind, open green eyes already trained on him, he’d pinch himself to make sure that his subconscious wasn’t being inordinately cruel. And then, despite the slight sting of his skin, he’d feel a spark of hope.
All he wanted was to get things right, for once. To be better than he was; to be worth it. Worthy of Potter.
As it stood now, Draco didn’t have the right. The world would never forgive him, never fully embrace him, and he could accept that. But maybe one day, he’d change Potter’s mind.
